GIFT OF Felix FltUrel A GRAMMAR OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE, Tin- author of tin* Grammmr gift / i*0**fe and Lttrraturt. on i 1 1 o alto rr. . ttely well M in cUM A GRAMMAR 01 'nii: GERMAN LANGUAGE, Br, Seeker's Swdtem; WITH OOP] EX LMPLES, EXERCISES, LNB EXPLANATI' OK SCHOOLS AND FOR SELF-TU1TK) BY H. APEL. THE THIRD EDITION, GREATLY ENLARGED AND IMPROVED. LONDON: WILLIAMS AND NOR GATE, HENRIETTA STREET, COVENT GARDEN. 1851. PF A ~! ID PRINTED FOR THE AUTHOR, BY GUNTHKR RTJDOLSTADT, THTRIV PREFACE TO THE THIRD EDITION. In the new edition of this German Grammar, which has almost become a new book, it has been the Author's aim, in order fully to act up to the intentions of Dr. Becker with regard to the compo- sition of grammars for foreign languages, to discard everything that appertains to general or philosophical grammar, that is to say, to the principles common to all languages, such as the explanation of the nature of the verbs, substantives, cases, tenses, moods, &c. which the learner must be supposed to be already acquainted with through the grammatical instructions in his native tongue ; still, wherever the knowledge of the student, in this respect, should prove deficient, the teacher of the foreign language can easily supply such \vants incidentally and verbally.* The learner * Those who wish to become acquainted with Dr. Becker's system as applied to the English language are referred to /. H. James'* 11 ELEMENTS OF GRAMMAR," according to Dr. Becker's system, displayed by the structure of the English tongue; and to the PRIMARY INSTRUCTION IN ENGLISH GRAMMAR, systematically developed according to modern views, by the same author. (Long- man, Brown, Green, and Longmans, Paternoster Row. London, 1848.) One of the most urgent wants in regard to the study of languages generally is felt to be the adoption of principles which can be uni- formly applied to the grammars of all languages. And in this respect we have absolutely nothing even approaching in soundness to the VI will thus not only see his progress in no manner impeded by much irrelevant matter, but have tin peculiar forms of the German language, when they differ from those of the English, brought m< prominently and clearly before him : in a word, he will at once perceive the differences betwi the two languages, and therefore appropriate them to himself much mure readily and permanently than AS upon which Dr. Becker's grammatical syst< : I'd. Bearing upon this i u ancient and modern language*, -.cry propitious sign that this view has been already "ex: | to the grammars of 1 "languages, an trly one grammar of the Greek lan- " guage, to \\hi,-ii -lie modern system was applied \\ith -ess, 44 has met easily seen 41 advantages for the study of languages will be ii to the cost of time and labour, bat also in n " of language), if one grammar, different in m;i' rd to 44 form and conception one and the same with that of the mo; ; ; mimar of all other languages, and that the " pupil be no longer compelled to learn one gran the " other, or even several at once, which in form and conception are " totally different from, or, in part, even opposed to each other, "and consequently cannot fail to confuse the mind." The "Greek (Grammar" above alluded to by Dr. Becker, i T'S ausf. immatik der Griechischen Sprache," adapted to the English the Rev. Dr. W. E.Jolf, (J. H. Parker, Oxt Vll could be expected if the usual method had been adhered to. The various rules have been given in the most simple and precise terms, divesting them of all matter having no direct bearing upon the rules in question, without, however, impairing their com- pleteness in any one point. And in this last very essential requisite, the writer may be permitted to mention that the system of Dr. Becker, at all events as far as the German language is concerned, stands preeminent. In proof of the solidity of its principles, may be cited their adoption by the most distinguished philologists, but especially their sanction by that great authority, the celebrated W. v. Humboldt, and consequently their general introduction into schools and colleges throughout Germany. In other countries, also, these modern principles are, gradually, it is true, but surely supplanting those numberless ephemeral methods of teaching languages, devoid of all science, which, for so long a time, have contributed to perpetuate an all but hopeless superficiality. The theoretical part of the new edition of this grammar has been once more thoroughly sifted after a careful perusal of all the latest editions of Dr. Becker's works, as well as those of other eminent German linguists. Many important doctrines, for instance, the declension of substantives, and the order of words in the sentence (i. e. construction} which hitherto have baffled all attempts at artificial arrangements, Vlll have been reduced to their utmost natural simplicity, so that even a c r them in a lessons. The d -ian ions wer. ible, that in most o find in nearly all (ierman 1 , In* 110111. p'.nr. of | >Ut tin- (! elenMon of a sub The chief dirlieu!' of ( reman 'pie ride see p. 100 A of the rramni Th< ,f these two ;ib- an grammar thet -ted yet i ..niinar published cither hen- or on the continent. A very jireat inipr- i of the verb- L -d)- ition of a few regular cl : and tedious list of irregulars to be met with in to the older vie ,:ch always proved to be such a heavy i the student's memory. As it is nan verbs, that the learner should dily become acquainted with the /'///; and pnst )>'irt'inj)U*s, the author has prcrixed to each class an example with the imperfect and participle IX in its simple form, as well as in its inseparable and separable compound forms. The syntactical part of the grammar which in the methods hitherto in use is most defective, particularly from its being based on very erroneous principles, will be found to combine lucidity with comprehensiveness, every doctrine being referred for its solution to one of the three great natural divisions of syntax the predicative, the attributive, and the objective combinations. With respect to the two greatest difficulties German gram- mar presents, viz. the riglit use of the moods, and the government of cases by verbs or by prepositions in con- nection with verbs, the writer has done every thing which modern grammatical science and his own experience suggested, in order to smooth and over- come the impediments that were lying in the way. By a comparison with, or a reference to other German grammars, it will be seen that a large number of most intricate and difficult rules, disheartening the student at every step, particularly by their vagueness, and burthening his memory to an almost insufferable degree, have at once been rendered superfluous. As the theoretical, so the practical part of the grammar embodies several new views. Each gram- matical rule is followed by appropriate German examples from the best writers for translation into English, and by exercises to be rendered into Ger- man, first off the book with the master's assistance, afterwards writt . and finally corrected. Ho\v- r, in order to furnish the student, from the v commencement, with a '-y of the ful "I"' .uithor's ice in tr baa induced him to g vly oneortw .!es, but such a number of them, more or as fc] of the rule se M o\vinLr r 1. To impress each /;////// T, so tli retained, as it certainly will, tinr imj. > him tin- prove more fatal to his progress than to hurry him through a \ mmatical ru 1 -uppos- :n to be al\va\ iiieh in my iiimars it . m that they are i; without tin ,,f iiuin apj)lieation, a pr<.- which is certain to result in confusing his mind mid fillmir it with a mass of ~!y incongruous notions on every pn: m- mar. -2. Gradually to store the learner's memory with the wost selrct HKI!< well as ior ro/ . at the same time introducing, in their proper places, most of the German idiomatic expressions, peculiar locutions, prov ^tudent will thus find, within a comparatively small XI compass, such varied yet indispensable information as he otherwise could not gather than by intense application and .years of attentive reading of German authors, or a long-continued residence in the cour y where the language is spoken. A new and most important feature the scholar will discern in the numerous German examples on the various significations, real and figurative, of the radical verbs, substantives, etc., not only in their simple forms, but also in their compositions with prefixes, prepositions and adverbs, separable as well as insepar- able. Without entering upon a detailed exposition of the grammar, the writer begs to refer, at least, to one instance in that respect, viz : to the radical verb " schlagen" (page 32) where 60 examples, from Nos. 103 163, are given on the different significations of this verb alone. These examples will, moreover, be found to be distinguished by their classic form no less than by their contents, which is instructive as well as attractive, intended, whilst illustrating the rule^ to cultivate the young learner's mind and to enrich it with ideas, which higher aim ought not to be lost sight of even in the composition of a book of this class. Lastly, it may be added that every example has been well weighed and considered, none were given at random, but invariably with a clear definite purpose. Thus everywhere, the author has en- deavoured to blend an^ reconcile a correct and com- Xll prehensive theory with a sound rational prac a task by no means of easy accomplishment. Further to enhance the practical utilir whole, t > the book, espi -cially for the benefit of bcirinnrrs, j(} of //?," and explanation- of all the D and pa- lout the : :iar. In concl con subject-matter in all . that an\ -tudent of through th with a i "*), under the 1> ( c * and D q Aw ) t> rf 01 r r (i e e in get and eh f $ (soft) z g f f (sharp) c in mice ff (f doubled) ff ff (jj doubled) $* $^ pi) /* 6d) fd? sh in shoe g in go X t f $ fy A in hat fy tf) t (If) d) cA in the Scotch 11 u u in full "loch" He fi (modified) u in French 3 t ! in ill 93 /" 3 t f/ in year SB tt> v St I > X $ A:* cf (f doubled) ck 3) t i in ill S I / 35 ** 5)? m m ( (g doubled) f5 91 u n The combined consonants 3t (capital), ft (small) are pro- nounced as st in English, DIPHTHONGS. ai M) ) pronounced like like o?^ in cow HI \ oy in boy e i i ike t in mine Obs. ic, is not a diphthong, but the vowel i lengthened; it is pronounced like ee in bee. Supplementary remarks. a. The consonant c is pronounced like ts before e i d ii and au, and like k before a o u cm, as : feeber, (EapeUc. b. The letters b and t) assume a harder sound (like p and t) at the end of words, as: ab, imb. c. The letter g at the end of a word or syllable has a soft guttural sound, similar to that of d), as in roeg. After the letter n the $ is pronounced as in the English word "thing" ApePs German Grammar, 3d edition, 1 4 THk VhKII. \t;thc; l/cyinniri: of a word (as in (s'Mcra), before the 'lexers I) in thrift, ^'a^O and in tin- or the vl> i.> pronounced like /-. Before an i, n , or c it pre>er\e> it> guttural .sound, as in hhu, Kbcnite. In \\ords directly taken from the French, it is pronounced as in French. a>: ^InfailC. e. \ is written it the beginning, and at the end of a syllable. /'. The letter t standing in \\ord> of Latin origin before an t followed by another \ i :itr, 3^ritr, Tvad, toll, 2Kann, or a /it/nit/ i[, v, in, n) with a utnte consonant (9, F, cl\ t), t, followi the short VMNM-I. i<> in SBanb^ [b. The N is limy in fat, ^Ir^t, 99 5J?ont rt. The consonant following a short \n\\v\ is not doiihled in ino>t of the rt'/tifi : tarn, ^ut, 3^1,1^ 2vlMvan, of vowel is, in a number of words, indicated b\ (hmfilhuj }\ an b inserted after the 1 by the NosNel c afler an i $. ;\. COKK . \TIO.N OF VERBS. There are two conjugotioiis. the stmnorfen rejected. .5. SEPARABLE AND INSEPARABLE COMPOUND VERBS. The verb is a separable compound one, whenever the word with which the simple verb is compounded may again be separated. Such separation, however, only occurs in the simple tenses (Present and Imperfect) of the active voice, if the sentence be a principal one, the word to be se- parated taking the last place in the sentence : e. g. 3cfy gefye biefen SKorgen nicfyt an 3 (Infim'tive au3gef)en) I am not going out this morning. In accessory sentences, on the other hand, no separation can take place, as: 3d; u?erbe fdjteifcen, toenn id) ntd;t auSgefye, I shall write if I do not go out. In all separable compound verbs, the accent invariably falls upon the separable word and not upon the root of the verb; thus in auSgefjen the accent lies upon au6. The following is a list of the words (ad- verbs and prepositions) with which .separable compound verbs are formed: 4 THE VEBB. ab off ta&cn away bin thither, to m before ou on ein in lee- loose n>cij a\>ay oiif upon fefyt amiss nut with ju to au out fort away nacb after ftitriicf back bet at bcim home niefrcr down jufammcu to- l>ar there tyer hither, from ob over gether The verb is an insc//ureparaled i'roin the simple N e.g. fce=fyaltcn to retain, . ., n to prnmiM- cti. In all inseparable compound vrrb> . the aci'nit falls upon the verb, as: 3cfy cnt = fam I escaped. Off.s. The adverb mm is also used as a prefix, and is a inseparable: e. g. imfU'tMiicbcu to abu>< .Iverb HM^ inseparable in ir:;terMfii to repeat, and roll in folhicbcu , luMU brtit^cu and vollcit^cn to accompli>h. Tin- jir , bintiT, i'tbor, untor, urn and luiotci are scjnimltle \ \Mlli the nrrent on the prepo.sition well as inscjKiniltlc i \Mtli the aeeent on the verb). If the sam< ; in both r.>nn>. (hey a,e also connected with a dilVerener ot .signification : e.g. iibcrgc^cn to i- in Mleiuv. itborv'^i ^ go over ^Cn to translate, uberfefcen to cross a river: untor 1) a 1 1 en to entertain, untorKilton to hold under. . 6. AUXILIARY VKRBS OF TI There are three of them f viz. fcirt to be, babon to have. andjC]D4H-to become. In the e> are ennjun-aled either NMtli babon or foin, and the two future tenses with UHTfcen, babon and (oiu bcin a r ftelicbt n? r b e n I had been loved Future : id) n> c r b e fldtefct n> e r b c n I shall be loved Past Future : id) tt) e r b e cjeltefct o r b e u f e t u I shall have been loved Obs. In the conjugation of the passive voice, the augment fle of genwrben is dropped. In the perfect and pluperfect tenses, most verbs are conjugated with tyaben: e. g. id) fyafte gctnmbcn I have bound. 3d) (nitte gefcfycn I had seen. With fein are conjugated only the following: a. fcegegnen to meet, folgen to follow, iretcfyen to yield, Meiben to remain and font to be. b. those intransitive condition, as: ijerumen J)et(en reifeu reigcu fdjettern which denote a chanqe of . . . J v . ' - jr y*'^vLt> yyTv^v^w. -uy/i- ^*-t.ii?i%. ; / -vn tXu.tt* TK& id) iv dun r fd)UMUbcil to \:i' ' ' . . / ^ . . to congeal to happen to heal to ripen to tear to wreck fdjmctjeu to melt fdnvwcn to fester NmefjeR fterben trocfnen wevben to sprout to die to dry to grow to become fcerjieu to burst brecfyeu to break i]ct>eif)cn to thrive faulcn to rot friereu to freeze ijelingeu to succeed ijeucfen to recover from illness tjeratfjcn to get into To these also belong those intransitive verbs formed with the prefixes er, ser, cut, as well as those compounded with separable prepositions of an intransitive signification and denoting a change of condition, such as : erfranfen to fall ill erfcfyrecfen to be frightened cdofcfycn to be extinguished crfticfen to be stifled THE VKRB. rcvberben to spoil ciitftcben to arise Wtorren to wither cntfdjlafen to fall asleep rcrotcu to desolate einfciilafcn to fall a*ln-p wroefcn to decay anftvad)eu to awakr c. Those intramit Vs- which denote a jtwtion t<> or from a place, as : fommen to come fried) en to creep 1 ant* en to land 1 ait fen to run iiueflen to spring forth reifen to trn\rl reiten to ride renncn to run rinneit to fl<>\\ rficfen to mo\.- .1 to part a to shoot .hut to 104 fttyiipfen to .slip into If, however, the verbs cilen, I'tnfen, j.i lanben, laufni, queUcn, ami, rim: i, fdnrimmen, f^rinqcn, vn do not express a motion to or from n jdare, they require babon : e. g. abe an NT, I pushed against the table. . 7. CONJUGATION OF THE AUXILIAEY VERBS. 2cin to be INDICATIVE. Present Tense. id) fei I be bit feieft tbou be S. id) bin I am tit bin thou art tr, fie, e$, ift he, er fei he be she, it, is tvtr feicn we be P. n?ir fart we are ifjr feict you be ibr fetb you are fie feien they be fte ftnb they are CONDITIONAL. id) Ware I were tu irareft thou wert er irarc he were tt^ir n?dren we were tfjr ivaret you were fte troreu they were ETYMOLOGY. 7 Imperfect Tense. S. id) n?ar I was bu roareft thou wast er, fie, eg roar he, she, it was P. roir roaren we were iftr tt?aret you were fte roareu they were IMPERATIVE MOOD. S. fet (bit) be P. feib (tyr) be Participial forms. PARTCIPLES. INFINITIVE. Pres. fetenb being Pres. fein to be Past. (jeroefen been Past, geroefen fcin to have been . 8. ^a6cn to have. INDICATIVE. CONJUNCTIVE. Present Tense. S. id) f)abe I have id) Ijabe I have bu Jajt thou hast bu l)abeft thou have er fyat he has cr l;abc he have P. wfr ^aben we have n>tr ()abcn we have ifyr ^abet you have tfyr ^abet you have jie f)aben they have fie fyaben they have CONDITIONAL. S. idj Ijatte I should have P. roir fatten we should have .buft&ttefi thou wouldst have i^r Jcittet you would have er l)a'tte he would have fte I)(itten they would have Imperfect Tense. S. id) I)dtte I had bu Ijatteft thou hadst er Ijatte he had P. nnr fatten we had tfyr f>attet you had fte fatten they had IMPERATIVE MOOD. S. fyafce (bu) have P. fyctbet (t^r) have Participial forms. PARTICIPLES. INFINITIVE. Pres. fjabenb having Pres. fyaben to liave Past, gefyabt had Past, ge^abt ^aben to have had THE VERB. . '.). Gotten to INDICATING Present Tejise. ivcrtc I become t;h rvcrtc I become Dn irin't tliou becomcsl tn ivcitcu thou l>r< -mm- cr ivirt^ he beo cr iveite lu- I*, ivir ivc^cn \>e become ivir ivciton \\r ibr lrcr^ct you l>r-uinr ibr ivcvt'ct yu fie wcrtcu they become fie ivcitcu they l>r mr CONDITION \i,. S. id iviirrc I >hnu!l Ln-ome r. irtv ivfirtcu \M' >honld i frit iviivrc't tlion \\oulJst w . .u \\ould ,, c r iviirN ' ie ^'ould no UMlrtcii they \\ouhl linjtt'r/'t'rt '/ < untrtc or ir art* I I- ^lt ivurFei'i or u\uMt tliou becamest or UMiito - .-ame 1'. iv ir UMiircit >\e became ibr wurtct you became uc inutcii they became S. ivovfe (^u) become I*. ' Participial /'urms. I'AHTK II' INI 1N1TIVK. /'/vs. ircitci^ becoii become /'//A/. ,Kivn-rnt uut to have be . 10. ('tntjnytitt fvrtiti^c (I spring) idi fvrin^vc Vviiu^c ^ll (vrtna ^^ frriitgscft ^ll ' cr |>rtng*(e)t cr (vriiu^c P. ivir fpring*H ivir (vrin^-cn ivir iVra; ibr fvrinp ibr fvriiuj^ct ibr uc (vrinij-cu fie frring-cn uc ' S. id? fprmig bn fprang,r roiirbet S lie roitrben icf) roiirbe buroiirbeft ' er roiirbe roir roitrben ^ ifjr roiirbet _, jie ronrben Infinitive. Pres. fprin^en to spring PA^. gefpnm$en fein to have sprung Participles. fpria^enb Past. 10 I UK VERB. $.11. The 2' 1 find S///V- <>f " Whenever a strong verb has tin- radical \o\\(l (or ii, e), the latter i> changed into "P for io, if the \o\vel be long) in the sccnnd and third pei ! the present tense, l)iit only in the indicative Mood: ill* o,obc I iriNe, ru oibu tliou givest, or qibt h This i.s also done in the set-mid person sing, of the /'///- per alt re hrorton : e. g. gib jriNc. in \\hich ho\>e\cr. tbc cridiiii: the imperatm- is dropped. In tin- >;tiuc niiiniM-r. Ilie r;ibr;il M.\\ cl> a and c are modi- lied in tin- 'J' 1 iind o lj |M i >. Mhi. ol' llu- present indie. : e. g. i* fallo I fall, tu falift llmu tiilb-t i, r folk The following verh>. ho\\e\ neither ehiini:e tin- " ^ " nor modify the ' ;md u in those second and third persons, M/. : bnrqcn fdjarV.! '".bivrvcn bo be a / Ih,' lt'1'IHtHflh'nHS Oil UU(l Ct. The tiTininnlion.s eft and ct are ot'h n < onlnieled \%ith the !< nnination.s beniir dropped : e. g. i, or IT instead of gfbo 'lhi> rnutnu-iioii i> limited, ho\\e\er. to tbr indnatiNe only. It lil\v; plate in the sinjrnlar of the pro. indie, \\ith Ih-- the radical \o\\el >f \vliieh i> dill'erent in the 2' 1 and pu-s(n> from Ibat of the 1 N> i ^. II . I 'ion .siind-.. : bf s|, r ;ik >; [fr r I fall, til fali.-lt tlnm falli-M, or MlUt he falls. O//.v. 1. The k 'o'' in the terminations cit and ct < annul In- dropped, >>hen a ^ / t, f' lea the ending u, as in IM: >\hen a tinal T or t stands helon- the termi- nation ct, as in finNct, fitful, reitsct K, OA.v. -2. In ,iilt, fd>i(t, tritt, birft , fidu , flid^t, brJit, bait, ratK the termination ct of the 3' 1 pcrs. sing. pros, indie, is united into one sound \\ith the final t of the >lem. ETYMOLOGY. li . 13. Conjugation of the weak form. (ACTIVE VOICE.) INDICATIVE. CONJUNCTIVE. CONDITIONAL. Present Tense. S. idj (ob*e (I praise) ict) lobsc id) (cb wir batten o" ibr babet ibr babet ibr ba'ttet T jic ^titai fie fyabeu fte fatten Pluperfect Tense. S. id) fyatte bu batteft er fyatte ^ P. wir b^tteu ^> ibr battet fie fatten Future Tense. S. id) werbe id) werbe id) wiirbe bu wirft bu werbeft bu wiirbeft er wirb er werbe g er wiirbe 0" P. wir werben |T wir werben J wir wiirbeu cr S ibr werbet tfyr werbet ibr wiirbet jte werbeu fte werben fie wiirbeu 7 UK YEKB. S. ut iv or re fcu ivirft cr iviit I*, irir ircvtcn tin wcrtct fie rrcrtcu i i S.Iob.c (i Future id) iv or re ca til rrcrtcft -r cv iverfrc - rvir recrten j ibr rverr-ct * :rteu Itifinilirt'. . !; iviutc cv irr ivir iv fir rcu ibv iiMirtct itcn Participle*, jiMob O//.v. Weak verbs in dn (eUn) and crn drop tin inflexion "c" l>rfon- U, t. !t ; in th- .!' thr pro. imlic. Uit-y commonly drop the vou.l "c in the .syllables cl and cr, as: t i infinitive l^ai^eln), Mi banbsds't, cr bai^^cUt, ivtv ban i njj the endings en and ct >\ith the .strm. the\ fnlli\\ Mir rule (f stmrii: \rrli> $. 1'J ) : e. p. til '. m.stead of iebscft (thou li\ n>tead of lob ct (he Ir cr lcb*tc instead of leb*cte (he lur.l (li>ed); bill no Mirh runtrarliuii ( ;ou talked*!, cr rcNctc he talked; id) I?alc 4 > vi ct I him- talkn! . 14. Conjugation of the Pussirc }'oi< I.\DICATI\E. i Mil MTIM ( ONDITION \i. Present Tense. AYltC ut rrcrbe tit iv iiit c ^u uniir tu rocrtcjl ^lt ir. cr tvirr ^ cr u H er n r.iriv ircrtcu - roir rpcr^c^ ^ ivir iviirtcn \ ibr ivcrrct tin- irertct ibr ivftrtct . atcu fie iv err en fie unlrreit ) Thr i at full in the English language <>! :i^ ;ils< tli- rnrrrs|) Hit id) fei id) wore bn biji bu feieffc bu warefl g cr ift er fei er ware P. wir finb 5 wir feien 3 wir waren 3 tf>r feib S tyr feiet ibr waret 5. fie finb 3 fie feien 3 fie wSren 3 Pluperfect Tense. S. id) war * bu warjl g er war P. wir waren ibr waret 3- fie waren S Future Tense. S. id) werbe * id) werbe id) wiirbe bu wtrjt |T bu werbefi bn wiirbeft g er wirb er werbe er wiirbe P. wir werben g wir werben hot thyself er UMiVbt ftd\ he \\a>hes himself irir UMKben line, wi- \\>h our* ibr rvaubet en*, you wa>h your>el\ fie afd)cn fid, they wash them^ ; Perfect: id) fcabe mid} gewafdjen, I have washed myself . 1C. Impersonal verbs are conjugated just English, the pronoun "ed"' it, representing the subject: e. g. eS bli^t, it lightens; e$ rc^notc, it rained: o^ l\u ^o^i % it. > been snowing; ed trirD tonncvn, it is going to thunder. . 17. MIXED OR IRRKRULAR rovit (; \TIO\. The following verbs are irregular: - a. iBrcnncn to burn, fcnncn to know, nonnen to call, ronnon to run, iYntcn to >eud and irontni to turn. \Nliicli change the nidirnl \U\M-\ into "a* 1 in the ini/in-frct ;ind /Kist iHirticiji/t' jiNxMminff, at the same time, the termi- nations of the in'tik ('imjiujntinu . \i/. lw/n'rf brannto, tanntc, nanntc, rannto, unfctc, luantto ; I'ust l^irfi- branni, gcfannt, qcnannt, qoraunt, ijounrt, ^oiraur; is also conjugated rntir- It. BffalgCn to bring, and Dcilfcn to think, which have in the iinperf. brac^tc, bacluo, in the conditional L :e, and in the past par tic. gcbraoM, viot.uM. c. I tut u to do, Imperf. t^at, Cotulit. rbdtc, and in the Partic. qetfun. /. The MUTUtory rrr^f of mood biirfcn to be permitted, to be able, mc^cn may, miifien to be obliged, fellon shall, trcllcn to be willing and the notional verb irtiieii to ;uainted with, which in the present tense are con- jugated like strong verbs in the imperfect, as: idj barf I am permitted, fcu batfft, er barf, irtr biirfen, ibr burfct, riirfen. They are conjugated as follow KTVMOLOGV. 15 INDICATIVE. Present. Imperfect. Plur. barf bur fen fann fonnen mag mogen mug miiffen foU foil en CONJUNCT. CONDIT. p. PART. roeij* roollen rotffen SStffen has bnrfte fonnte mocfyte nmjite foflte rooflte roujjte in the has roofk, rootlet* biirfe forme moa,e mfiffe folle rootle wiffe imperative roijje bnrfte geburft fonnte gcformt mod) re gernod)t ntiijUe gemnjtt fofltc gefoflt rooflte gcrooflt roiijte gerou^t , roiffet; and roolku . 18. CLASSIFICATION OF STRONG VERBS. The verbs of the strong conjugation are divided into eight classes, according to their agreement in the change of vowel in the imperfect and past participle The present tense has the same radical vowel as the iniinitive. . 19. FIRST CLASS. Radical vowel in the imperfect a, past partic. u. verb simple: ftnben fanb comp.insep.: erf tub en erfanb comp. separ: ttorfinben fanb ttor cj c f n n b c n binben to bind ringert to wring ftnfen to sink bingen to hire fdjmben to flay fpringen to spring bringen to press fcfylingen to wind fttnfen to stink finben to find fdjroinben to vanish trinfen to drink gelingen to succeed fdjrofngcn to swing rotnben to wind flingen to sound finben to sing grotngen to compel Obs. SDingen and fd)iaben have in the imperfect also bring and fdjnnb. 1. 3* biiibe. 2. 3c^ banb. 3. 3d> i^abe gebnnben. 4. 3d) batte ijebunben. 3d) roerbe binben. 5. 3$ werbe gebnnben fjaben. 6. 3d) roiirbe binben. 7. 3d) roiirbe gebnnben fjaben. 8. (fr binbet ba^ SBncl). 9. 2Ber banb ba^ S3nd; ? 10. (r fanb ben ilfieg. 11. t. '24. (vs nnrt Ttr uidjt a,elina,en. ! rang tie dnte. 26. fttcmte* Vob flina,t, (jia,cnleb ftinft. 27. Handle pradje flina,t raub, anterc flina.en 'fanft. '28. iefe Jraa, flina,t fonbetbat. 29. er rterbente rtiujt mit bcm Xobe. 3<> nad> ftoten. 31. 3* &flbe 8uft 511 rrinfen. 32. (*r [ana, rom S3lattc te^. 33. 2Ber tanu^ riiiiU, tern ^clin^t' frrana, anf tic .^tnwegna^me r 35. (^clitu^cii i'"t mir, u\ie R0<( fcinein jc gelang; t>a jc^em SBunfd^cr nun fciit uliiMC. 36. cfitit^eit bvifr Tit nidu, UUT tft or ^cn^, tcr fana, ? aid ob aui Tir tie ^tcbc nn^c. 3 >ir mi* tac ACUCV al 3rrlid)t a,cfd)ronnfren, m^ irtr batten ftatt SBaffcrr ramrf ^cfmitcu. uiu tcr(d)irai^ cr , trie cine ^cmmmrdfe mfdMpiirtct. cu nmfd^liit^t tie Ulme. 4(). "sin ^cdu-r ertrinfen mebr ;;cr perfd)Iin^t ri, rtiuvn nad) (vbre nnD 5litfcbn. 43. X^er Sdiajiff miHlaiuv 44. Tie it rKitmpf m it rem .^t\ H rcrbaut nd> mit (>Mp'tar 2ltolpl? rcr x 48. 3d^ bpntc mid) indu u\ pi^et ' M). 3n r I rot fid) ber cltat i I. (vr ivintet A (^erult fiber-.'. vetnr fibenrnnti: : nuch mitcrim:; retcn mit tern -verrn. ::!nen ^crlip't IK UMinten. r>h. (\r entivant ibm ten Te^o:: feinen Umarinnna/n entirunten. 58. Dana i cine 6>&lan ; V cntirintet. .">9. 2Bad bat cr mit allot feiiior v j}iad)t ettmia. ^ac (^lac- - trnnfen. Cy2. Irinfen 3io au9. 64. (it bat ten fldd) be^ Voiron* anc-^etriuifcii. tranf torn antorn $u. 66. Vonte, tie fid< botriufon .uiPene" finb tct Jlintet Spot: ift etttmifcn. 69. ci : : ' 71. (fr cniwant ten " ;bmer$. .in fantcn 3ie ftc^ gcftern bci t. ben ie fid) mit t. ::iton batten fid) nnn cin^cfnnton am Cite rev Jufaminenfnnft. 7"). wutbe tm Steere fon einem lumpen Atubo rorfdmin-ion. 7' bift tu boc^ fo t>ct|"d)ieteH ^efnnten, balr i"o fnr^ aii.Kbnnten, bait fo lang flettmntcn! 77. ;s'"t ta* ^nd> Cobnut en a \roin unirre or ta;n ^eormu^en '< 79. 9W tern SBerfalK tu tor ^erfall tor (vr^iebnn^ rerbnnten. 80. (^etrnngen ivar ibm nid^t tn :ra* mioh tnrd>trana, ; n?or ; cinen etein oin ^Irf) Mirobttiiuu '< 81. ^o em vsMilcf cntfrringt fo loid^t. 83. 2)a^ -cc^iff fauf fantmt tev unter. ETYMOLOGY. 17 Who is binding the book ? Who bound it ? Who will bind it? The bell sounds. The light has vanished. It will soon vanish. What did you find? I found the knife. Have you found the book? Did he succeed? We shall not succeed. I should have succeeded. He is flaying the horse. She has been singing very beautifully. He will not sing. Did the stone sink into the water Hie is jumping over the brook. What does he drink? Drinlr water. I have been drinking wine. He compelled us. I have found the knife. The bo^Pfs sinking. I shall drink a glass of beer. He drank a glass of water. Shall you drink a glass of wine? How are you,, Sir? I am very well. The boy was drowned in the river. They felt (verb empftnben) it severely. Who invented the steam engine? The stars have disappeared. This is sounding very fine. Sing a song. Who was swallowed by a large fish ? When will the book be bound ? My purse was found by him. . 20. SECOND CLASS. Radical vowel in the imperfect a, past partic. o. ?(verb simple: fpredjen fprad) gefprcdjen 1 Jcomp. insep: tterfpredjen erfpracfy tterfprodjen fcomp.separ: auofprcdjen fpradjanS befefylen to command cjelten to be worth ftnnen to muse beginnen to begin geunnnen to win fpinnen to spin bergen to hide betfcu to help fprecfyen to speak berften to burst fommen to come jtecfyen to sting bred) en to break nefymen to take ftefylen to steal cr^fcfyrecfen to be rinnen to flow fterben to die frightened fdjettcn to scold treffen to hit cmpsfefylen to recom- fcfytwmmen to swim uerfcerben to spoil mend werben to sue cjebcireii to bring forth werten to become w erf en to throw Obs. 1. The verbs f;e(fen, fterben, fcerberben, iverben, roerfen, have in the conditional the modified vowel it (()iUfe, ftiirbe 2C.) In the same manner the verbs begmuen, befefylen, empfe^Ien, berften, gelten, ftnnen, fd)elten, fptnnen, ftet)len have 5 in the conditional. Obs. 2. The imperfects of erfdjrecfen, fomnten, tvcffcn are erfd;raf, Fam, traf, the radical vowel becoming long. The 2 l and 3 d per- sons of the pres. indie, sing, of ne()inen are bit ittmmft, er nimntt ; the past part, has gencmmen, and the imperative sing. ntmm. Obs. 3. 5yel)Ien to fail is conjugated weak. 5rfd>recten to frighten (transitive) is also conjugated weak. 1. (r fpridjt. 2. (?r fprac^. 3. (s*r ^at -gefprodjeit. 4. ^r ^atte 5. ^r wirb fpred)en. 6. (fr wtrb ijefproc^en f)aben. 18 THE VRBB. 7. (Ir ttfirbe fpredjen. 8. tfr rciirbe gefprodjcn baton. 9. rrcd>cu ie entfd)? 10. 3$ fP"4K f$ ein roenig. 1 1 Mt. I-J. !Bal bcfabl er'> 13. shier Ijat ee bcfcblcn? 1 + brubt. 15. (r erfdjraf. 16. ie erfcfyrafcn fetjr. 17. 2Ber bar eriol flerconnen? is. (vmpfeblen 9ie ticfon Scin> 19. In bilft *iir. 20. 2Scnn fam ( r fdjwamm ubfr t>fn glu. 25 ift cr gcftorbcn ' '*\\* iud>t ubcl. 'J4. (MHU irirr auit mir ;Uu^e brcdjcn. t25. 3^Jp)e Ui||i -^. "fr tlnuc fciucu Xru :nd>cr 8*i^nfrffjft bluWmc- Jicl. % 27. 0111 2 ! fraf auf btn Jtepf jr I'O^IMIUCH. balb flcivcuneii. bilft Mr '-.::. -i I . l^ir lvir^ fibol. :i'J. ffiei lana,e finut, bc^iiint : bobcntc ; 111^ iror niibt bc^innt, ftcnMiuit nicbt Nio (vut.- uabm id) an t-. ra nimm! tein. 34. (si: iro^ct iric .ftiirtev. :{"). Til baft nnr 1 .\bnuith foinntt tor tent Jvall. 37. ravf i tei^cn laf; iralton. 3 :i i]dtcit iiKnl! . iinr (\ebc. fanion in 1 . .u1>t inru -I icnfte teg SWann tbn. i^cr JPrantivcin tvinft, bcfiMiimt Icicbt cine retbo. fun '"oi bed ^>erjfn Wrunb, ieMid> fvred^c a; .nif^ ncr IK ini. n cr ^Ia|\ nnb frnv :!in'o,^ar ^ Irf fcincm cincit fen ^a!; cr fonnto tir fclbor ?cr ^cirat fam in tcr " fcnu: r, nub n\ in ton ll'iitnb t)cnrmmon. 51. r. lant, tcutlici> nnr ^J-atf bat ir an. frbrccbcn. 56. :t. 57. ih ; Suc^ftabcn, biefed SScrt BI aflctn cririrbt ftd) ^>cr,^cn; uiir (^mn^ crn Tor frnmnic. 59.3ft s -Uad)jubt 511 cnuncblcn'C % Jioin , If) jn ivablen. 60. llntcrivtrf tid? tern :KatbuMufu wurtc uonrorfcn. r>: Slrmntr) ctcr tio lln^cftaltfacit fcincr .Horrors icr$wrerfeii , r; fd^Icc^t a!0 imDcrnunftiiV 64. RengfUi^en ilen : anf tcr ^nmjc. 65. ^u baft a,nt [proton; bn bift anf;cv aflor (^cfabr. 60. Tcr (^laubc an (^ctftororfci)oinnn^on ntmmt in ebon :o ab, al^ tio ^nfflaruna, ^iinimmt. ti? i>tcr fprad) ben unfc!)nlt>i^ Qln^oflagtcn frei. 68. or ^ronnD air fpri^t bet tern ftrcunte ein. 69. X^cr cbn entfprid)t nidit immor ^on ^finfobon ted JBaterd, tcr Rurjt nicfat ben ^ennun^en bc& 70. er ^rebtvjer bat ft^ crfprod< -:n te nur balb rcieber ju. 72. Cft wilt ter(fine, was ben ?lnbern ETYMOLOGY. 19 gar nicfyt anfpridjt. 73. 2Ba eine 3 e ^ unt 3 Jcfyftuptet , bem tviber* fpricfyt oft bie anbere. 74. ie @ad?e betrifft nnS ntdfot. 75. >a$ *Pferb roarf ben Oletter ab. 76. >er g-ifd)er wirft bte 9tee au3. 77. 2Ber Ijat ben $(an entroorfen ? 78. ~9ltmm 2)td) in Slcfyt. 79. (r itafym bag JBcrmogen in Slnfprudj. 80. 9iimm mit SBenicjcm fcorlieb. 81. 3$ fann mid) wAt baraitf beftnncn. 82. C^r tvurDe e^3 nic^t ^enoaljr. 83. SBenn tuft bit anaefommen ? 84. 3Bo fomntft bu l)cr? 85. Jlomm feerauf 511 mir. 86. JVommen Sie fjerab (f)erunter) 511 un^. 87. >a* fcmmt if)tn ntc^t gu utc. 88. ott lajlt ben $11* ten ni^t 511 @cl)anben werben. 89. 33rec^en 6ie mm ab. 90. >cr 5)ionb nimmt wieber ^n. 91. 2)a SBaffer ntmmt ab. 92. 2Bie naf)in er Ste auf? 93. SBcnn fommeit ^ic 5iiriicf? 94. te ^erein. 95. ^lommen 6ie fyeranS. Man speaks. The girl is spinning. Who has taken my pen ? He was not frightened. He is easily frightened. What does he command? The bow will break. He was recommended to us. The barrel has burst. It will not burst. He helped him. I shall not help him. Who is helping him ? He swam through the water. He is coming to-day. They came Jesterday. Has he come? I shall certainly come. Take it. She took it. He takes everything. I shall take nothing. What have you taken ? Scold him. Do you speak French ? He speaks German and English. Throw it into the fire. He threw the book away. He is throwing the ball into the air. Is he dying? When did he die? He hit the tree. He steals. The bee has stung me. Do you recommend it? I do not recommend it. Speak. Command. The glass will break. When did you arrive? They broke off very soon. The brook is flowing. Take it away. How much is this coin worth? What will become of us. The air has become cold. The weather will become hot. She came in. They will come down. Is he come back. The days are growing longer (verb ^nncfymen). The nighls are growing (abnefymen to grow shorter) shorter. . 21. THIRD CLASS. Radical vowel in the imperfect o, past partic. o. iverb simple: bieten bot ,,ge&oten | jcomp. insep: entbieten entbot entbcten ffcomp. separ: anbieten bet an angeboten beflemmen to straiten erfdjaden to resound fliefien to flow bewegen to induce erwa'gen to consider frieren to freeze biegen to bend fed) ten to fight ga'fyren to ferment bieten to bid fledjten to plait flemej^en to enjoy brefd)en to thrash fliegen to fly gte^en to pour erfiefen to choose flieijen to flee glimmen to glimmer 1HI. VERB. bebcu to lift Haubcii to * llimmcu to climb tricvbcii to . . :n / to be ex- bcii Illicit to tell mclfcn to milk .1 to>priiiL to M1U-II Obs. I. Hcnd io drink bard ficN'll : to Mirk hear to >ho\i- UbtCtieil to >ho,)t n to mi-It Hbnaiibon to MHHI fdnailb '\lMi\ircu to : I to M\dl :, bcitvU ; bcitPt, bent; flcr. . iiid. and tviofcit to i verlia . UMC^CH to v. Q pill! l|o\\ nil - in thr impeif. and pa.st p.i Himilh'il and !,jNL r ;itrd \\v\\\\ in tlu- iin; ;t \\lu-n it Mi. r iiiti^ to nun i ]>/n/\i< ////// . and nlc^ON >n tiic \\cak gation. The simplr N iMttCU 1 abcit. 7. TH irfntou i"dncf?cit. ^ Tit unli^cu ! -IMnmc 'Hlllt Tl rocfi .'.'iutb iHTliTcn, balb I'cvlorcit. - J" UMV, KbU^"; n . .u^c bictc Ittt, Nut ("\\IIKV : :!' uiit ibm. :}!. AiTbunu i.ifcit itu: unt^c IUMI (^cfchi'd^aft an-. ^ it nuit bcfd^loffcuV fdntcll. .')' t'dMi" '' ; fctii CIn UUUTU ^tr into ( ititi'crm ,U. an^cfd>lcfKit ct.: 4(). (s'arlN. vcbcn in ciucm .UliMicv. 41. o^ bU'' ;bn ^cu\^cu nut rcn tcm .in IM cr anf ten 3?icrcu fv. . nnn fHegl tu rcu Viiftcn bi\1\ ETYMOLOGY. unb war iftm mtt fru^er nub fpater 23orfora/ unb giirforg* ein mtb em SJater. 42. 3ft etn 53etru$er, rcer anbern 511 Iciest a,en>oa,en? 9tein, fonbern er ift leidjt b'e frozen. 43. )te red) ten 2Borte fKejjeit tljm nur fo 511. 44. )te 93Iumen serriecfyen, b. i. erlieren ifyren erucfy, mm ibre 3Miitbe$eit on"tber ift. 45. >er SBcin fyat ftd) errod)en. 46. (fr stel)t bie Stiefeln an, unb id) $iel)e bie mefntgen auS. 47. >as ^er^ etneS aefuuben SRenfdjen aiefyt jtcfy in cincr gjltnute fcd^i^ bio fieb$uj SDiat jufammen. 48. SDte it()r ift nid)t aufgejOi]u 49. Napoleon tjatte am (fnbe fiber nidjtS 511 (^ebietcn. 50. 23er(obre q}erfonen n>erben aufacboten. 51. (r bat fcine SBaare wic fauree ^Bier au^^eboten, b. f). 9iiemanb ^at fte gen?cflt. 52. 2Ba8 bot er >Dir an? Scfyanbe bent 5Dlenf^en, ber ur 5lndffl^rang einer fd)led)ten 'Sadje flc^ erbietet. 54. )ie (finfnbr fremben Xabaf^ ift bier r>erboten. 55. trome 58(nt^ qnoflen an^ ben Snnben. 56. SDtir baben bie giie gefroren. 57. a$ SSaffer ift gcfroren. 58. 3fy. m fiuD ^afe unb )l)r erfroren. 59. J)er ^I'abn auf bent Xeic^e ijl ein^efroren. 60. J)er g-ln ift bereit^ $ugefroren. 61. &$ er()ob ftc^ ein (Kftfflcg Ungewitter. 62. ^)ier ^ebt ein nener 5lbfc^nitt an. 63. ^eben 6ie ba^ iBuc^ fur mid) anf. 64. %d) itbcrbebe ^Did) feeine SluftragS. 65. (is ajeftt. 66. 2Bcnn ba0 efa gu ofl ift, fo ^iet man etiva^ ab. 67. >ie (lbe er^iefU jtc^ in bie 9torbfee. 68. \,2)ag ^linb mit bent ^8abe au^iefeen'*, ^eigt: bag nte mtt bent Sd)lcd)ten roegroerfen. 69. Sc^amrotbe ergojl fid) itbcr feinc SBangen. 70. J)ie locfe miij^ nmge^cffen werben. 71. Seajejje bie S31umen. 72. ($.$ ift ^3flid)t cine^ ^nten Untertbanen, fur ftdttfg unb SSatcdanb fetn 33lut ^u ergieen. 73. $Der Ifyee n?irb au^ (Ebina bejogen. 74. (Bro^e ^anbeI0Icnte be^ieben bie meiften (Hiis ropaifc^en 9)icffcu. 75. Sie oft ^ab' id) burdj^ogen bie oben 6trerfen unb bur^flogcn bie Oerter ber djrerfen. 76. (r jie^t 2Sein bent SBaffer or. 78. 2Bo ift er eqogen worben? 79. liefer ift ganj Derjo^en. 80. (r t>cr$iel;t ben They aie thrashing the corn. The wax is melting. The water is boiling. Who induced him to it? He has offered me an hundred dollars. Have you considered the matter? They were fighting. He does not fight. We shall fight bravely. The bird flew upon the tree. He fled. The river is flowing. The pond has frozen. He poured water into the glass. The spark was glimmering. The crab is creeping. The fire went out. The light is going out. He told a lie. Has the girl milked the cow? The flowers smell. What shall you shoot? What have they been shooting? He shot a hare. The river is swelling. The water would have swelled. Boil some water. It has boiled. It will never boil. Is the gate shut? Shut the door. What have you lost? We shall lose the way. She lost everything. How much does the loaf weigh? Have you weighed it? Pull the bell. He is gone abroad. He is removing to the country. The report ~~ THE VKRB. -\en -\\herc. The appeanuK de. ei\es. I Ic enjoys life. I In- t:;itc i> brim: .shut. It uas briiii: >hut. It has bc -n >hul. It had been .shut. It \\ill be .shut. ft \\ill shut. h \\ould lir .shut. It \Notild ha\e been >hut. I prefer NMI; \\ater. I'ut on \oiir coat. Is the clock \\ouiul up? I'li^ not prohibited. \Mn-n \\as he bom? He h,i> lu-ru dfci-i\i-d by him. I ;tm cold. Arc you cold? Sin y cold. \Vhat do you pn . *2'2. ForilTH CLASS. Radicul VONNC! in the ////y/r/yi-r/ a, pas I pnrlic. c. rb simple: 130 ben gab 5 comp .'en ip.srpar: ; i: : x l C H iMtton to beg cben to happen to read lie i to give 11 to measure . to forget ^encfcn to recover it illness I I In- imperfects and p;i gebct has in the past. part. Dh\. .1 impersonally, expressr existence,: e. p. (vc-^ih, there is, "tin ntc, 1. Sir lucrrcH fld'ohon. *2. ^ir trurtcn iiq'^^cn. 3. ii'ir futb ,11 UHMTCl;. , Mr urn. '.' ,bcit @tc 1"). 17. Dn relit, rid tit faniM, init ^ \c Tit b-i'i. -jn. 2Ber barfu s .iivb ctncii ,utf. JL ^cuib \HntiTit \Hllov, rtr al. v~: , ' V: .: I ,iab ra ^uttc- ;u fchcit. 30. 3icbu Tn ten ^x>cr mit 9luucu vcifcn will, mitjj neb nbcrall umffbcn, 3- .iron ETYMOLOGY. 3 fel)cn fidj nadj tteuen 23ebienten, unb bie 23ebienten nad) neuen erren urn. 33. Siebt bod) bie ^a^e ben ^aifer an. 34. >er ^lugc wirb in ber SBelt $uweifen fur einen SDummfopf, unb bcr Xwmmfopf pweiten fiir cinen dlfagen angefefyn. 35. SBtelen ftefyt man aufjeru'd) feme 9iotlj, feinen Summer an, gteidjwofyt ift ibr ^01*5 mit fcielen Sorgen betaben. 36. pie 2ttcnfd)en fyaben cin t>erfd)ics bene SluSfefyen; ber eine ftefyt fd)b'u aus, ber anbcre l)afittd), ber eine franf, ber anbere gefunb. 37. SMe genfter (tub burd)fid)tig ; benn i^ fann bnrdjfefyen. 38. 2Ber ftebt bag ntd)t ein? 39. 5Iu^ ber Cuuttimg erftebt man, ba^ bie 6d)iilb Oe^al^It ift. 40. (v^ ift nid)t gut, n?enn man ben Seutcu 511 tel nac^jte()t. 41. ein lin* glucf ift ntd)t 511 iiOerfel)en. 42. 5)er .fttuajte crftcbt fid) jnweilen. 43. SSer eine eercife mad)cn will, mit fic^ mit rinfraffer t^er* fefyen. 44. C^r erfiebt ^ente meinen ;T)ienfi. 45. 93on3efef)en ! nift ber ^ntf^er om 53ocfe berab, wenn ba^o itiujliicf (^efc^e^en ift. 46. SSa ift euc^? e$et il)r meinen (fritft an fiir Sc^erj, cber fiir 6c^lacfen mein (S'rj? 47. et)et euc^ &or, or ben falfdjen ^}rovl)eten. 48. 2Benn id) ^ungriij bin, nub anbere effen unb trinfen, ba ma^ icf) nifyt gern pfeben. 49. 5Ketn SSoIf ! laffet eucft Sefc^eib jcl>cn! ic^ roerb' euc^ ftd)cres (^eteit i^cbcn, ba eud^ foil d)ii^ or jebem Seib geben. 50. t)a c3ab jeber einen SScrjc^taij unb einen 9lnfd)taa, ab, on benen feiner ben 9liti?f^Iag gab; unb unferer 33e* f^tiiffe ^nbf^Iu^ war llnfcbliiffigfeit im ^ntfd)Iu. 51. 23a^ gibt e^ ncue^ im !^vanb? 52. (fr begab fic^ nun ttieber nad) ^aufe. 53. 2Ber fief) in @cfal)r begibt, fommt Darin urn. 54. C^^ gibt mole 5lrten con ^lopfcn, at^ ba finb ^ummfovfe, Xro^fopfe, Sc^afofopfe, (i'fclefopfe unb (Starrfopfe. 55. 2Ba^ man nid)t mebr pebt vcrgijjt man leicbt ,,au^ ben 2lu(jcn, au^ bent Sinn." 56. J)ie !^eute waren au^crtefen; n?er bei ibnen war, war fcon ram gencfen. 57. efc^eibte $a'(;ne frijH ber g-itd)2i aucl). 58. 2Ber beute noc^ gar ni^t gegeffen I)at, ift niic^tern. 59. grijs ift ein Sccfcrmaul; er eriBt ad fein elb in dludjen unb 3 uc ^ ern>er ^ 60. 3^ ^ a ^ >e l)eute bent Staler gefeffen. 61. i)ie Dtcc^tsgeietjrten ft^en 511 erid)t. 62. 2Bet ie( ft^t, jtjit feme ^lleiber ab. 63. SSir (tub bie ganje s Jlad)t aufgefeffen. 64. SSasi befi^t er? 95. (r fi^t bet ben Sucfycrn gan^e 9lad)te burc^. 66. per (Skfangene I)at feine &it aufgefeffen. 67. liefer 9)lann ij^ auf feine SWcinung gan^ erfeffen (ober erfeffen). 68. ^r Derjt^t gan^e iage. 69. 2)er fefte im eridjt, ober fn anbern aSerfammlungen p^t r>or (bat ben 930rft). 70. j)ie Stabt lie^t fepn. 71. ;Dein ^irffal liegt mir fefyr am er5en. 72. 2Bic weit liegt ba porf on bent gluffe'ab ? 73. dr erlag bem Sc^mer^e. 74. SBetc^er Sinn liegt bem Spricfyrcort imter: ,,mel efc$, met Uebertretung?" 75. er g(u ift au^getreten. 76. 2>ur$ iriefcfe tritt man bie Sdjufye au^. The field is being measured. It was measured. It has been measured. It had been measured. It will be measured. It will 24 THK VKKB. have been measured. It would be measured. It would ha\r been measured. Ask him for it. He is asking for it. He eats rery much. We do not eat much. Why did you not eat? The dog is devouring tin- lle^i. (me me SOMH- bread. She gave it to him. I .shall not gi>e him any more. This ha> often happened. It happens rarely. When did it happen? What are you read I am reading a letter. He reads too inurh. They read >ery litlle. We should have read it long ago. The books are lung upon the table, it lay there. It has been IN mi: there. \\ ! does it lie? Do \HJ >ee the hou-e ? I >a\\ him ju>t no\\. \Nhere ha\e \ou >ren them? He does not see me. He i> Bitting upon the beneh. I >at there for an hour. Where has he I sitting? Have you forgotten me? I shall not f< He forgets nothing. There are people. Are there any there ever been any dragons ? Has your brother recovered ? He is rcco\ering \er\ >!<> . 2:*. FIFTH n Radical vowel in Hie i/n/n'r/'*'<-( \, past partic. {. J,\erl> .simple: iv t mp.separ: abiveid^en ^ wi(^ab abgctvirfun (ficb) befleijemble vctKCU to tear ltd! t<> >tnde _!ide to ride i <;:i to .stroke to lay hold ilend iron to sharpen ivcid'cn to \ield O//\. In these verbs the radical vo\\d both in the imperfect and pa>t ; ;nt of the root must t>e doubled; the D is hardened into tt. I. X V1' Ur",uiN' niicb. l^nitt mi&. 3. I s it ! fcbnttteu. 4. 3 to batte ud> gef^nitten. 5. 2lMr weiteu line (d ecu. Cr 3 ln ' ^vcitct eud> flefdinittcit baben. 7. 3tc wfirteu it* . . . ,^cn. 8. ^ae ^tnt wurre nd> ^cfcbnittcit baben. M. Tu vmrtc it. 10. Tor .Qnabe beifu ftfb ric ^a ; ]d ab. 11. (vr crblid). \'2. Tic A-avbe ift rcrbltd>cn. 13. Tic U. (^vctfen rie tbn. 15. <*reifen ic ^ae^ nicbt an. 16. ^a0 begretfe i* nicbt. 17. Tcr Dieb i|l bcutc auftfcarirrcn (cr^riffen) ivortcn. 18. (^retfen 6ie ju. 19. Dae .^ccr imtrte gcfnil griffcn. 20. (n Icibet fe^r. 21. 3d) reitc gent. 22. JTaS ;na,critten. 23. X^a femmt cr angeritten. 24. (5r ift auf ETYMOLOGY. O Sanb geritteiu 25. 3d) l?abe Ijente m'el geritteiu 26. 3d) fd)tetfc ein 9-fteffer. 27. >d)itdben d)iieibe ben etrtcf ab. 29. (Sr befdjnitt bag papier. 30. as Xud; fiir ben 9locf ijl $ngefd)nitten. 3L )er 8 trie! ift cntjwci gefdjnttten. 32. Dex olbat ftritt tapfer. 33. SDian beftritt fein 9led)t. 34. Sr ^at me\ elb uerftritten. 35. ^r n?eid)et ber 9lctl)tvenbigfeit. 36, SSeii^e bent SBagcn auS. 37. 3^ l ' e 2lnfic^t n?eid)t fel^r on ber nteinigen ab. 38. er g-aben ift abgeriffen. 39. >er 2lnblicf cine^ SWmf^en* frennbeS gleid)t bent Slnbiicf eineg 5le()renfelbe3. 40. reif nid)t I Ieid)t in ein SSe^penneft; bod) ivenn bit grcifft, fo fte^e fefr. 41. 3Ber I ^ped) angretft, befnbelt (td). 42, $Da^ *&nd) ift ergrtffen. 43. 2)ag greift in ntein Slmt ein. 44. (ir ergriff bie glu^t. 45. ieber ein | ftein ltnred)t gelitten, alg or erid)t bariiber geftritten. 46. 9lci' nid)t alte SBnnben anf. 47. Xanjen, ^artenfpiel unb SSein, retgen groje anfer ein. 48. 2)er Partner befd)iteibet bie 33a'nme. 49. (ir ijl be$ Xobe^ erblid)en. 50. )er @c^infen ift angefd^nitten. He has cut himself. Have you suffered it ? She was riding this morning. The dog bit the child. The dog will not bite the child. She resembled her brother. He laid hold of him. She is turning pale. I shall not turn pale. He suffered much. She is suffering from tooth-ache. Why did you suffer that? I like to ride. Do you like to ride ? Ride. I was grinding the knife. What are you cutting? Have you mended the pen? Mend the pen. The army has been fighting bravely. I do not like to dis- pute. With whom did you dispute? I shall only yield to ne- cessity. He has yielded to us. We shall yield to the stronger. They would have yielded to us. Cut off the branch. We shall be attacked to-day. Is the book out of print? The house was torn down. Have you comprehended it? I shall never compre- hend that. Go out of his way. Do not deviate from the right way. . 24. SIXTH CLASS. Radical vowel in the imperfect te, past partic. ie. Jlverb simple: tretben trieb getrieben J Jcomp. insep: uer tretben Dettrteb ttertrtcben (comp. separ: eintretben trieb ein ein getrieben bletben to remain fcfyeiben to part fpeien to spit gebetlwt to prosper fdjemeu to shine ftetgen to mount leiljjen to lend fdjreibett to write tretben to drive mciben to avoid fdjreictt to scream tvetfcit to show preifen to praise' fc^tvetgen to be silent jeifyen to accuse ret ben to rub A pel's German Grammar, 3d edition. THK VKHB. I. 3$ fd)reibe. vbvtoben. gefdmcbcn. 5. 5Jir irerteit fd>reibeii._ boit baben. 7. rte irfuten fcbrcibcn. 8. Tto flnaben ivii: ii babcn. *>. (vr bit- fc totgc flcblieben '< 11. Veiheii te mtr T; . roibt ten to Senne fdMon hell. 14. (M 'Vbrcibt oinon ^rior. 15. Hit; .t niibt. IT), r.u- .Ui:;r ; :. 17 uM' Ton ^eva,. H). (M- i'"t ft] flome^". - 11 - (v ' '-^aiimo'. 21. (vr noiat le uif^ vr.: : ateit ben ^rocfen r^leifvbera,) Wat mein Sermr r r fin. 26. Stolen Sfc mis?. fidj tnt Io^e. 2s it m foin bleibeub (^Ifuf be 29. 33e|"d)eitf mit ^cu-btorniem ri.b. 30. ^ofcbcirc;: :rin lIHte^fd)ei^cll tut tie ftocfe Tor banner IHMI bo:i u-n.iu lautcroc bloib' I - rieuer. -Ufi^o am * (vriuncriuu] ift ^a^ , au* rem irir nidu rortrtobeii ircttou fiMiucu. .-for im ajliurte, eter aud> nur ein ^rfuiec- ibt ten ;:. 41. rn belrd uid^t ,v - nieiiiem Ateiu^c mit iini^ober: (djreilv. [4 ;,b babo :ben. 45. 10 ten Uiifafl bau Tit Tir iclhr iiioiu lafdKiibi:,; :ibc nur ten ibeu io ta? n: :ui nucb 5 :cu Unia,ana mit tiei'em 9.K :tt nun am MUI ta in tor ^ I >hall be silent. Remain at home. They did not remain there long. Who has lent you the book '.' I It ni it him. Avoid t'i;it. She praised him. They are prai>ing him \TV much. Kub the dirt out of your coat. Was the child sen umini: ' II has been niiL T all day. It >vill scream again. Why is the ben ininil so much? 1> the MIM .shining? The moon fchone briphUy. 'om are you writing 1 .' I am writing to my brother. I >hall \\ritc by return of post. Copy this letter. Describe the place to inc. The boy lias ascended the mountain. She alighted from the carriage. The \\ater impels the mill. The summer is de- parting. Show me the way. He showed us the \\;iy. She \\as ng his industry. Pardon me, Sir. Lend me your umbrella. The boy was rubbing his hands. He made his appearan lair, lie muuiiii'd aun> vn lunjr ETYMOLOGY. . 25. SEVENTH CLASS. I Radical vowel in the imperfect ie, past partic. no change. verb simple: f> alt en fyielt ge^alten comp.insep: erfyalten erfytelt erfyalteu corap.separ: auSfyalteu l)telt au3 au3a,ef;altcu blafen to blow fatten to hold laitfen to run bra ten to roast fyangen to hang ratten to advise fallen to fall banen to hew rnfen to call fangcn to catch bcipen to call fcfylafeu to sleep a,cben to go laffen to leave, to let ttojjen to push Obs. Of o,eben the imperf. is ajno,, and the p. p. cje^an^cn. fallen and fyauen have in the imperfect flel and Ijieb. 1. a3 23Iut im Jlorper lauft in einem ^reife Ijerutn. 2. 3^ fyabe micfy anger 5ltljem ^elaufen. 3. 2Bo laufen ?te bin V 4. ^ic ^Solbaten laufen Sturm. 5. )te )cnaii lauft febr fc^ncfl. 6. >ie Xalvjltdjter laufen. 7. (i'^ la'nft auf (itn t)inaity, ob id) blctbe oter nic^t. 8. 2Bir licfcn cfabr, tag iiebcn 511 serlicrcn. 9. (vtn %\\$* bote tauft balb feine d)itbc ab. 10. ^iitljci^c Od)fcu (aber and) 5[Jienfc^eu) laufen ftd) letct)t bie Bonier ab. II. Die llhr tft ab^c* laufen. 12. i)er ^c^nler bat fciuem 5i)ietftcv ten iHaua, abgelaufcu. 13. Petite 3 e it tft abi^elaufcu. 14. i^ilte Jl tuber laufen oft ntit bent Jlopfe an. J5. SBenn 2)u gegen ben Spiegel band) ft, fo lauft er an. 16. >er g-lug tft ftarf angelaufen. 17. 2Bte Diele d)iffc (aufen ()ter jcibrlid) an^? 18. (iu^lanb^ @taatyfd)nlb belauft ftd^ auf elite ungeljeure uutnte. 19. 2)te <8onnc burc^Iauft ben ()kr<* frei in einem 3 a ^. 20. C^nbltd) (tub \mv in ben afen etngetanfen. 21. >er S3 i) fen? id) t entlief ben ^>anben ber ered)tigfett. 22. 3^ A>anbeleftaaten lauft bag elb fd)nett urn. 23. SBenn man ben 2Seg md)t n?eig, fo lauft man oft wel urn. 24. pae SSaffer uerlief fic^ nac^ etntjen aa,en. 25. J)a SBac^g gerlanft in ber ifje. 26. 3lfle Jyliiffe laufen bem SO'Jeere 511. 27. 3m e^>irn lanfen alle 9ten>en ufaramen, 28. S)n ftoeft mtr ben SDoId) in bie S3ruft. 29. Wit empftiiMtcben Seitten mug man ftd) in 2(cbt nebmen, man ftofU fie leid)t an ben jlopf. 30. 2Bilbe jlinber ftofjen ftcl) oft an ben tfovf. 31. J)ag ^aus ftogt an ben arten. 32. (r ftiep bem Jyaffe ben 23oben ang. 33. 2)te S3erfaffnng nwrbe n>ieber nmtjeftofKu. 34. (ir Derfttejj ivtber bic Olegeln ber gnten efellfd)aft. 35. 3c^ fafle. 36. (is beficl ibn eine fd)n>ere Jlranf^cit 37. 2)ie 6ad)e ift mir entfallcn. 38. 2Cag fa'lit i)ir etnV 39. J)te Waiter ijt etuge* fallen. 40. 2Bie mirb bie Sacbe \DI>( audfaflen? 41. liefer ^unb fa'lit Scute an. 42. 25cin S3etragen fallt fe^r auf. 43. liefer Slflenfd) gefallt mtr ntd)t. 44. (Seine 9lebe mifiel ung. 45. SMeine (^eftalt tft erfaflen or Xrauern, unb ift alt c^eworben. 46. SDag ift erfaUen. 47. ie 6tnube ift melletd;t nid)t mcl;r fern, 'JIIK VKRB. Tcine uerblicbc iillc in ZtauO $crfallcii wiit. J - Ttr a,eratbcii? 49. (vnvitb'"r Tit, n\u< ub indue? "n. ! .jut ^jir iiirt iHTratl 1 -AMI. "" (Mtlc Vcntc jjcbcii rer fciucnt :d vorK-i obnc fiih ran'u ;u bct'obcn. ;>(). ivincni :tc, etitcni tcllcit AMU^C iniD cincm UiM^cu iiur jvol'cn :iuif? man ja an ;:. ")7. ?:o jtorn) i]CijaiijjcH. 5W. (viu- Tit uutcruim:: mit ciuciii ivaiic uuht Tcin/ ^cr Tir unio : jV'ht. ()" :icn fii^ ^ltld^^^vuuJC^. < faini 5iir I bur, juim r aiiv1^ in , riim nut ' : ails? iu^ ciu. iin 9H wertc hi' nicni. :;r ; viujcn. ' ;m <^.irtcii. 70. (i^ ijl .;mm emeu i^ut : cine none ^irorrinn; - IUMI IllCll .T unnihi: nicii .'.Ujjoii, alv .i nad'. S M tl|l urn. M : Tn u m " am, itubarmhci - nil inn, ir. : fur !'C 11 m 01 ;; nnu :;tcr. 87. 3 |(^on 9 '.Uau faun ien? :i mit an: J iMlr irill . \\VUMni. (| - : jjcht 'Me* truutov iui: in i ::";thiuMlcn :bc, wciin c. inl. .11 jjcbt, t.:. in-j. (^ aefy M: SRebe ( I .^cu ab nad> :KnlM. KU. L^ triib ^icuT la.j bat viii; ;:i inir uluMi tft cr aiiC'^c.jaii^cn. I"" ;nuc initcv 111^ Tor ^101^ ^cbt aiif. lOii. ^ir ijiuacn bcim to. . 107. Tic ^pft ijcbt urn ib. L08< : . ;:uiu] ivol ctivao ETYMOLOGY. 29 $el)t gut ab. 110, Jn ben Scfyenfen gefyt'3 nidjt Ieid)t cbne ab. 111. er unb a,ebt bie 'Sdjwcme an. 112, )ie er 2Bei$en gefyt auf. 116. &fir Ohio, anf. 117. 3m SBintcr gejjt mel #ol$ anf. 118. 3 in 7 auf? 9lber 4 in 4 gefyt aitf. 119. cr tfnak ift ftcgcmgen. 120. 3Dta a,el)t barauf au3, biefen 2Rann ldd)erlid) ju in ad) en. 121. 3>iefe SSaare ift aitCH^egangen. 122. >ie 5D?enfd)en bc^cbcn allcrlct f>crl)eiten , ^el)ler unb Siinben. 123. >a3 to an biefe Segeben&eit wirb allja^rltd) feierltd) bcgangen. 124. ?a ao ja nid)t beuje^en. 125. 3 U ^ fyinanf gc$' nnfcr 2-e* . 126. 2Bcr nne cine OU^e fd)!a'ft, ber fc^laft H^ in ben hcUcn lid) ten Xaij (;incin. 127. 2UIe, bie cr nn^ waren, fmb fd)Uv fen ge^angcn in ber (frbe 6c^oc. 128. grranj bat nod) nid)t aitCH^c(ci)lafen. 129. J)er 2Jiiibe fd)laft balb ein. 130. (?v ^at ftd) verfatfafen. 131. SSae fmg er? 132. SBenn fangjl S)n 2)cine Arbeit an? 133. SDlitgeganijen, initc]efant3en, initijeljam3en. 134. ^r b(a(l bie Xrompctc. 135. 3ft baS Oicvl)n()n gebraten? 136. fatten 8te ba^ ^ferb. 137. alte mid) ntd)t auf. 138. 3n SOiittag f)ie(^ ten wir an. 139. Sag bat id) bawn ab(jel)alten ? 140. 3d) elicit ben 33rief geftern. 141. cftaltc bie Sirnen. 142. C?nt()alte 2>id) be SSeineei. 143. Sie ter^alt ftd) bie 6ad>e? 144. Der Slpfel ban^t am JBanme. 145. X)a^ ^aut^ ift rait 9?htmen beljangen. 146. 2Bie 'beifet ba^3 anf entfdj ? 147. 2ag mid) (je^en. 148. 2Benn baft 2)n 5)eutfd)(anb uerlaffen? 149. 2Bir uberliefwi e^ bem ^ufall. 150. 2)ie 8oibaten ftnb entlaffen worben. 151. (r faflt mit ber I^iir tn$ ^ansi. 152. 9)iit @d^ei^'r ift auf ben Ifopf ge* fallen." 154. 9liemanb fteigt bnrd) Rafter, 9ticmanb faflt bnrd; What does he blow? Has the cook roasted the hare? He fell ofi the tree. We shall fall. Who caught the bird? He catches fish. She is going to town. W r hen are we going to the country? They went to the left. Go to the right. She is gone to market. Hold the stick. Who held it? I shall not hold it? Where does my hat hang? It was hanging on the nail. It has been hanging there all day. Who hewed the branch in two? Leave that. They left me at home. Leave him at home. The stag runs fast. We were running across the field. I ran through the garden. What did he advise you? I have advised him so. Are you slill sleeping? Is the child sleeping ? How long did you sleep? Thou art always sleeping. Don't push me. Call your brother. Who calls me? How are you called? How is this called in English? You will not guess the riddle. Are you going out? The moon is setting. The sun has risen. Go down. Go up. Go in. Go over. Go away. Have you begun ? I am 30 THK VKKB. iminjj just now. The child fell aMeep. Did you receive the liouk '. l\r-p it now. Oil oiF the branch. It h. m> BOiy. Hi* 1 ceiling fell in. Have you done >lrrpinhrmiL The house joins the wall. lie joined his :iiet. Time |ae> auay . 26; KK;IITII CLAS-. lical v(\\el in tin- ini/>crfi'<-( u, ;;//.\V /^//7. no change. 1, simple: f$Uge f^Iug (jcfiMa^cit = . cmiip. in>. c ri"iMau g ( comp. separ : tt b ge ( d> I a {( c it (\icfcu to bake UMU!VI; to v\a-h fabrcit to ride in a ^raben to die iagc latcit to load tiM.v to >t;uid UMviifcii to grow OAs. \i ; \fen and fd re bitf, fdM:" in thr imp :>Ti^ or ftiutr, and in the past part. : ilMii fciit '.ItCll . tra^cii. , s . in. > i - mil) flcfalji:; I nub 15. Ta 1). ronttubo ^olf . i> iti^ IUT,: cuter fin -.: :bcit frnluT ^oviiMii; fommt tt: in^n tor '21. ftinber, Me nttt einai^cr [tnb, babcit fid? yjcirclMtlidj and) in liolv - : rcllfommctt aiu\]ciiMd)fcu; aber ivcr iconic ;::^ Inittcit an- rban. -.! or niciucm nttt iittraubcn uMdMeit ti:. ittci nicii fiuvb. 25. ii>cnu r .rtr faufcit, IHMI , ir'cit ^llt\^;. MI^CU ivir : C0 ifi ftyfttt fell fcu." ilen ^anl i't ircr bcutc tucbti^ ^cwafcbcn ivcrccit. *J V .for barft ^a: ETYMOLOGY. 31 iBrob. 29. 3ft bas $rob o,ebacfcn? 30. @r fdjuf ftdj feibjr ba3 ifiora,en belaben. 35. 3$ bin fyeute ^um 9Jittta$3effcn eina,elaben. 36. >a3 ^eu unrb eben aufa,e{aben. 37. SDian tvirb gteid) ablaben. 38. SJtorgen faljreu wir in bie tabt. 39. 2luf biefer difenbafyn fa'fyrt ftd/S gut. 5lbreifenben ntft man 511: garret tvofyl!" 40. SDtcfcr jungc SD'Jenfd) bat noc^ ntd)t erfa^ren. 41. 2)a el)eimnij? entful;r feuten 2typen. 42. J)ic 6(^tffer 6cfa()rcu bie Jtiiften. 43. J)er ^littfc^er fyat ft^ crfa^rciu 44. Xf)ite ntcfjts iBofc^, fo anbcrfa()rt bir ufd)t^ SBofc^ f^affene I;at tuc^t^ S^feS 511 bcfa^rcn. 45. >er SBageu fommt gefal^ren. 46. (r fa'brt teiue 511. 47. 2Semt bift bit cu ^cn ifcgefa^ren? 48. 3$ wcrbc fo^teic^ au^fa^rcn. 49. 3Ber 5lubern cine rube grcibt, fa'IIt felbft tjiuetn. 50. 2)te (frfa^rungcu ber Jimbfycit c^raben (td) tfef in bte eraraben. 56. 9ttan (jrnb ben 2-cid)nam wicber an^. 57. 2Bo fte^ft bn? 58. (s$ flanb i(;m immer ein (finfafl 511 ebote* 59. aft bit mic^ Derftanben? 60. 2Ba3 ^erfte^ft bit nnter Jtorpcr* welt eifteru>elt? 61. 2)a, n>o bie J)aare au^faUcu, cntftefyt eine fa^Ie ie jlcfet'S nm 65efnnbf)ett, jn $anfe f in ber iieben gamilte, n?ie fte^t'^ nnt (acf)e, %t)nn $roje6, 3^e 3 u fafl*> w ^ e fte^t'S mit 3^em Ber 66. liefer ^Beantte ftefyt ftd) fe^r gut. 67. (3 fteljt ba^in, ob ber SDMuifter (td) nod) lange Jalten wirb. 68. X)eine 2lufffil;ntng ftel)t mtr bnrcfyau3 ni^t an. 69. (r ftanb ni^t on feiner gorbentna, ab. 70. 3c?) ^be lange bei mtr ant^eftanben , ob id) t^n er!(agen fotte. 71. 2fteine 9teife mu noc^ ein paar Xa^e anftefjen. 72* ege^ nad). 87. SSir nntrben nicf)t na, benn n?ir ftan* ben nnter. 88. 2)u unterftefyft bici), mir 511 wtberfrrec^en ? 89. liefer erfte^t feinen pafr 90, 2)a Derfte^t ftc^ on felbft &2 TIIK VERB. 91, bin niit ilMii cinvcnraiirc::. ;ncm finite in 1 .: mem bliii; uicm bliirtcn Vann, cinem t'cllcn ivirt urcii man .Hi it: an. a mir NT.: tmtfc urn. HM. . in-f .-. in:, (JHivt : liter - au* tern 8inn. Her $\\i ar.i : Kii irt. I in. an tax? -il-;". 1 I J 1 1:<. Tor ril in n lie '^ ^la^t ii"). r. n'. rtc -. 1 1; M S . rev i- nil til a;: I l' 1 ;f tie ;id>c -veer trurre au| Tcijcn, niit torn al\. v unfe .i'ii I* 126 auo; and 1 aud. l.il. ;Pcrn lintc fviun ciucn foi* inur :r filter (vltom tin. Ul. r,Ma ; V cin, :. U^. T n.; inter. M4. ; a tu (MUCH u berftyfagc rcrbcr MlMi in nni ; \c!"d'la^cn. 1 + '\tl. .. niit tern cr rai . ; cin untcr, ni^ n^arf ETYMOLOGY. 33 ifm fo 511 23oben. 148. )cr *)Bofimetfter $n S3, fjat meljrere (Mb* brtefe unterfcfylagen. 149. Ungefcfyicfte >d)mtebe t>erfd)Iagen bte er tnrrn fyat baS djtff t>erfd)faa,en. 151. >a3 fann btr ntdjts erfd)Iageiu 152. 2Bcr fyat Mr bad Doraeftylagen ? 153. (f tft ntdjt gut, unb mele 3 e ^ 9^t betm anbein aerloren, wenn bte jlaufleute auf ifyre SBaaren t)orfd)Iaa,en. 154. (r $erfdjht0 ben Stocf auf bem Oiiicfen be^ eguer^. 155. 2Bte bte SSellen (tc^ an ben gelfen jerfctjlagen, fo ^erfcfjfa^en jtd) oft bte fu^ueu ^offnuugcn Ueoermut^igen an bem befd)etbenen tafte be^ ^Bel)arrltd)en. 156. >ie $olt^ejt'teuer fc^lagen gern g(etc^ $u. 157. >Da5 mtlbe dltma fcfyla'gt mir fel)r 511. 158. 53et offcntltcftcn 33erfteic^erun(jen werben t^te jum JBcrfauf au^gefteflten @ad)en bem 9JtetftlMctenben gef^Iagem 159. 2)er SStnb fdjlug bag genfter 511. 160, 3Ber berc fdjla'gt, unrb in ber Diesel uneber gcfc^Iajjcn. 161, 93rob fd^Ia'^t auf, n>enn ber $reU be^ ^omS in bte i>f)e abcr e^ fdjlcujt wtcber aO, wenn ba^ jlorn tm -$reife ftnft. 16*2. en . THK VKHB. the weak imprrffrt nui : rcrm. lliad^te ailf iow, a m< past part triple vcrn: .1111 verm a I . - 1 3f^t cud) am I in. N \,i^ ',, . ; ;i;tc fiber reu Jauu. 1 I. Ih. 17. (v3 9 21, 31)rc von tl'eu it, (oil ma:: mtc feincf C UMt^C rtjiMeit n< n iu nut .Qln^luMt 111^ ;Huor; ircrren (oil, irirfr immcr u: : ilbcr ctcr iiMi^en lino allcrlci > JlVCt '^OOtC IVUltCll i7. ^lii rein :n^ in L :nimmt) mi ten \\: \-t. 51. fi . v ^abrbcii ^orn . UM:. .trier ctnntc. ETYMOLOGY. 35 l@ofbaten fcetoadjen ben efana,enen. 54. <$efe&rte bnrdjroadjen oft jjganje 9tad)te. 55. 3d) ttadje fail immer son felber auf. 56. 5ln- Ijtfttt erroadjen nnb ewecfen, fann man and) fagen: anfamdjen nnb taufrcecfen. 57. SWandjer cntfc|t fid) fcfyon or bent 9*nblid ber ;l@ptnue. 58. dr bat ifym einen $ieb, einen i(3t l(ober: e^ fd^wijjt mict)). 94. .fttocr, tveld^c ba^ elernte ni^t Itaajtd) itben, fd)\ti^en e^ balb nneber an^ (ober: uerfc^wi^en e^). |95. >er 3i^ner ftimmt bie Siotine. 96. Sr fttmmtc etn Jllagelieb [an, 97. SQelc^e ritnbe T)aben bid) gn biefer SBabt beftimmtV 1 98. 3d) fcwn bir ba nic^t beiftimmen. 99. @te ftimmten afle iiberein. 1 100. J)ie gerin^fte ^leinit^eit erfttmmt ben ^annenbaften. 101. lmt the door. Open the \uudo\\. I> (he in Sit du\\n on the sofa. Will you nut >it do\\n? 1'tit on your hat. He continued In- _-. I am ti latini: a hook. I >hall cro>s oxer to Kn^'laiid to-,. lull ;|iy tin- place. lirrail and \\inc N\ .- rselVM to the ridh ule of the multitude The heat takes the lre;.h ;i\\;i\ fi.iu u>. \N ;ike we ! Are -iddier> \MTI- i:iiardiii<: the !o\\n. He put the book upon the tal.le. He applied hiuiM II to the >tudy of a- noiuy He ha> nn>laid hi> Miull-liox. \M< kilh-d the \\olf? Ha\. i the matter .' He i> aualy-iiii: tin- He i BtOM. Mi\r you I'eeii NNorkiMil to-day? lit: works ind He is tuning the pi;un. NN hat to act id \ \\ill m-\er a_ very SOOI1. Tut tin- umlirella in the eorner. NN I i put my Stick? ll .!i-sewl.|ed. I '.ad quite, ,im. Did you - ^N hen -hall Tinge ? Has the been presented to the queen'.' 1 ima<:ii)< . % JS. in /in! lire. lui / I tit tn 2 fcomp.separ: jU'rc fcit JBtln 8 nodi I"). :MH $cin ii Untbatcn. iiulM irorrcn. I nut'": '2'2. i 1'ovt ntc aur", itbrr '21. : t ivcrtcn ? *J4 '"ctitcr fromntoit ^h^cr. 25. Uit ; vint Cohort ;IDH lc fvifu ^ac Vnur, rent tn ?tc ETYMOLOGY. (s>edd)tc f)abcn bie SBeflafltew 511 serljoren, nnb fte enhveber fret 511 fvredjen ober $n bcftrafen. 28. >ore mir anfmerffam 511. 29. oren tft gut, aber l)ord)cn tft fd)led)t (,,er ^>ord)er an ber 2Banb, fyort [cine cigne Sd)anb") 30. em giirften mnfjt bn ge()ord)cn. 31. Scnn bn iiur wcuig lad) ft, nur mit einer fleinen iBeivegnng be$ 9)hmbes, bann lacfyelft bit. 32. (ir nntroe augclad)t. 33. )er Spotter bc(ad)c[t ober t?erlad)t $Ule3, unis er nid)t gefagt, naS er nid)t get()an l)at. 34. er Cfficter rid)tet bie Solbaten. 35. er Untcrgebene I)at ftd) nad) bem $orgefeten $n rid)ten. 36. DUd)tct nid)t, aitf fca ifyr nid)t gerid)tet ivcrbet. 37. SDem unfterbitd)en er$og fyat man fd)b'ne )enfma'(er erricfytet. 38. Untergeorbnete $eamte pflegen an bte SBorgefe^ten 511 bericfyten. 39. Xfyiere werben abgericfytet, 2ftenfd)en nnterrict)tet. 40. SSer 33ofe^ angerid)tet f?at, n?trb beftraft. 41. ^ie ^ftaljljcit ift angeric^tet. 42. ^nftrage foil man geuMffenbaft an^rid)ten. 43. >aft bn bcin efd)a'ft errid)tetV 44. 3m ^riege ix^crben bie Sotbaten oft fdWimm 5itgertd)tct. 45. f meinem 3tatl)e. 46. 35efo(ge metne 33efeble. 47. iDer geinb rur nn0. 48. 2Bir 5ille irerben unfcru ^orfal)ren nad)folgen. 49. ! crfolgte baranfV 50. (r fcbrt bac Cberfte 511 nnterft. 51. 2)te Stnbe ift nod) nidit ancgcfcbrt. 52. ii>tr fel)rtcn bei einem grennbe ein. 53. (ir fcbrt ben Oiocf urn. 54. 9JHt foldjcu Lenten i?erfc{)re id) nid)t. 55. liefer (s>cfal)r miiffen u>ir fd)itc(l orfel)rcn. 56. a ^bcnbrotl) febrt ivieber im SO^orgenrotl). 57. ($* tvainnt C^incm mitnntcr gar 511 ivnnbertidje^ 3 eUl 3- 58. 2Ba6 t)at bir getranmtV 59. SSer fid) immer 2)ingc ertrannit, bie me ^nr irflid)feit iverben fonncn, ertranmt fetuc Seben^^cit. 60. (i ^nngert mid) (ober: mid) I)itngert). 61. So n>tc bid) wcllcidjt nad) einem Stitcf 23rob, ober nac^ bem 33ratcu I)itngert, fo fntngert anbere guwcilcn nad) (()re, nad) 9^cid)tf)um nnb JBerguiigcn. 62. SSerbungern ift fo iet, ate bnrd) ^linger nnifommen v>er$el)rt werben. 63. i)er geinb I)at bte geftnng anege^nngert. 64. 2)er (Beijige ()itngert es jtd) am l^cibe ab. 65. (ve biirftet ifyn (ober: if)n biirftet, and): id) biirfte). 66. J)er Xiger biirftet (ober: es biirftet ben iger) nac^ bem ^Blnte feineS Dtanbe^. 67. gaffen Ste if)it. 68. Der arten ift mit einer D^auer eingefajjt. 69. 2Ber fjat ba^ 33nc^ erfat? 70. 23efafc oic^ nid)t mit fold)en X)ingen. 71. ga^ ba^ (iifen mit ber 3 au 3 c an. 72. SB on roem ift biefe Shrift abgefat? 73. (r langte nad) bem Stocfe* 74. 2Ba^ er(angen Sie fitr biefe^ $ferb? 75. Sae mic^ anbclangt, fo bin id) nid)t ber SJleinnng, ba man bas Singe? nebme bem 9h'i^lid)en or5iel)e. 76. (ir fyat ein groj^ee 33ermogen erlangt. 77. (& gibt ein Qitl, bat)in ivir, felbft gegen nnfern SMlen, Me gelangen. 78. (i^ nntnbert mic^ (ober: rnic^ wnnbert, and) : id) ttnutbre mid)) fe()r, ba bit fo bumm roarft. 79* 34 bemunbre beine ebntb. 80. ole mir ein Snd). 81. SSiflft bn mid) abtyolen? 82. J)er jlranfe Bat ftd) ivieber er^olt. 83. 34 wrbe bi4 balb einl)oten. 84. (ir bant ein >ans. 85. >er ^unb bellt. 86. 2Jian betetc. 87. >te Sa'ume I)aben gebliijet. 88. gragen Sie ben 9J?amt A pel's German Grammar, 3d edition. A 38 1HK VRHB. . tern nv cine Mi? 93. I -.. Ten ^df ri'tterc rcr J Talk to liini. He \\ill address the meeting. He talked it. Lead u- rnt into temptation. NMiei The 'I hey ha-. lit- eondm U him-ell ladl>. \\hal does thi.s country exp baCGO is here imported. lie \\;e> inirodm-ed to ii 1 of a (rime. II.- has been seduced. Listen to n. It I have to say Wkt\ . onntry doe> he iieloin: to? NMiy are you 1 -mdini:. A nioninih > erected In ^. the boy. \Mo NMll folloxx II*- was pursued for two days. Has tin KH.IU 1> m >\\ ( pi ' I hare no intercourse uith hi What are Hr i> hiinjrx. I h \ are him_:'N. He was starx <-ss has been M-n\ed out. I ua> I'.v \\ liuin has the tx Don't meddle \\ith that. He dru, mm h for the ' \N hrn -hall we pet to I- ul mi red bis talents. I The dog was barking. They are saying pray trees udl soon blossom. He asked us the way to .^< lx en huntini: all day. II it ;iii\ilunr ? v seek? He set out yesterday. Did the huntsman kill the v \Nhom d you \\ish to see? I sold my house. $. 29. infinitive. ini/ici-frct. jnist jtnrtic. miple: n?i,1 ;,fclt :.p inM-p. : ciltiv: .fcMe J/comp. separ: fintrt(fcln n?tu \fcln ric r 3ung< riMi rent (^c'uht ctiii t^ tafftr aitd> > ronncr in Ton 5 iiur Ter, rfcn iiitiuj ebitc ^clt ii>trtb ^cni ft \i. di fpanul btnrcr tc: ETYMOLOGY. 39 I 15. (r fyottcte meiner Ullage, unb brofyte mit einer .fitage. 16, SScr I langt, erlangt; tver fa'nmt, tterfdnmt. 17. )a JBerbienp mu btenen, uut) finDet ntdjtg 511 tterbienen. 18. )a fpracfy ber Singling, on bem SBorte t>erlet: bet >em, ber bie 3Ud)ter eingefefjt, unb jtc gu gug unb SDZacfyt fjat befugt unb ermad)tta,t I ju welcfyer jllag' ift biefer 9J{ann beredjttgt? 19. enfigfamfeit ergr5jjert Heine Spa'ne. 20. )as ewanb mad)t nid)t ben 2Rann, unb nid)t ber (sinbanb bag 93ud). 21. )iene bem SDantbaren gent, bod) nie eraarte Danf fn'r ben SDtenft. 22. (Dle SJlenfcfyen (tub bem @tad)el ber Xabter am metften auggefe^t, wie ba3 eble Obft bem ber 2Bepen. 23. SBtdjl bit GJeljcintes erfoffdjen, fo forfd)e erborg'ncr SRo'tj nad). 24. (ii)r* lid) wci^rt am langften. 25. elegenl)ett mad)t JDtebe. 26. e* brannte Jlinber fcfycueu bas g-euer. 27. 2)a^ SSaffer erfiegt 28. ;Dcr @d)laf befiegt bie Slngcn. 29. SDa tvar SlfleS ercmt, wag ^eqen erqiiicft, inne beftrtrft unb bie 9)ienfd)en begluctt 30. 6ie befeelte micfy, unb entfeelte mid), fie befcltgte mid) unb befc^li(jte mid). 31. 3d) fcrfdjleterte fte i>r SKonb unb onne; ic^ mi^onnte berSSelt tyreS ^nbltrfg SBonne. 32. (r Ijat einen (lepl;anten erfd)Incft. 33. (iin Jperj on (belmutf) bcweljnt , ift buni) fid) fclbft am ^errlidjften belol)nt. 34. 9lic^t^ IBfdjt (ftiflt) ben 2)nrjl beffer, aid frifd)e5 SSaffer. 35. Sen nod) nie gcfyunjcrt 1; at, bem l^at's nod) nie red)t 0ut gefd)mect"t. 36. 3d) fcnne Jl'inbcr, welclje bie Xeller ablecfen. It'aftor, mein $nnb, Iccft fie and) ab. 37. ^linber fd;lcifert ba^ SBteijen ein. 38. 2Ber ftc^ wieber bie menfd)licte Orbnung anfle()nt, lel)nt fic^ wiber (^)ott auf. )ie Obrigt'eit ift on ott. 39. >er ^torper ber X^ierc neigt fid) 5iir (rbe. 40. giirc^te bic^ or feinem tro^mann. 41. iBet un^ 5u 2-anbe r>erfanft ber ^abid)t fid) ni^t fur einen g-alfen. 42. Ser ftd) unnn^ mad)t, mad)t fid) SSerbruf}; unb wer jnr (Sc^eibe fid) anjfteflt, ben trifft ber d)it. 43. J)ie Jpant fd)dlt ftd). 44. 3ebe3 Jl)ier webrt ftd) fetner ^ant. 45. Die @d>Iangen ^anten fic^ afle 3al)re. 46. 2Ber jioij fic^ bla^t, bem fag' id;: magft bit platen. 47. J)er alte grieberid) ift ein wmtber= liefer feltfamer opf. SSoriiber Qlnbere lac^en, bariiber argert er jtd); unb woritber 3tnbere jtcf) a'rgern, baritbcr lac^t er. 48. 3" efellfd)aft (inem etwaS inC> D^r fagen, fc^icft ft^ nic^t. 49. SScnn bae ^inb fu^ fd)dmt, fo rotben jtd) feine SSangen. 50. ;Der innere Xfyeil bey ^>alfee fdjwtflt pweilen anf r unb ent^inbet ftc^. 51* &\i jdnmeft bic^ nic^t, unb jcifymeft bic^ nic^t, bu fdja'nmeft wie ein 9lo, unb fd)d'meft bid) nic^t. 52. $Die 2ftad)t ift ein 2Bmb, ber ftd) wenbet. 53. Die X)onau tfyeilt ftc^ in uerfc^iebene 5trme. 54. (r ^at jtd) au^ bem taube gcmac^t. 55. (r fyort bag rae> wac^fen. 56, (s;$ jeti^te ftc^ mir ein SJiann im gerfaferten Otocfe. 57. 3d) tyatte $t* Jort ba fo fe(;r nid)t^ btent ben eift ju erfrifc^en, ale in geifticje efefif^aft ftct) 311 mif^en* 58* $iiten @ie ft^ or etnem Dlucffafi, fagte ber 5lr^t 511 bem (Senefenen* 59* (g bilbet ein Xalent ftd) in ber Stifle, ftd) ein (][)aracter in bem trom ber Selt. 60. 9tie erweile bid) lang bei ben Jefylern beg geinbcg unb greunbe* 10 run VKHH. hi. :rcd'cr nr Irtnfen ainu^cuHMMu: ltd) iriorer alsii^cirolMh-it. M. Juii^on tret* rtcr. mit ireldmt anf eninul Net rmiMiirtct ire: :tc mrt r oft r -OHO n nut E &nat nnD jVMiiiKiMit: 2 tube r iiMiif tt'ii. :. 7". ,ir;t. 7 1. rfranfcn t:: .1 aurmi j :nuil fraiif rent .^ai"cr inv '^ucr 'itnrcr NT HUTCH n:: lie \\;ts out- I hry were talking a preat deal. How do you say II' ii mg Ibe cat. MUM art ch ucti. do > MI .shoulders? Smd ilu- In- II much d.il earn lo-d.i\ '. !ln-y were magnif\ too imifli. llo\\ long docs llir She dn-;nl> \\ I ; : Ifl .'.;:. i the IMHMII) , II He wns \M-II i him'.' NMi.il I. irol to sell '.' II it. lh;tt :'IU'd the ; oy has bron illln-;t-(l. NMu-n di ill? Hi> U"|Hi--t NN.I- i;r.i breath i 1 11: Hi- injun-ii i. \A\. I he dinn I hi- thii->l \\iih \\att-r. He ii. \\ith \\nir. Don't In- afraid of it. . 30. IIUU;(;IL.\K VI:RIIS *). I. ? :n fci AVCHI^ . mif in: : allc Ihci- ..... I'M". I m ETYMOLOGY. 41 golbner 23aum* 3* griebe fet mit dud). 4* .ftetne Slntwort ift and) eine 9lntwort 5* m bift oflfommen wtflfommen* 6. enf)eit ift bag ^erfmal grower eelen. 8. $)a geben ifi ein raum; unb raume ftnb cfyaume, 9. 2Bo bift bit gewefen? 10, (r war in bcr igscfyule gewefen, 11. S&irft bu jjeute git vUife fein ? 12. >ag ewiffen fyat immer 9led)t. 13* 2Bag bit am itebften fyaft, ba^ lerne auct) entbef)ren; was man nid)t l;aben fann, ba^ mug man nid)t becjel)ren 14. 5}^rgenftunbe f)at ^olb im SD'Jitube* 15* 3d) Ijabe Siift jn trinfen. 16, ef)en 6ie fort fagte err ^8. gu mir; @te baben mic^ jum SSeften. 17, (r (;atte feme 3ett, 18. 2Ba3 Jajl bu ge()abt? 19, >a$ au^ brennt, 20, ;Dte ^lircfjc branntc, 21, (r f)at fid) bie ginger serbramit, 22. ^lennen ie ben O^ann? 23, 3d) i;abe tl)it nie gefannt, 24, Jl'anntcjl bit i{;n je? 25, 2Bie nennt er ftd)? 26, (ir nannte mid) fcincn 33ntber, 27, ^r fenbet bao 25ud). 28. SBenn fanbte er eg? 29. SSer at eg a,efanbt? 30. SSag bringt ber ^nabe? 31* 2Ber brac^te ben Srief? 32, 2Ber f)at bag &nd) gebrad)t? 33, 5)er SKcnfc^ benft, 34. 3c^ bacf)te fo, 35* at er baran ge* bacf)t? 36. 8ie tl;ut nid)tg. 37, 3d) tbat eg* 38* SDu l;aft eg c^etl)an. 39. %fy roeig bag. 40. (r nntjHe eg nid)t. 41. ^>at er bag a,eiwtBt? 42* 9iur n?er bie Siebe fennt, nei, wag id) leibe* 43. S)er 33(utigel tl)iit wo^I; er faugt bag fd)ted;te nnb itnreine 931nt ang; aber bie 35Iitttget nnter ben SRettftyett t^un n?el)e; fte faitgeu ^ab' ititb ut aitg* 44. )ag ^>aar ber c^afe nennt man SSode* 45, X()orl)eit ift eiter SBafyn! unb bie $luflen roerben end) anfget^an, einft, tvann tl)r bie 5lngen jnget^an, 46. '3d) fyatte Slfles. roorauf man ftd) etivag 511 (jute tfint, 47. ;Der ,Ropf tl)itt mir n?e!)c* 48, >Der Saunifd^e ift mit nid)tg gufrieben; cr rceij} felber uic^t, n?a^ er will. 49. )n I)aft bid) um SSormunbfdjaft gewanbt an feinen Itnrminbitjen, nnb itm Jlnnbfd)aft an einen Sanbegfmtfrtcjen, 50, s Jlid;t wo^I tbnt, wer and) ben erra't^ ber u'bel tl)itt; bed) Unfd)nlb mir iwatfy ein Uebeltbater, 51, (ir fannte mid) on anen nnb innen, nnb txni^te bie 2Be$e, mein ^er^ ju gewinncn. 52. *Denf in ^etben itnb ^renben mit 2ieb' an ber eibenben 5D^en^e* 53. (vine fromme anblnng t;at Dtefe Jlinber itnb bringt fc^i5ne gnidjte* 54. (krfenne bag nte am greiwbe, fo and) am geinbe, 55. C^ne ott bift bit fc^wac^ , o^ne Unfterbltc^fett bift bu arm, cfwe Xugenb bijt bu ni^tg wert^, 56* @age nidjt Sllleg, wag bn weijit; a^er wiffe immer , wag bit faajh 57, 3Bag (SMt t^ut, bag ift wDf)Iget^an. 58* Xrinfer on ^anbwerf brinc^en ftd) um (l?re, ^ab' unb ut. 59* 3^ b^t mid) serbrannt, 60, ^:r wanbte jtd) recfytg, 61. Cir ^at feine 3eit fd)(cd>t angewanbt, 62, Jlunft bringt unft, 63- @eib fhtg, wie bie djlangen, aber cijm ftalfd), wie bie Xauben, 64. iw' bie 5lugen aitf. 65. (r wenbet iel elb auf. 66. Saffen ^ie bie acljen beim Sllten bewenben. 67. SSenben @ie um. 68. JDacjegen ifl nid)tg etngitwenben. 69, ^r waubte feiu ?Iii3e i>cn il)m. 70. (sr 1'J 1 UK VKHB. '.Waited an Jcit IUT. 71. :tc Viufe : iiicln co cine ; v lll j ^utcr: CM ciuc 8nmt; Is tin- hoiiM- 1 ;Iow long h;- tli, I he lire \N;I- Inn niiiL r . It \%ill not hum. Do you Know him'.' ,011 Kno\\. uh" I don't Knou In :i t Kno\\ \\hrn- he rr.M I \nr\\ mr. I h Kno\\n him. I! it thJN nioniiiii: H- is .sciidini: it. ._:ht tin* rlotli ? 1 have hroiij;hi it. Ihiik. \\ h<> \\ill tliitiK ro ? 1 did not tliiiiK M>. llf h;i> n \ N l;t h:i> KIII\\M It? ^ N d. Ihoiijirt \OIIMI;. ri. h. I lif lr- MIOII hast been [hi N\ill In- l;uK. 1 i llirrr. II In TC. rthre. I |,.,\,- ,i hou-.-. lie h;i< ,'i L'-irilt-n. I h;i\c li;ul a bird. NN c h;id had ll"v had $.31 \l \II.IARY VKRH> < are all irregular (. 17. > except Un\n to l< tbt. \\hrn '!ilT- thc pail participle assumes the form ,.| ti ,-. g. ^ o tv o 1 1 1 . abcr :i u t , 1 bn\o ^ i>lird but : frmmcii w cllcu, ftMtitt). Ill the same nianiu-r. .: to hd|> . K'voit t> learn, t;iK- tlu form of tl v are locttMl \\ith the infiii: 'hrr \.-rh : thn heard him MCit, in the sense of to li'in > i> no! lint ;i not inn u I trortl : c. jj. \Utfc tin- >ti-K at I The aiixilinrv MT|I> nf mood express NIC MHUC nf |>n>,il)i!iiy ;md iHTi-il>j a> (hr ETYMOLOGY. 43 English, the following differences, however, must be remar- ked : - - biirfen in the conditional also expresses the possibility of a judgment: e. g. 3egt bitrftc eg $u fpat fern, now it might be too late. Sftogen, is frequently used, especially when connected with a negative, for gem fyaben" to like, as: 5)a3 mag id) nid)t, that I do not like. Sollen, often expresses a necessity founded on the assertion of another person like to be said in English : e. g. (Si* foil tobt fein, he is said to be dead. QBolIen, sometimes indicates , like to pretend in English , a necessity founded on the assertion of the subject, as: (r ft) ill bid; ge= fel)ett fyaben, he pretends to have seen you. Relations of mood are also expressed by the verbs fein and (;a6en with the principal verb in the infinitive with $u (L e. the supine): e. g. S)a3 S 4>fcrb i ft nicbt 511 fcanbigen, the horse cannot be managed. 3d) I) a be bit ettoaS 511 fag en, I must tell you something. ,tfetne 3ctt tft 511 fcerlteren, no time 25 to be (must be) lost. Obs. The English verbs to suffer, to cause, to make and to have, when used as auxiliary verbs of mood , are translated by la f fen: e. g. Suffer the children to come to me, lafU tie JVtn* t>er $u mtr fomntcn. I caused him to learn , id) lief? ibn Icrncit. I made him come, id) lief} ityn fommen. I shall have him punished, id) iverbe tint ftrafcn Iviffcu. To need is translated by b r a HS d) e n , but only when used with a negative : e. g. He need not work, cr brand) t nicbt ^u arbcttcn. To happen is translated by the adveibs gerabe and cben, as: I happened to be from home, id) roar Derate (or ebcn) ntcfyt ^u ^>aufe. Ought is always translated by the conditional of fo II en: e. g. He ought to learn, er follte terucn. He ought to have come, cr f)dtte fiMiunen follen. To be going is translated by n> o H e n : e. g. I am going to write, id) will fdjreiben. To be with an in- finitive is translated by follen, as: the boy is to obey, frer fell $el)erd)en. 1. >er SSogel fann fltc^en. 2. 2)te Il)iere fonnen nid)t fprcd)cn. 3. ^annft bit lefen? 4. ie ^at ntd)t ge^en fonnen. 5. te tyat md)t gefomtt. 6. 3^ werbe ntd)t bletben fcnnen. 7. Sie barf tan^en. 8. %d) fcurfte nidjt aii k 3gebcn. 9. ie fjaben ftngen biirfen. 10. biirfte 511 fd)ix>er fein. 12* -Du maaji 511 ^aufe bletben. 13. @ie mogen l)ier bletben. 14. 3^ mod)te c^ ntd)t tfenn. 15. (r mod)te fd)lafcn. 16. 3d) ntcd)te gern trtnfen. 17. 3d) ntag ntd)t !T^ee. 18. (v* maij fein, une bn facjft. f 44 THE VERB. JuMi'Vb niuf; ftorben. '20. 2 fcit nuiffcn irii ben! /en mfiffcn. nun"; Tn bran it-: brambte or fane rcri ; nlhl- 'viiaben |V:. mi? babe fcuu: foil cin f >; iv til vcn bat fommcn ivcllon. :ltcn aewcfcii fcin. 3S. Tie Vcntc n\ . n babcu. ;MI fonimcr.. :, .{>crr, ir - faniv: cin - : mir ^ren. Cbr abfct^Ki^cn ? 9UIcrrin^c foil mar. febrc Ber .i>cni^ If (fen trill . mil* cncr fam: UT. 59. 9lflc ^runcn tcrc man muv it SiMff. r fd^en riciicii Icrncn. (> :;iann tae i x cm 2tbeut> lobcn. 65. '.Viaii in I 1 - ni^ voni :u fommcn. 7 1 Men. ::t. ? ofl man l> - ;; - t nic eina r nicmaly nulffi^ ^cbcn. :. UMC- rn iv c mi hi will 1 : KTVMOLOGY. 45 leiben rii()rcn, foil ft bit ben 9iamcn 9!ftenfd:) nidjt fiiljrcn! 78. 23or Den JUagen ber Olotfj mid id) mem Dfyr nicljt erfd)ticjjen. Seber lliujliirflidje fell bei mir ftets eiu offence C-br finben. 79. 3Ber boble 3&$ ne U11 k 3 a ^ n f^ mcr 5 en W A en will, ber miij* mit ben $ty* nen 9hlffc fnacfcit, mit s Jiabeln barin ftodjern, fyei^e epeifen in ben $hmb nebmen into faltcs SBaffer baranf trinfcn. 80. S 2lnd) bnnfle flatter will ber jfranj be$ ScbenS. 81. 9ltdjt$ ift fo dent) al em SDtomt , ber SUieg anil itnb ber s ^id)tv faun. 82. 9)tau barf nid)t ijci^cu ben <2tri)m fc^wimmcit wollen. 83. (^nt S)hifl will SGcilc baben. 84. ute ia^e wo 11 en ftarfe Seine fyaben. 85. 5Ber nid>t boron will, mnjj fiiljfcn. 86. 5Bcnn ber (ffel nid)t will, fc mnp cr*. 87. Ijerijleic^eii lafu (id) nid)t crbid)tcn. 88. Sajj mid) nid)t fallen in Jycinbes Jlraflen nnb greuntclfaflen. 89. Cvin DJ^enfd), ber fic^ Silled Befallen Icij^t, Epott itnb Scleibi^nngen lunt bem fa^tman: er la'fjt fid) auf ber -9Ufc fpiclcn, trommcln, hcrumtaujcn. 90. 93iele ^erfonen laffen fid) fiinftltd)e 3^ ne einfe^en on ,ftnod)en obev (slfenbein. 91. (r I)vit ftc^ l)cnte nod) nid)t fefyen laffen. Could the bird fly? Canst thon speak German? I cannot see in the dark. Can you come? Yes, I can. Would he be able to go ? AVe have not been able to go. We shall not be able to remain. I have not been able to remain there. Are you per- mitted to dance. They were permitted to go out. I have not been permitted to play. Has he been permitted ? . . . . It might be too early. They might have forgotten it. He may go out. They may dance, lie does not like it. He did not like to do it. I should like to play. Should you like to .sleep? I should like much to ride in a carriage. \Yhat .should you like to do? Should you like to have a glass of wine. I should like very much to have some water. He does not like coffee. She may be an ex- cellent woman. He may have been a brave man. They may be good people. We must pardon our enemies. I must cry. Thou must come. The boy was obliged to work. They have been obliged to speak the truth. Have they been obliged? .... He need not write. They need not have gone. We need not hurry. Am I to go? He is to stay. Thou art to work. The boy is to speak German. He was to have answered my letter. Were we to work? What am I to do? You are to obey. I was to have remained. She is said to be ill. He was said to be very indus- trious. The king is said to have arrived. You are said to be very idle. She is said to have been very beautiful. I will go on a journey. They will dance. He has been willing to build a house. Has he been willing? Will you come here? Will you drink a glass of beei ? What will you have ? What would he ? We will know it. They pretend to have seen us. He says he has (will have) read it in the newspapers. Whom does he pre- tend to have seen? She pretends to know German. They pre- i<> THR SUBs tended to lie able to -peak 1 irmli. >nl!er I, nn ; M d huu t IT punched. II.- nade the i: du ha\e linn pnm>hed. I -hall let tin- bin. lets him ; Irt tin-in o. NN ho alloued the thief to run ;i ; ier lrt> tin- pupil read. I ha\e Irt him > llr li;ip[M-iinl to In- fnun home. >\ i- li;i|.|.t-m-il to hr in ^11 oiiL r lit to hi- imlii>tr v oii^ht to B al- ready. I am L r "iiii: t rr;ul. \Mi;il are \on (in\z to d IIO\N 1. >o time \\as to 1-e h> :>rA to him. lie h.is t<> thmi: t.. I. !l NOU. Ls a rich har\e>t to be hoj- pad. O//s. Instead of \t\\\ to he the red but only uith \erbs : e. L it mi^ht indeed bf . . 32. DECI.I-.NsinN OF SUIJS I \MI\ I>l ( I ! NV|(,N (, K TMI-; \HTM masc. fun all 3 gendres. /. Nom. bfr the r ic th- r = ao the I*/ur. t to the of the r^iT of the bc6 of the Nom to the Ncr to ti t<> the Ncn the lic the ba$ the the / A mate. fern. nrut. a cin*e a ciu a Gen. cin*f* of a ctncr of a ..fa Dat. o a a cui'C a cm a The npjdiriilicn of the . uniiTiilly . tlir s;m in Kiiiili^li : f. IT Icmmt, ihe messenu ( ; iu s ?}?ann fain, a ninn came. In the fullu\\inii: i'in(> MIL- ..in pnu-tire dilVer.s from the KiiL r li>h : //. The ir.uno (f the nioiith>. >ea>cms and par!- nf the if. e. g. tcr oanihU Jiuumrv ;:ncr Mimmer. ror ^Ibont evening. ETYMOLOGY. 47 b. The definite article is required with abstract as well as concrete substantives, when the entire genus of a thing is to be represented. 3)ie Jtitfyufyeit macfyt, bie 3rett)eit ben (>olbaten , boldness, freedom make the soldier. )er 2Bein erfreut beg Sftenfcfyen tge be 30^ a consequence of anger. 25er 23ortf)d[ fccS gtetfceS, the advantage of industry. 2)er 2Bertfy beS (fifenS, the value of iron. )er 2Jlaugc( beS SBaffero, be SBeine^, the want of water, of wine. d. The proper names bie $iitfet Turkey, bie aiiji Lu- salia and bie >d)toet Switzerland require the article. e. The substantives bie -tftatur nature, ba^ Sc'Bcn life, ber i^ob death, ber Befall chance, ber tmmel heaven, bie (Srbe, and the adjective metft most always have the article. . 33. GENDER OF SUBSTANTIVES. In German , the gender depends far more on the form of the substantive than on its signification ; hence we have to distinguish monosyllables (e. g. 23erg) and substantives with terminations ($ei;t=ung , Jtbn=ig K.) a. 'Monosyllabic substantives (ber gad, ber ang) as well as their compositions with prefixes and preposi- tions (e. g. ber SBer=faU, ber 3u=fatf/ ber (5tn=fatt K.) are of the masculine gender. - The following are the exceptions : 1, the feminine substantives 2lfl)t proscription Slit meadow SStrfcl) hunt Slngft anguish 53a{)tt path Sraut bride 3lrt manner S3anf bench 53ntnfl ardour t axe SaP bay JBrut brood 1 II K M Us I A N I 1% K. oud)t creek IIMII atllc liition will den li>t !,,;.,! Ahid't Iliirlit ^ult AIM in form i-hl "\\fl lv-|>U.l(ll O//A. '2. In tli ;t> .HI UH!. ju-ll.iclil \Mi|.l \Hnfinrt ani\,l. ami ;ill olhrr \\orU -UIII|MUII. and all ollu-rs roiii|>i.iiinii- sign-board (It egg Saub foliage @d)loJ3 lock, castle (St3 ice geib sorrow (gd)ma(5 grease ($r$ ore gtd)t light <8d)oc! number of 60 f^ad) compartment Siet> song d)n?ein pig Jvajj cask Sob praise djroert sword Seib field Sod) hole <8eit rope Sell skin 006 lot lao glass SDtaajj measure XI)aI valley (sjlteb limb SKauI mouth f)ter animal (v>olb gold SKeer sea Xbor gate (>iraO grave 9Ke^l flour Xucfy cloth OtfraS grass SOieiifd) wench 2^te() cattle (S5ut estate (2lugcn)mcrf aim SSclf people Spa at hair 1)^00^ moss 2Bad)* wax .ftctvj resin 9^it marmalade SBammS jacket Jpaupt head 9lcft nest SBefyr dam ,mus house 9le^ net SBcib woman eer host )bft fruit 2Beti3 tow ,ett hail Obr ear Serf work >emb shirt Oel oil 3Silb game >er$ heart ^aar pair SBort word &eu hay Cpfanb pledge 3elt tent $tol brain ^Pferb horse 3eug stuff $olj wood Cped) pitch 3iel limit - .^orn horn CpflWfc pound 3inf zinc ^>uf)n fowl 81ab wheel 3tnu tin 3af)C year Ole^ deer 3cd^ yoke Oletd) empire O^5. In the following compounds, the simple member is no longer in use: ba$ 2lntli face, bas S3 egefir. desire, ba3 33cjlcc! Apel's German Grammar, 3d edition. 5 50 THK SUBSTAMIVK. case, tac< (vleufr (simple member s v ' a lie , old (German eti-frnti. foreign land, exile) misery, l>a ^fiteof deck, iMc- ^erltef? dungeon, tac Iviiia.euvil'e entrails. (Tie) Slntivort is feminine, though (c-ac) 5L>on the word, be neuter. The same is the case \\ith Me i^ift dowry. ft. ()f ihe Masculine t/endcr are substantives tenni- natliuj in el, em, en, er, (119, ling, KJ, fam. The terminations el, en, er admit of the following ex- ceptions : a. the neuter substantives 2ttter age Waiter cage (vitcr pus (v liter udder Jyitfcr load 5y utter fodder (Batter grate (timer grate M after fathom Vao,cr couch Rafter vice X'efrer leather carrion Walter a measure of Dimmer room corn IBtattbtl number of 1 5 SReffer knife SDliercr boddice Q)i lifter pattern ^clftcr cushion Otitfrer oar Stlber silver teiier rudder lifer shore Gaffer water letter weather wonder herd WMfd ^erfen basin (vtfen iron Aiillcu colt Jliffeu pillow Vitfeu sheet I' eli en fi e f arms b. the feminine substantives 9(t>er vein SRafer measle ^roffel thrush Slitftcr oy.ster Gutter mother (vicbel acorn flatter blister Setter adder Jvaefcl torch gutter butter Ctter adder Yd fetter (vlfter magpie Oi iifter elm Airel fiddle A a for fibre >d)leuDer sling (fed fork wcbct feather c toner tax (tieif;el scourn-e flitter tinsel 3 chillier shoulder (tiuri^el throat Adter torture 'locMer daiiirlitcr Veebel heckle .Vvilfter halter Miniver eye-lash Vummel huinblt-bcr Hammer chambre 5(d)fcl shoulder .Uiia.el ball Belter wine-press XHinrel lamp ,Wurrel couple liefer fir-tree 9lmfcl black-bird .Ulirbcl handle .Ulammcr cramp 9du]el hook '.Via 11,1 el niaBgle jllavper clapper ^licfcl boss ^nfcbel >hcll 1'ebcr liver 5Teicf)fcl pole die Vciter ladder 5)iuel thi>tle .1 nettle ETYMOLOGY. 51 9hibcl vermicelli @djfiffel dish afet table DUc'pel rasp emmet roll of bread Xunnmcl drum Olaffcl rattle 8fcl)cl sickle S&acfytel quail djacfytcl box & pint el spindle SBaffel kind of cake 8d)aufel shovel 8tajfel step SBiufrd swadling 6d)cwfel swing Qtoppei stubble S&ur^el root d)infccl shingle Obs. To these may be added the names of rivers ending in cl and er, as: Me Siller, (vtDer, 3(ler, 3fer, ber, Sefet, SRofel, 5C. c. Of the feminine gender are substantives ending in I;eit, !ett, fd;aft, 11119, ei or 09, in, atf;, ut(;, enb and e. Exceptions are bet forming February, t>a3 signet-ring, ber 2(0enb evening, ba^ Qluge eye, bag end , bag (SrOe inheritance , and the following masculine substantives ending in e. Slffe ape e[efle associate 9fame name S?ote messenger (Mcfcibrte companion 9Uc()fommen descen- iiBiid)ftabe letter of the (aube faith danl alphabet (Si?e idol $at^e god-son lad $aufe heap f a ff c priest guarantee J>afe hare 9iabe raven dragon .^ett)e heathen Oltcfe giant (Irbe heir Snbe jew @anie seed 55'itnfe spark 3 u "3 e ^ a ^ o^^l^ patience t^cr (S)cfan^ singing Me (sieitii^c satisfaction tcr isSefcbiUvicf taste tie (^ouhiiMilft swelling tcv (skbraud) usage Me Wcbitl;r propriety . :U. Compound Substantive* alwins InKe Ihe of the last member of the composition: e. g. Tao anftmutf; gentleness , Scl)wermutl) melancholy, and 5lrmutt; poverty. . 35. Foreign substantives usually retain their ori- ginal gender, as ber ^erfcr (cctrcer) dungeon, tai? ,^loftor (claustrurn) convent, bte 3nfel (ins it/ a) island. Exceptions are altar body r scepler Xcmpcl temple canon a. Ttif/sru/inc. $mrft point , s Hutu ruin ^allaft palace ^HatbehT pulpit Iribnt tribute JBitriol vitriol lat salad iViarfcb march b. feminine. ^itrcite lemon OJielone melon ETYMOLOGY. 53 c. neuter. gfenjier window $ufoer powder Xrtuntinrate triumvi- abt)rintb labyrinth SSajonet bayonet rate (d)C echo $onfulat consulate dptSccpat episcopacy grtefcer fever . 36. The proper names of towns and countries are neuter , as : bag (sacfyfen Saxony , SB ten Vienna etc. Exceptions : a. The names of countries ending in ei which are femi- nine: e. g. 3)te Siittei Turkey. Feminine are also bie kaujtfc Lusatia, bie SWatf the Mark, bte $PfaI$ the palatinate, and bie @cfytoci$ Switzerland. >. Several compositions, as : bet 9U)dngau the circle of the Rhine, bie SBartBurg, bet Jtontgftein jc., which preserve the gender of the last member of the composition. . 37* All infinitives and adjectives (when they denote things) used substantively are neuter: e. g. ba$ (Stefyen standing, ba3 ute the good. If adjectives are used as names of persons , they take a personal gender , as : bet >eutfd)e the German (man), bie )eutfct;e the German (woman). . 38. STRONG AND WEAK DECLENSIONS. The strong declension is divided into a primary form, and the abbreviated and enlarged secondary forms. I. STRONG DECLENSION. primary form. secondary forms. abbrev.form. enlarged form. m. n. subs, fern. sub. N. G. D. A. P. N. 66(;n=e fliifce G. D. A. m. 11. subs. n. m. sub. 54 THE SUBSTANTIVE. II. - - WEAR DKCLKNSION. masc. sub. fern. sub. S. N. raf Uura, G. raf=en ittg D. rafsen tra, A. raf=en ^r. P. N. rafscn G. (MrafVn D. rafscii A. raf =en Feminine substantives are m'rrr changed or declined in the singular, whether they belong to the strung or weaU ilccK nsiun. A few substantives decline in the singular after the strum: and in the plural after the weak declension. . 39. The following substantives are only used in the plural: (vinfiinftc revenues (v 1 tern parents .Helton costs 3in(cn interests ^neffcbaftou papers s DMfcn whey Xriimmor ruins Xrcbcr lees Otanfe tricks ebnibcr brothers (Skfcfynnftcr brothers and sisters ncbnta$tn limbs ifrofcu trowsers Slattern small-pox QRafeni measles ^cittc people Avtftcii lent Acrtcii vacation Cucni caster ^Pflngfttn Whitsuntide ^LH'th u acl) ton christmas cfcn yeast . 40. The vowel "c" in the inflectional terminations of the genitive and tlntlre singular, is often omitted, especially in substantives ending in at, ia,, cnt, tit^, ling: e.g. t>c3 9JZonat=^, bcm SRonat; tcc> .Uonuv^/ ^cni O/;.v. The same applies to substantives havtnjj a lony vowel, and ending in a liquid letter (I, m, n, r), as: Dee 3tul)U* K. The dative ending "c" is commonly omitted, when the subManlivc is the name of a material, or one of an abstract liioalion, and is used, as >nch, in an indefinite- sense, \\ithout .-lc: e.g. Don G5etb of gold, nut (tyft with poison; niit Jylcip mi purpose, and $015 from avarice. ETYMOLOGY. 55 . 41. MODIFICATION OF VOWEL IN THE PLURAL. The modification of the vowels a, o, u, ail in the plural into a, o, ii, au is required: a. Always in the plural of the enlarged form , as : @ott=er gods, 3rrt(;iim=er errors. b. Always with feminine substantives in the primary form, as: 9Wd?t=e nights. c. Always with masculine monosyllables in the pri- mary form, as : Q3aum=e trees. Exceptions are Slat eel 5lar eagle Slrm arm >ocf)t wick X s clef) dagger $ murder )rt place $arf park $fab path Cpfau peacock *J}ol pole djuf; shoe @taar starling @toff material Xacj day f/. With the following masculine substantives in the abbreviated form (e. g. iBtubet brothers) : s Mer acre tfrcmbel affair Of the stove. To the stove. The rain. Of the rain. To the rain. The rain (ace.). The drops. To the drops. The carriage. To the carriage. Of the basins. To the basins. Of the iron. The signs. To the signs. The fishermen. Of the fishermen. The pupils. To the pupils. Of the leather. Of the lead: The teacher (ace.). To the artist. Of the painters. Tin The Englishmen. To the runner. Of a painter. To a painter. A little child. Of a little child. To a little man. Of the little men. To miss. Of a little son. A little book. To the little books. Of the little brothers. To the little brothers. ETYMOLOGY. 57 b. After the enlarged form are declined: 1. the following- neuter monosyllables 9la< carrion (sn\ty grass 9J?cutI mouth 5lmt office ut estate SDleufd) wench 23afr bath cutpt head 9lejt nest Q3an> ribbon au3 house $ffaub pledge 2Mto picture .0(3 wood Dial) wheel 23latt leaf uf)n fowl 3ict$ twig Sfetet board jlalb calf 9iiut> heifer S3 ud) book ,$ltnt> child @d)ilt> sign-board ad) roof Elicit) gown @d)lo lock, castle erf village ,(lorn grain @d)wcrt sword (li egg Circuit herb jacket (sMviC' glass I'ocf) hole ill>oib \voman limb - SO'lai)! repdsV ^*v Stfort word grave 2. the following 1 masculine monosyllables (Skill spirit Crt place OBofc)und)t villain (sjctt God 9laut> edge' SBurm worm^%f^ ^etb body Strauil nosegay (33or)muul) guardian 5)uinu man 2BalD forest f 3. the following" words with the augment gc (skmad) room cfd)(ed)t sex cfpcujl ghost emiitt; mind (s5c|lc^t face ewaut) garment 4. all substantives ending in ffjitm: e. g. riches. ^6nigt(;um royaltj, 3rrt^um error. growth etc. \ Of the carrion. The offices. To the offices. The baths. Of the baths. The ribbons. Of the picture. Of the pictures. A leaf. Of a leaf. Leaves. Of a roof. To a roof. Of the roofs. To the roofs. The books. To the books. An egg. Of an egg. The eggs. The field. Of a field. The glasses. To h the limbs. Of the grass. To the estates. Of a head. To a house. Of the houses. To the calf. The calves. A child. Of a child. To a child. The children. Of the lambs. To the land. The lands. A light. Lights. Of the lights. Holes. To the holes. A repast. 58 THE SUBSTANTIVE. To a repast. The nests. A wheel. OF a \\heel. To a wheel. The v\ heels. The tv\igs. OF the t\\ig>. OF a lock, To a ca>tle. The locks. OF the cables. OF a s\\ord. S \\ords. To a valley. The valleys. To the people. OF a Yunnan. Women. To the \\ dinan. The \\ords. OF a \\ord. The spirits. OF the gods. To a body. The men. To the men. Hares. OF an edge. The nosegays. OF the Forests. Villains. OF a \\orm. OF the worms. To a guardian. The guardians. The riches. OF the riches. An error. The errors. OF the errors. To the errors. OF a rrowth. The rooms. OF the minds. To the C,u e>. The ghosts. Of the ghosts. The garments. OF the gendre. The gendres. c. Of masculine substantives are declined after the weak declension: 1. the following ?nonosyllable$ ^civ bear .err lord 91 an- fool (shrift Christian .vm't herdsman Oicrv nerve Ai'trft prince QRcnfeb man Ccbo ox fool llKdu' moor 4 4> r "M prince count (23cr)fafyr ancestor I her Fool hero 2. those masculine names of persons and animal a ending in e : e. g. bcr $lffe ape, $ote messenger, Jyran$ofe FraacJwnann , JHuffc Russian, @cfyli>et)e Swede, afc hare, iftna&e boy, ou?e lion, Subc Jew etc. A bear. To a bear. The bears. Of the bears. Of the prince. The princes. A Christian. Of the Christians. The count. The counts. Of the count. The hero (ncc.). The nerves. Of the lord. Of the lords. A herdsman. Of a herdsman. To the herds- men. A herdsman (ace.). The men. A fool. Of a fool. The fools. To the fools. The nerves. Of the nerves. The oxen. An ox (ace.). To the oxen. To an ox. An ape. Of an ape. To an ape. An ape (ace.). The" apes. OF the ape>. To the boys. A Frenchman. The Frenchmen. OF the Hnssians. To the Swedes. Of a Swede. The dragons. To the dragons. To the raven. Of a raven. The lion (ace.). Of the lions. The an- ce-tors. The customer. The customers. A heathen. OF the heathens. The messengers. To the messengers. OF the husband. To the husband. The husbands. A giant. OF the giant. OF the giants. The descendants. Of an idol. The idols. d. The following wascn/iiic and ncnlcr Militant iu-s decline in the singular al'ler the stromj, and in the plural alter the weak ETYMOLOGY. 55) eye tacit state an district 5?ett bed djmer^ pain emitter gossip lyrbe legacy Waiter peasant crbecr laurel (cf corner 9tad)bar neigbour 9)taft mast >cnit> shirt Qlfyn ancestor $fau peacock 6 for ear orn thorn ee lake i*eiD sorrow Jyorft forest porn spur tad) el sting 6trafyl ray Hitter tl) an subject e damage JyelS rock tan be faith aamc seed Jyrtefce peace aufe heap SBitle will Obs. The neuter substantive ba er$ heart, has in the geni- tive sing. er$en8 , dat. Bergen , ace. er$. In the plural it declines weak: t>ie ^)er5en K. Of the letter of the alphabet. The letters of the alphabet. Of the rock. To the rock. The rocks. Of the peace. To the peace. The peace (ace.). The sparks. Of the spark. To a spark. Of a thought. A thought. Thoughts. Of the faith. To the faith. The faith The heaps. Of the heaps* Of a name. To the name. The names. Of the damage. To the damage. The seed. Of the seed. To the seed. Of the will. To the will. The heart. The hearts. Of the heart. Of the hearts. To the heart. To the hearts. The heart (ace,.) The hearts (ace.). 60 THE SUBSTANTIVE. .s>abu cock Jlabn boat .ftaar hair Sfoot pair 5lat eel >ael)$ badger 5^ ad) brook <8cfyrcan$ tail .sjeer host 9fteer sea 3 trout stream Alob flea ft-rofd) frog (tovd) stork 3ietti3 radish Jyittio, wing 001113 honey youth pupil apprentice favorite .vXiu fling linnet sparrow butterfly portrait (tferaditnifl memory ''- secret product wolf wind thing servant (rtunn storm war tie iZ duvet it pig trunivf stocking Jyeti^ enemy Jyreunb friend Ccl oil . 43. Primary form of the slrony declension. All the remaining substantives of the masculine and neuter genders not included in the foregoing forms are declined after the primary form. The following may serve as e.rnnijjles : - 3ditqf sleep, temple 3 toot stick measure .Unoin button ,Uovf head :Kocf coat .s>iit hat ,Unui jug JVHI? foot (gob lib shoe 5vluj? river Sbiev animal (2 tier bull ^tfob fish ,s>mob stag Xifd)Jable ^ obi ff ship li'abfal refreshment (Sd)tctfal destiny ^obeitfal monstre Xriibfal affliction 2)fmtat month 3lbei^ evening 53e(d)lit|l resolution G5el)orfam obedience (vntiobluf; resolution Bering hering ^obfeint* deadly oem^ 5lut!t|5 face .N>ol^"obititt wood-cut 3ufaU chance ^u^ano, access shilling dingang entrance )it peasant's llin^aiti] intercourse son s ^efebl command ., birth-day ^crbot prohibition Jytfd;bcin fish-bone gtUv^crbiit thimble etc. (vffia, Hrauicb crane ^fcnnia, penny ;}eina, aberdevine (^efaiuj song (stetra'uf drink (s5eni!H enjoyment Of the sleep. To the sleep. The temples. The mea-Mires. Of the cock. The cock (act'..). The cocks. To the cocks. Of thr boat. To the boat. The boats. Of the boats. The hair. Of the hair. Of a pair. To a pair. The eels. Of tin- erls. To the eels. The badger (tirr.). Of the badger. The badgers. Of the brook. To the brook. The brooks. Of the brooks. The tail of the sparrow. The tails of the linnets. Of the host. To the hosts. The sea. The seas. Of the stream. To the stream. KTVMOLOGV. 61 Of a flea. To a frog. Of the storks. The wolves. The sticks. To the button. Of the buttons. The coats. Of the coats. The head. The heads. A hat. To a hat. The hats. Of the jug. The jugs. Afoot. To the foot. The feet. Of the feet. To the feet. A shoe. Of a shoe. To a shoe. A shoe (ace.). The rivers. Of the rivers. Of a river. An animal. The animals. Of the bull. To a bull. Bulls. Of a fish. To a fish. A fish (ace.). The stag. The stags. Of the table. Of the tables. To the tables. Of a ship. To a ship. Ships. Of the wind. Of the winds. The things. To a thing. Servants. A storm. Of a storm. To a storm. A storm (ace.). Storms. To the war. The ties. Of the ties. Pigs. Stockings. Of the enemy. To the enemy. The enemies. Of an enemy. Of the friend. Friends. To the oil. Of the king. Kings. Of the vinegar. The cranes. To the cranes. A penny. A penny (ace.). Of a penny. Pence. Radishes. Of a radish. The v\ii)gs. Of the honey. To the youth. Youths. Pupils. Of the pupils. An apprentice. Appren- tices. To the favorite. Of the favorites. A linnet {ace.). Butter- flies. The portraits. To the portrait. Portraits. Secrets. Of the secrets. To a secret. Products. The destinies. Of the destiny. To the destinies. Afflictions. Of a month. The months. The evening. Of an evening. The evenings. To the obedience. Of an herring. Herings. The face. Of the face. Of a shilling. The shillings. Chances. Of the chance. To a peasant's son. Of a birthday. The fishbones. Sonjfs. Of a drink. To the drinks. The enjoyments. Usages. Resolutions. To the deadly enemy. Woodcuts. Of the woodcut. Of the access. Entrances. To the intercourse. Commands. To a prohibition. The thimbles. Of tin- thimbles. To the thimbles. . 44. DECLEINSION OF FEMININE SUBSTANTIVES. a. Of feminine substantives, the following are declined after the primary form of the strong declension : - 1. Slitgft anguish %t axe Saul! bench >raut bride JBruft breast, chest 3ufammeufimft mee- ting tfunft art SciuS louse Suft air fcu ft pleasure 5Diad>t power Jyauft fist CUue)flncfyt evasion gritdjt fruit an$ goose (ikitft grave etratlj marriage Shifter oyster 53urg castle 3terat^ ornament jtftnigin queen fflntfy flood duefle source ^llflnn princess 5^-rau woman trifle spectacles @raftn countess 3agt> chase ,^a^e cat (ui]laut)enn English- *Pflidjt duty tube room woman $oft post Cfnte duck 9ta6riing nourishment , dual torment (ule owl C^ntfteftung origin youth ^fcbe love galfd)beit falsehood Xugent) virtue (d>n>efter sister <&robf?eit rudeness .fceimatb home ^c^er pen erbcit jecurir> ETYMOLOGY. 63 health Oioinbeit purity iftnccfttfdiaft slavery t piety Jyvcmrtfohaft friend- Wcvbcrct tannery v weariness ship ^rucfcvct printing I ar forfeit bra\ery Aoiitr-fcruift enmity office (vitolfoit vanity ("cfcll'dMft company Hleiterct calvalry Oioinlicbfcit cleanliness (vujaifibaft quality Im'anuot tyranny The paths. Of the path. Of the castle. To the castle. The ra>lle ff/rf.). The castles. To the castles. Of the flood. The floods. A woman. Of a woman. Women. Of the women. To the women. Of the cha>c. A cha>e. The duties. To the posts. The torment. Torments. Of a battle. To the battles. Writings. The seas. To the deeds. Of the doors. The watches. To a watch. lumbers. The times. Of the youth. Of the virtues. A home. To the marriages. The ornaments. A source. Of the Of a room. Of the ducks. To the owls. Bees. The ilo\\ers. I Of a pinU. A pink (tire.). To a tliicknr>s. Of a depth. To a faith. The >i>ier>. To the siMers. Pens. Of an oyster. Queens. Of the princess. 10 the roimtees. An English woman. Of the origin. 'Ihe diaN\inirs. The occupa- tion. Persecutions. Hopes. V\\ sp ;( p, M >. Of the prudence. To a beauty. The falsehood. To the .security. Of the health. The healths. Of a hi;\ery. To a vanity. Friendships. To the en- mities. Of the company. Onalities. A sla\cry. Of a tannery. 1'rintiu^ oil'iees. To the printing otl'ices. Of the caxalry. To the j-avalry. On ah v. A t>ranny. Of a tyranny. To the tyranny. The sotin - . 40. Sfi/is/tiiifircs trith a double plural. ttr ^rottu^MMft tics of friendship, and fctbenc silken ribbons; ^iinbc volumes. (yeftd)te >i>ioiis. and c^cficlucr faces. Corner t)o^ ^tierc^ horns of the bull, and -0 i?r n o kinds of horn. ^Bettor single, uncoiinceted words, and ^JottC speech. ~ Viinbcr and Vaube countries; ortor and rtc places j Corner and 2)or= ncn thorns, t&cii;nc and ^al;ncn cocks. . 47. Declension of foreign substantives. Foreign substantives, generally , decline like the original German substantives, i. e. the masc. and neut. substantives after the strong, and the femin. substantives after the declension. (>4 THK SUBST XVI I \ k. a. Masr. and neuter imi/irs of tltim nil or the ftrhntiry form, w: tiK< rivumont, pi. tic rcaimcntc; tllO>e. hn\\CNU-. \Nhiell I'lul 111 Cl, Cll, CV. I llC (tbbn'rititi'i/ form: e. . tor icmvd pi. tic icmvcl. Iln- following have the pL in or: -vooru .italcn, tal, .ftamifd, iKc^imcnt and ^arlamcut. I IM- m;i t, Caunicut, Tufat, ^Luiot and .UiMitct drdinr W 6. The lnllo\\iiiir mimes nf Ihhujs ;in- declined in Ihc >ii)ii'iilar a HIT the stroiiy. ond in the plnrul id'ler Hie tern/; declension : 1. Ihc neuter subs, in tr: (Int.: ti\um), as: \Mtjcai 1 :, '2. those neuter subst;inli\es \vliieh end in him or, at least, did so formerly, and also many snhslnnthrs in a I ond il. In the pi. they have ion; e g. ~tum, pi. tic 3tuttcn; tao Tv^'Yil, pi. tic 3. the masc. subs.: Tunum, ,"yaun , ,(tavair.' .Henful, ^iiiofcl, ^antoffcl, Oiubin , ibriMi, jinc\ an.i neut. subs, onfct't, ^riMiom, 2tatut ; ^crb. C. Most masc. names of persons deeline afler the declension: 1. those ending in at, ant, cut, if (Int. ntn>. ieus); afl, ift, o't, or, it, et, c, n- :, ^rtMcftant, 2tuucnt, -Harholif, ^iMiuajl, ^urift, 'uir, 3tiot, ^(utivetc K. 2. those compounded with the (intK , as : J^eol0fl / ", ^urcniMii, 1 ;irtai\1\ O/;\. I : r<<'})/ <e$ 3ete8 of Xerxes; bent 3ona3 to Jonas. Obs. Proper names do not admit of the modification of vowel in the pluial: e. g. t>ie . 49. DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES. Every adjective used attributively is declined either after the iveak or after the strong adjective declension. Pre- dicative adjectives are never declined : e. g. fctc flffofen ftnt) fcfyon, roses are beautiful. I. STRONG DECLENSION. m. f. n. all 3 genders. *S. N. gut=er gut=e gut=e6 PL gut=e G. gut=e (en) i3tit=er gut=e3 (en) gut=er D. gut=em gut=er gitt=cm gtit=eu A. gut=en gut=e gut=c^ gut-e Obs. Instead of the genitive ending e, masc. and neut. sing., many writers use CTU \ THK IVB. II. WI:AK 1) . the slruni/ tfi'r/t'Hsitni : - 1. when no article , prommn or numeral 10 it. ut:cr SKann good man; c\\\: :r good mm. ( s mt=c jyrau good woman; gui.-o AIMUOU good \Nomcn. Jlin^ good child; (juuo Winter good children. *J. when an uudcclhicil nrliclc, pronoun or nnr [M-eccdcs it , as : C^tn i^ut^T TD?vinu a good man. (MR child. Unfet gutscr ^ruDer our good hi -oilier. 3or. Oau^ his beautiful house, (fttcr gretVor (^virton your large i:ardon. I oin alt=cet ^fcrb thy old horse. Xoin fri' ^ no fresh fish. n*et -Onnt) hrr or their) heaulifiil dog. The termination or in inner and cucr is not an inilertional termination, but belongs to the stem, hence it is followed by the strong declension. b. The adjective has the weak dccl< '/?.s/o. \\\\( it is preceded by a declined \\\ nnoun or IIIIUK ml, as : 2)=cr gut--e STOann the good man; t=ce c\i\i--t\\ of ihe jrood man; b=tc iiut--on Banner the i:ood mm. (vin=c8 gut=cn 9Rannc8 of a good man. (Mitrci: ,Hiutc to a good rhild. Unfo; \^ of our good brother. 3oin his lim- houses to your large gard- \-.n\ thy old i jcjje Of no IV->h li>h. J^re^ v!\:; - r ncu--cn ' r n \\ 1" KTYMOLOGY. 67 However, the plural of the adjective has in the nom. and ace. the strong declension after etnig=e, etttcfy=e, !em=e, anber=e, &te(=e, ttemg=e, met;rer=e, ail=e, mand^e, foldjse and tr>eld)=e: e. g. ($olcfy=e fcfyon=e SBIutnen such fine flowers. Obs. After the numeral afle, the adjective in the nom, and ace. plur. has the strong declension only when the adjective has the principal accent : e. g. $cr t>ie SBerfammlung rcurben aile 31' e jj e 5lncjele$eni)ettert gefcracfyt, all great affairs were brought before the assembly. When the adjective is preceded by a personal pronoun, it is declined iveak (>it, gut=en ^eele ! to the, good soul) except in the nom. sing., which is declined strong ( V u1; arm=er SSKann! I poor man!). If two or more adjectives without any preceding article, pronoun or numeral (or one of these which is undeclinetl} follow each other, they are declined in the nomin. sing, and in the accus. neut. of the sing, as well as in the nom. and ace. plur* after the strong declension, but in the remaining cases only the first adjective has the strong in- flection: e. g. gtit-cr, a(t=er 2Bein good old wine. ($Hit=e alt=e ffietne good old wines. ut=et alt=en 2Betne of good old wines. If two adjectives, however, are referred to one substantive in such a manner that the conjunction "uniT' 1 might be placed between them, they are both declined strong: e. g. Sftit frifcfy=em (unb) f(ar=em SBaffer, with fresh clear water. Obs. 1. The adjective of the neuter gender often drops, in the nom. and ace. of the strong declension, the termination " e." This in done, however, only when the adjective has the subordinate accent: e.g. Jldt (instead of fa(tce) Staffer, cold water, ^cfyini SBettcr, fine weather. Obs. 2. Adjectives ending in c(, en, cr (as: eM, efren, tnttcr) lose the vowel e in such terminations : e. g. )er eMe (instead of ebele) Sftann, the noble-minded. (tn eht*er SSeg, an even road. The following adjectives are not declined , being only used as predicates : - bereft ready Ufotge mrr^nt ^ un ^ known fetnb hostile l^ebe letD distressing v]ar cooked getrcft confident tutfe useful ein^eben! mindful gram adverse |\i?u(D guilty THE ADJ: . 50. At!jc< HITS iist'tl titist(tnth'cti/. \Vlini HiljiTtiso HIT UMM! a> >n!>-!;mli\ <> . t!u-\ art* Mill declined like ;ulje Hie learned HKIJI. mail. e .raitj\t=cn Uic (. . 51. EsraJitji/cs ioirneu inib ftlben: ^iut! 37. x \br armeu Veit: ;.":cfiiebcr misfit irfter .UiMi 5inn, -H. Wit treefnem rrcif^cn! lidjc j ^t cine ar :,:::i. 4:{. 2ccle :ic in ciiicr.t (jcfunbcn ^rune , an rotbc, ift miflfommtn ftarfcn, ^icfe^ Ol HI ere cine:: :ntcl nm. 47. a* ETYMOLOGY. 69 tfnm unfere guten greunbe? 48. $ib eS behtem alten Onfel. 49, 2Bo ftnb tyre neuen $i(ber? 50. SDtefeS fcfcime >au$ unb jener groe (Garten gefyort bem Sofyne eine3 reicfyen ^aufmamiy. 51. )er leib* licfye ober ^eitlicfye ob ift entgegengefefct bem geiftigen flber erwgeit obe. 52. )a3 ebet ift bie natiirlidje 2Miite eineS frommen ftnb* lichen ^erjcnS* 53. @iel)' jlnabe! ben Slpfet am 93aume. ( er* freut bid) ber Slubltcf fetncr frifd)en unb rotbcn S3a(fcn. @o freuen au^ Sater imb Gutter fid) liber betue frifdjen unb rotten SBangcn. @ei auc^ gut, rotbbcicft^er ^Inabc bu! 54. 3)ie 65elcl)rten reiben bie @ttrn. )er JQer^roeltluna^Dofle fdjfagt ftc^ or bie tint, unb ber rouje ivid nut ber Stint bnrd) bie SSanb. 55. 5)er 3 c n roflt bie ^tttgen unb ber <2d)itifrige reibt bie Qlu^en. 56. )em friebenen unb ftroljen ladjt ba0 '2luge; bem 5!)htt()i(]en ftrabtt bag 5lttge; bem Qcmi^en bli^t, funfclt ba^^luije; e^ tn'ibt ftd) bei bem Xraurigcn; eg leudjtet bei bem ^offniing^Dotlen ; c crflart ftc^ bei bem etrcfteten unb 2lnbacbti^cn. 57. >a8 Seben ift ba^ ein^ige ut ber @c^(ed)ten 58. S3on Xobten mu man nur WnteS reben. 59* J)cu ebenben fc^miicft, n?a$ ben (s-mpfangcnben betjliicft; unb bay 6)0^, ba^ Drtiif aufiV'acjt , ift wol)[ an^ unb aucujclegt. 60. S^oflte (viott, es gebc feine wnru^tgc .Jlopfc in 2)cntfd)Ianb. Red roses. Green leaves. Old wine. White lily. High oak. Round apples. Sweet grapes. Long grass. Beautiful fruit. Bitter clover. Black root. Dry leaf. Fresh salad. Ripe cherry. Shady trees. Lovely violets. Thorny shrub. Poisonous weed. Large potatoes. Young buds. A red rose. Our old wine. Your white lilies. Of the *) high oak. To the round apple. A sweet grape. This long grass. That beautiful fruit. Of the bitter clover. To the black root. Of the dry leaves. This fresh salad. Of a ripe cherry. Of the shady trees. To the lovely violets. To a thorny bush. Such poisonous weed. Our large potatoes. Of young buds. My red rose. Of their old wines. To thy white lily. Industrious pupils are praised. Lazy girls are scolded. It is very fine weather. Bring me cold water. We saw beautiful flowers. Give me red ink and blue paper. I saw her new house. Nightly rest refreshes the weary limbs. I have seen his new books. I have some French books. There are few happy men. I poor man ! Thou good child !>\Ye heavenly powers. There stood a frail wooden cross. These are wet woollen clothes. They kept him alive with nourishing (and) healthy food. A good conscience is a soft pillow. Fresh clear water is a wholesome drink. He has few faithful friends. Every honest man thinks so. A good tree bears good fruit. True friendship is eternal. With dry white sand. With cheap old wine. These new precious demands. What is the short sense of the long speech ? *) After the definite article ber, tie, ba3, being throughout inflected, always follows the weak adjective declension. 70 THK \I ^. ."'2. Comparison of adjectiw Thr contjntruf/rt' i> Innned 1\ the termination and tin- sn/H'i'/tifirr hv llu- emln roin purr. roin=or pun O//v. Tin- >ii|erlati\r lieiiiu ;i|\\;i\, mil. (ted , the Of thr rinlinir CU i> commonh dropped, rxrrjit \\licii tlu- (in;i| xnmd of thr adjrrtivr is a lin:ual letter i KluMi ; r; tin- ino.vt lu-aniiful; hut rcr IIMI.UC tli< :; thr sweetest. ^^ ilh |tartici|U-s in thr \o\\cl u t" is al>o omiltrd : r. jr. : ^ v i . ^cr ^dtlN't--Ue the IIK>I cultivated. Hie Mijirrlative is rontrartrd into ^\\ lC adjrrli\rs rrquire Ihc nmdiliraliun n|' M\\rl in the comparative and superlative : e.g. ftart >tmn:_ stronger, tor uart-fto the >lroi!i;c>l. Tlir follo\\injr are bit nt Talb fa ire flach aerabe afott bobl bolD faM flar labnt lofc matt Vlatt vaub rob runt* fatt jcblauf Uiinuu Uitmpf veil as Avcll as those \vhirh ha\e the diphthong nu, ; rough, raiil^cr roniriicr, tor raul^ouo thr rmmlirst. The coiii|arison is iri-rnnlar in M m n-ood. tor bou--c l he hr>t. -(n\t> hiuh. lias in the comp. , hiifher. ami nab near has in thr Miprrl. r ^iol much, 111 . mont ino>t. ^. .")3. The romp;ir;'li\c and >nprrlati\ ilcrlhlCll jnst like thr adjcc!i\e> in the |., eler N\ inr ; wine. ^. .")4. Thr roniparatixe i> innnrd ^illi m if t\vo j)rrdiralrs r alttdiiitrs. relating to Ihr i> nxirr prudent than Imm ar nno ir, ;Hcto, it 'Imij condi ETYMOLOGY. 71 Obs. The comparative superlative is rendered emphatic by com- pounding it with the genitive ader : e. g. aflertiebft most charming, . 55. The absolute superlative is commonly expressed by tyocfyft most, but also by iifcerauS exceedingly, fefyt very and du^erft extremely: e, g. >ag ift etne l;od;ft that is most important news. 1. dr ift alter al$ id). 2, 3d) (nit arofKr ate bem SSrubcr. 3. 2Str (jmgeit ben langcrcn 2Beg. 4. )er a'ltere 53rnber nmjj bem jungeru tteidjen. 5. @ie ift Me jiinajh @d)ivcftcr. 6. )er dttefte SBctu ift ber befte. 7, liefer @effcl ift mel)i : fd)on, ate beanem. 8. >a ift cine mefyr tvoblricdjenbe ate fcfyone 2Mnme. 9. cin 93rubcr ift cm ()cd)ft geleljrter 5)Jann. 10. 1)a^ ^eben ift ber liter ^od)fte^ nid)t, ber Uebel grotcg aber ift bie <5d)itlb. 1L ;Dte ^>ant bcr flctneren X^iere nemtt man geCL 12. 6d;ncli ift ber c^all, fd)ncflcr ber ^ f am fdwellften ^er 65ebanfe. 13. (s5cbc uicbt ticfcr in^ SBaffcr fefter anb ift, unb tan^e nicfyt T^ober ale boinc -panb ift. 14. ;Da will fliiijer fein al^ bie ^enne* 15. J)er C^ine arbcitet gnt, ber 3lnbere bcffcr; bcr befte Strbcttcr ^)at btc meiftcn ^nitben. 16. ^r l^at gwet @ol;ne; ben a'lteften la'jlt er bie ^anblnna, ternen, ber jiin^fte foil ftubtren. 17. J^ie Jlnod)en finb bie f)drteften nnb fprcbeften Xbeile nteineS ^lorpcrS* 18. >Du nnbanfbarfter berDtaben! beftie()lft bn bie ^dnbe, bie btr Jyntter gaben? 19. ie bentfd;e @prad)e ift bie retcl)fte nnb frafttcjfte in ber Sfieft. 20. Unfd)iilD ift bie beftc SBete^eit, nnb 3fted)tfd)affenf)eit ber a,rofne ^ortl)eil. 21. O 9SoIf *>on SSasra! (fner (V5cbict ift bag ^taubcnorcinfte nnb fttteufeinfte, an llmfang nid)t bas fleinfte, nnb an 3batt ba6 itngcmetuftc ; n?o ber Xiijrt? ift am brciteften, bie 8anbf(^aft am iveiteften, bie $afme am pd;ften, nnb ctteg s JJd'{/ am nadjftciu (fner Self ift ba frieb= fertigfte, bem Obcrljauvtc treu ^civarti^fte, gegen 2Bo(;lti)aten banf^ barfte, in SCnJangK^feit nnipanfbarfte. 22. )er ^8at(] ift ba^ ^Befte am ft'itcfyfe. 23. 31nd) im (Sermgfteit unb ^ennften Dere^re ba5 (ibenbtlb otteo. 24. 3e W& ber $era,, befto ticfcr bae Xbal. The mouse is smaller than the cat. Give me the shorter piece. He is a better soldier than his brother. Bring me the longer stick. She is a better girl than her sister. He is more tall than strong. She is more weak than ill. What is your eldest brother doing? When shall we have the shortest day and the longest night? The noblest of victories is forgiveness. The richest man is not always the most happy. It was a most tedious journey. He is extremely prudent. It is excessively cold. It is a most important affair. He dressed himself in the greatest haste. The higher you climb, the deeper you will fall. The longer the day, the shorter the night. The wolf is a stronger animal than the sheep. AH Rome was in the most violent commotion. 72 THK PKONOl V. *. :>(*.. DKCl.KNMDN 01 Mil. I'liO.Nnl . 1. J'crsniHi/ .\itbslunftrf ftmitnuns. MM; I I.AR. b i 2 lul | 3" 1 person. III. f. !.. :> I frn thoii no (i. mcuicr of me turner of thee I of il I), mir to me frir to thee ibm to him ibv to her ibm to it A. mid) me t'icb thec ilMi him lu-r PLURAL. all N. trir \ve ik you fie th- <;. inifer of us ciicr of you ibror of them I), uu^ to us cnd> to you ibiien to them A. unS us cud fie them CM.v. Irustead of the genitives meiiter, tetner, fei:: more rarely the forms mctit , tctu, fcin : e. g. l^evijif; met it imtt, forget me not. . o7. In the first and second jicrsous, th pronouns are also used reflectively. For the third JKTMMI jldi i> used holh for the >\\\-. ;uid phirnl : e. mtit , I >lrike my-ril (M l\ he >inkr> Inn, 3i:t' in the plnni! often i-\pree> a rt'ri/trtirii/ ucliun, \Nhieh to dislinrni>li IVom the reller(i\e. the |inni(Min antCV one another is added, or used also enlire!> alone >vitlioul the ilit: e. %. >8ic Kfla^ni 'lit ohtantor, or ctnanr^V), they are li:li!iiiir \Mlh one another. babe tcincm ^ri^cr eir. - antv: : i'tMlll i used for addressing a p.-, cr tn:r fctc' u| M . M- >..' ETYMOLOGY. 73 balb in bte &aare, nnb gaufcn ftd) baran Bentnu 12, SSir fcea,riifiten nits u?te 33efannte, wtb umanntcn un$ , ivie SSentHinbte. 13. 23er? wanbtc jtub fid) afle'ftarfen Seelen. 14. te fdjfagen pel; auf Se* beu mtb cb. I hope that you will visit me. I have need of him. Thy sister has written to me ; she expects us. He does not know thee. They told it to us. Give her the book; she wishes to read if. Have you seen them? Give it to them. What did they say to u? Ask him. Do not trouble me. Bring her to us. Why do you not write to her ? I am washing myself. He has cut himself. We have injured ourselves. You make yourselves enemies. The friends met. They are killing each other. They were abusing each other. . 58. JB. Personal Adjective -Pronouns. They are mein my, betn thy, fetn his, ti)r her, fctit its. llnfer our, cucr your, tfyt their. They are declined in the rinyular like the indefinite article cin, cine, cm, and in the plural after the strong adjective declension. Obs. If the substantive to which the adjective (or possessive) pronoun relates, be left out, the nominative masc. and neut., as well as the accus. neuter in the singular take the .strong adjec- tive inflection: e.g. 2Bem o,ef)ort bae JBud)? (3 tft mchtsc*. To whom does the book belong? it is mine. However, when the substantive is omitted, the definite article is more commonly used with the adjective pronoun, the latter declining after the weak adjective declension, as: ber ntcin*c mine, bte feutsen his, 3 bein=e thine etc. , instead of which are also used the forms ber mciuifle, ber betni^e, ber fetnige, ber imfrtfle, ber eurige, ber thrive having also the weak declension of adjectives. )a tjl mcfyt mem laufce. 2. :etn ui tft fd)ini. 3. feme SBriiber. 4. (gte fcfyriefc an ifjren Setter. 5. ;T)ein tft fd)intcr, ale meiner. 6. (ner $aue tft alter, al itnfere^. 7. bein ^itc^ unb cjtb mtr mctne^, betne^ ift gcrriffen. 8. >em ^ut tft (4 inter, ate ber meine. 9. (xner ait8 tft alter, aB bag itnfere. 10. )ein SSeg tft trmnm; er ift ber metne ittd)t. 11. X)ein ^itt tft t ner, ate ber metntge* 12. 2)tei ^)an^ tft ba^ urtfrige, jenee iort ba t^rtge. 13. ^ter ftnb beine ^Iett>er; ro jtnb bicmemigca? 14. SDa ift imfer (Barren; bort Itegt ber JBrfgc. 15. Seine 2Jttenen fd)ienen mtr 511 erbftrgtn , bag nnter tbncn ftcf) fetne 5Rtnen er- hftrgcn; fetn 2ad)eln w?ar etne ^tmntetemttgift , bt^d) fetn ^evg n?ar a,e(aben mit tft. 16. 5Ketn $erbrn ift fetn enu^, nnb metue ^int fein Setb. 17. 2)a legten n?tr tn 97eft fetner ^Irmutl) unfcrer Apel's Oennan Grammar, 3d edition. 7 ? 1 TIIK I'KONOUN. \Miere are thy >i-ler>? NN here are his hook \ their pictures. My lather >aid it to tin mother. Her brother \\ill \ to y>ur - s ^ l <'i'- My mother has |o>t her \\atch. The ll>\\er h;i> lost its colour, \n\ir doho\\n liis letter to n ^ Hi- h;il i> liner than mint'. Ihcir lumse i> older tliaii OOTf, (Ji\ liooU. I have lost mine: mine too lias no tille |.,I L of thine is beautiful. lh. are older th:-ui ours. Iheic >nr sliek , \Nliere i> mine? I found In- hooks, but I not yet seen mine. Is this your umbrella? !No , it N \\\<. \N e >hall lirst Msit his brothers, and then theirs. >Miere is her penUuife? . 59. A. Demonstrative suttsluutirr - /*r//#. that . "Dorjonivio, ttcjcnt^c, tacjcnit)o ibi>. that: and berfelbe, raefcibc the same, m. f. n. all 3 jS'.lV.NT he tic she tao this, that P. r: (i.N'fKUofhim tcrcnofher rcffou of this, that ror;iofthem D.Tcm to him tor to her fern to this, that tciu'ii to them A. fccu him He her i\ie< this, that Me they Ohs. 1. This pronoun is also used as an fit//,r/frr d strative pronoun, but then it is declined exactly like the ilrj tfj'tir/c: e. ir. T o in ^ioiifcbcit tiMitc i(h nicbt , I do not tru>t that man. ; \s fvim or, he came this I O/;.v. 2. This pronoun is used like- / >ub ttantive pronoun, especially in the genitive. A in the genitive of the plural: e.g. fttnim r ''on nicbt , take the money, I do not n,] 2lepfd, icb babe ^crclt ^c jul ^' ' xl>l 'P lnr i | |'l'' (Vs ^ navr them, (vr ivtrt 3i>ort [jalten, id? IMH tcffcn ^cirif;, he \\ill bi.s \vord, I am certain of it. O//s. '.{. The demonstrative pronoun in \\jth a form id I 1 and pH-ceding the prrpo-ilion is rontrai :<-d \\ iMlMit, ^a; ^arvl^r^ r. only used NNhen th of ihat I \\'ill in that you are right. ETYMOLOGY. 75 Obs. 4. This pronoun in the genitive is also used instead of a possessive pronoun, to indicate the notion of a person for the sake of avoiding an equivocation : e. g. (ST befcfyenfte fcincn Setter mtb beffcn (for fetiten) ol)tt, he made a present to his cousin and to the son of the same. The demonstrative pronouns berjenige, biejentge, this, that, and berfelbe, btefelfce, bagfelbe the same, decline both after the iceak adjective declension. They are both used to express the relation of a person or thing to an attribute, which is contained in an accessory sentence always following the demonstrative: e.g. )erjenigc, tier bid; betriigen toill, miij? fel;r fd;lau fein, he who wishes to deceive thee must be very cunning. Obs. 1. The pronoun berfelbe is often used instead of the per- sonal pronoun of the third person, and instead of the possessive pronouns fcin his and ibr her, if the clearness of speech should require a precise distinction between two objects nuined in a pre- ceding sentence: e.g. 2Der JBater fcfyrteb fciitem colwc, berfclbc (ber Sobn) miiffe it ad) yonboii rcifen, the father wrote to his son that he must go to London, ie fprad) ttou ibrcr locbtcr, nut) erjafylte luw belt tfciben berfclbcn (ber Xoc^tcr), she spoke of her daughter, and related of her sufferings. Obs. 2. Both bcrjeuicje and bcrfelbe are used also as adjective demonst. pronouns. As a demonstrative is also used felbfl self, with an ex- clusive as well as inclusive (like even in English) sig- nification: e.g. 3d) felbft I;abe eS-get(;an, I myself have done it. te felber trug nod; !etnc ^aftcn, she herself bore no burthens yet. (Selber gel/ id;, unb iDttl ntein 6d;ic!fal felber erfa^ren, I myself shall go, and will learn my fate myself. 1. )cr ift mem greimb. 2. SDte gefciflt mir nid;t. 3. Sen fcnuc tc^ md)t. 4* 2Bie ttennt man ba^ ? 5. 2)ag war cin 3ufafl. 6. a bie fjinati^geben* 7* 3^ ertnuere mic^ beffeu mcl)t, n>a er fagte* 8 3e^o faa/ mir bag (lube berer, bie on Xroja fc^rtcit. 9. SDejfen toe ic^ mid) fcl;cimcn. 10* 3cl) bin nid;t xu>n bcnen, bie nut SSortcn tapfer futb. 11. 2)en tvill id) nid)t letten itnb nid)t geteiten, ber mtc^ felber gern fal;' ajeiten; nb bent will id) im $tmmel femeu ?<> THE 'A bovoiton, NT , ^uibl nitr niMtc hv I'J. < x \::i mbcu ivir an r .rir lioboit. H. otu\iv Faint, Ton bait man worth. NY. .;oiuanl> NY 1 4. I\TJoiiMo, NT 'JliiN-ro boborrjVhoii will. HUP"; lonicii. 1."). 10 war Nojonia.c, Mo am moPt. nf uiub \\\ . uhtoit. Hi. riTJ:nia.c. wokhor uhiolt, ftohr mit Nm td, nut ^cm ai^cvn lintv. 17. ^erjerrfge, tot, blimolt mir rcn xHii^on. is. ,-!hr rn b,v: .; fclbu miifu ncbton, ?u a 11 v in. . :. 21. tlbfl : 'o niibt an aboii uluMt niaiuboiu jiui^ou Araucn^iinmcr afl 'ifrauFbcitcii, folbft ben nicbt ^a^tacb. '2.1. ivc- p'r t>erfelbf, r . i a,ofobcn 24. ii^' uicbt Nofolbon, ^io ciu or: i mrt v\ovcobt ro^ivcu'^ J."). ^oton, ^cbnolllaufcr m\t fci^c Zo^atcu babou 0,11 tc ^ciuc, otcr HMO t>viffclbc ifr, fu^ ijut anf ^cu ^ nrc my fi lends. /// plci^rs me /// I Kno\\. >Vh;it is tli;U? Li'l hrr COIMC ill. 1 >;nv /////// IIK^C than That is a Ix-i-tlc. lie couM not rrnllivt that. Tlu-y nnuhl ' a>h;uiif(i of that. (ioe u h> call on him. He il must l>e. ////// hu\e I >elei led 1 e>leem tlm^e that >jrak the truth. /// \\ho does not believe in a (iod i> railed an ;! Tho.-e \\lio \\idi to dee<-i\e thee must he very ruimm. / that will ride over others iniisl learn to ride OUT lhem>elu--. Me \\a< the one \\hom I dreaded mo>t. She her-eit has >een it. I myself \\a> prt-ent. They them-el\e> \\ill eome. Thou th\>clf art to tell us \Nhat thou intrnde>t. K\en hi ! his justiee. Kven his fiieud> eou-ider hi;u L r "dty. K\en hi- would trust him no louder. There M,ind.> the same \\hom \\ e .-a\v ye>terday. They are the .same \\lio came I Me eannol he trusted, lit- (the same) ha> already U .still the >ame that >he . . 60. />. Dt'nutHsh'fifirt' Adject ite-PronovH$. They are tiof--or Ihis, joi^or llmi i, ht-ing declined after the slrtuuj adjedi\e d( '( IIMOII. Ohs. I. Crtlfy* ^itli ciit or foil! before it, has the //<(,/. adji-- i-iou in all tlm- inflectionyl rndiui:> : e. : >lc^en N .Vcaiin h a man. \\h. not de.-lim-d .it all : e. g. fold) cinco s .l^aiuio-;, of MM h a m,m. Ob\ 1. The pronoun .|uently used in the nmmna- ' -I (lie neuter gender as a |.r..m.un, ETYMOLOGY. 77 indicating the notion of a thing in the most general manner, and distinguishing, as such, neither gender nor plural; moreover, it is then usually contracted into bies * e. g. ) i e 8 ift etue Olofe , this is a rose. >ie ift em tfafcr, this is a beetle. )te3 fmb *paptere, these are important papers. 1. )iefer SSaitm ift fdjoner, at$ jener. 2. Shtf biefer 6eite be$ Stromc3 Iiea,en g-e(bcr, nnb auf jener iefem rcicl)te fie SBUrmen, jcncm JynicMe bar. 4. 2)iefe ^ciufer fmb nicl)t fo (jrojj, at* jene. 5. (sin SDlenfd; ift bem anbcru entwcbcr in bicfer ober jcner inftd;t an Jlopf iibcdeijeiu 6, Sc()t biefcv SBolflein jcney ^enen ! 7. Sptefcr fyat cine grebe , jencr eine feme Dr, it is then contracted with the preposition following, as : uwrin, i17\ - . -- .-...'< i ... 'J T*'! _. 1 rooraus, iroDtnt, uu\$n K., as: 2Biu>on fprtdjt cv? What is he talking of? 1. SSer femmt? 2. 2Ba tvidft bit? 3. SBeffen .^au8 ift baiV^ 4. SGBem gel;5rt biefe^ S3it^? 5. 3BaS t^nt 3^r? 6. Sen fiehft 78 Mi> .;cm yi\\\\ ricnnn:: :ien." worn uTo.lvii 5ie? 10. 29 11. Iran, w? I-J. >Yho \\ill come \\ilh me? To \\lminam \ to UJM- tlu> book? \MIOM- >on i>hr? Mli" ^ horn do you n.. \Mi.t doei lu- \\aut? >Mi- \Mio jire you v NMiat \.u doinir? h;t lies here? NMmM- JU-MS 1: A m .' lo N\honi are you i^oin it? \\hoin \\ \Vhat \ull you . 02. ^. ntert.ogaiitt Adjective.- Promt* They are ircUt-'Cr, ivolct^c, tvoKt^Co >vhich, nnd u\; ciucr \\liat sort of. 1 ul'irr tin- stf ol iMnteriiils and in the plural, (viner is dropped. Obs. Instead of ira3 fur ctncr is also used the form in". being used chiefly in expressions of \\ tret JBfl(6cr: ivclc^eo erlan(jft ^^? rotten? 5. SSelcfye Jveror IMU Tu :it .QiMbeit tu ev ijeflcben? 7. o ivolcbcn Vanrcru ban Tit a ;Uuf ivclcbcu SBtrgen iu roin 3tannn entiVroffon ? auo ivclcbcm ^bal fommt toiu Ztrom ijefloffcn? ano ivolcbont .*; :cin vocbtcr, rein linfcr VlrmY .liibftc villor 3cclcnfranfbcitcit y Jcunbe briitsv't ^u? rj. fiir ciiien -vitt ivollt ibr bvU\: ,hc fii^ i:; \\ lii.-'i ? \\ in i; ! >\ hirh 1;. NMieh hook are you liieh d.d you L r iv' tin- boolv.s ." Which country Which t"\ NN h:it sorl SOrt Of illiinia!- MI I'M- '' NN hat ETYMOLOGY. 79 . 63. RELATIVE PRONOUNS. In German, the interrogates toet, toa3, irelcfyer, fur enter, and the demonstrative ber, bte, ba3 are used as relative pronouns, being also either substantive (toer, toaS) or adjective (ber, bie, baS, toelcfyer, ica3 fitr ein). >er, bie, bag as a relative pronoun is declined thus: m. f. n. all 3 genders. S. N. ber bte ba3 P. bie who, which G. beffen beren beffcn beren whose, of which D. bem ber bem benen to whom, to which A. ben bte ba3 bie whom, which Obs. The relative adjective pronouns ber and tt>elcl)er are thus distinguished: ber is used when the adjective sentence expresses an individual attribute (btefcr SBein, ben id) fycnte o,cfanft lutbe, tft faner), and ttekl)er when it expresses a generic attri- bute*) (2Betne, roelcfye fauer (tub, trinfe id) ntcl)r). The relative ber, however, can always be used instead of n>cld)er. The latter is particularly used when the substantive to which it relates has the indefinite article. 1. 2Ber ftd) fiird)tet, (ber) gelje nacfj > ^Biul), ivetc()eg id) tefen foil. 6. ^Baume, ivelc^e fctne griic^te tra^en, n?er* beu umge^auen. 7. (f^ tft ber Stern , ber meinem Se&en ftral)Ite. 8. (fin Prentjere^ @ertd)t eru>artet (S'nc^, ber feme 23oflmac()t fveDelnb flberfc^rirten. 9. ^tn efcfylecfyt , tt>elrf>eg wanbeln n?trb mtt ber Somte. 10. (Ein ^trte^ , in roeldjem tele taufenb 6rretter tbren Unter^ang fanben. 11. 2Ber anf ber fanlen ant Itegt, tft etn SDWifflgg&nger. 12. 2Ba3 man bem raO, nnb n?a3 man in fronmte 8tiftung gab, ntntmt man betben ntc(;t mefyr ab. 13. 3BeJ3 $irot id) effe, be Sieb id) ftmje. 14. 2eutc, tuclc^c tm ^opf nic^t vid)ti$ ftnb, ktngt man tn 3rren()an^. 15. (r befttea, fetn X^ier nnb uerfc^vanb, bte tlbenwj" in ber $anb, nnb n?tr blieben ^nriic! er? bltnbet, n?ie etnc Olac^t, beren 9)U>nb erfc^itnnbet. 16. 5ln^ ^tinbcnt, benen man 511 wet bnrd) bte ginger fiel)t n?irb ntc^t m'el. 17. 2)teti ift ba^ anbtt>erf, ba^ iiberall gebt, bte 9)ttifyle, bte nte fttlle fte^t ber Srunnen, n?el^er me ^erftegt, ber anbet, ber nie barmeber liegt. 18. 2Bem ott etn 5lmt gtbt, bent gibt er and) 33erftanb. 19. 28er Sefnm etyrt, tjut, m$ er ie()rt. 20. SBer ben ^rnten briicft, entel)rt fetnen c^opfer; Sfikirm^er^gfcit ift ottesbtenfr. 21. 3^, *) See James' "Elements of grammar," page 5. . 8. 80 IHK ruu\m rev tcb Fran! I- ;. ebon bier ivar. He N\ho Kno\\> niucli has to ran- nmrli. II.- who to hear. hat is not forbidden is permil!e not overbearii VMI -peak of an ull'air \\hirh is>ery important. I In- "ill. \\ mother NOU >a\\ , is -sny indii>ti -ion-. A boy \\hoin I do not kno\\ brought me tlu> letter. Thou \\lio art older ma\, The air \\lueh thon breatlieM, the HIII \\lm \\anns thee. ;uid tlie >|irin: that :i\rs tlu-e to drink are :il't> of (iod. Tlio.M- are rlnhhrn \\h(e parnits are poor. . 64. Indefinite They are Sontaub some one. ^iicmanr> n<> one. r\er\ nnc, man one. |icnj!r il-rcnch nn). ' inclliing, wxl iVivtte nothiiiiT. oomant) nnd ^mnanfc \\I\M- in the ircnitisi' oc and on in thr dali\c and BCC08., or im termi- nation at all. ootornuutit i> to IM inoi mployed instead of it: e. g. 5ft an mil ibm, abor or *:oruolu (vtnon nidn, one would like to >|>ciik to him, but be does not underhand one. The numerals (^inor and Joiner ^hen used Mil-t;M have also the si-nilieation of hnlc///tifr PTMIP they are cmplo>ed, ho^e\er, only in tin nder and in the singular. They ha\e the slrony declension. :iut man in t;cr 2nn x c i-r Ifaeni Me (vplnu, \\\rt nuiu tut ntd>t ireiter M^t man a itch IUMI llntevnelMiunuien, vr man iin\b naei^ cincn Itnifta;- ein -v.ur rn'tit ^efiinren. I'etnein ;H; ircj^itncbmcu. v. mmt net ivao p battn nr c i innncr frrutiu unr .]itt, and* irenr. ..initi 1 ETYMOLOGY. 81 jtefyt, bent fleinen Skilcfyen oJetcB, ba3 tm Skrborpen 0(iil)t. 8, 9lie* manb fann in etgucr Saefye 'Oiicfyter fcin. 9, SScnn man fagt: ,,btefer Sftenfcfj trinft," fo beuft man jtcfy tjeivofynficfy einen Sa'nfer, ber fetten niicfytern ift. 10. Jcbennann imtjjte bat>mu 11. ie Unfterblicfyfeit ift nicfyt 1 hear some one coming. What no one ventures, his daughter can venture. Trust here to no one but me. What one does not understand, one does not possess. No one can serve two masters. I am looking for something. Here is nothing. He is everybody's friend. He helps no one. Do not quarrel with any one without a cause. If any one said that he had seen a unicorn , no one would believe it. People say so. Something new, nothing good. They scream. They are running. It is said. . 65. THE NUMERALS. Definite: A. Cardinal numbers. 1 cm, 2 jrcei, 3 btei, 4 *ier, 5 fiinf, 6 fed)3, 7 fteben, 8 acl;t, 9 neim, 10 go(;n, 11 elf (etlf), 12 gtoSff, 13 brcU $e(;n, 14 iner$e(;n, 15 funf$c(;n, 16 fecfyjeljn, 17 ftc(^c(;n, 18 acf)t$d)n, 19 neunjc^n, 20 jtuangig, 21 ein unb jwan* 319 jc v 30 brei^ig, 40 tnerjtg, 50 funfeig, 60 fcc^jig, 70 fteben^ig, 80 adjt^, 90 ueunjig, 100 fyunbert, 101 l;unbert unb ein jc., 1000 taufeub, etne Million a million. Obs. In counting (yins is commonly used : e. g. (vin^, 3 wet, bvci K. Otherwise, the numeral ein declines just like the possessive pronouns mein, bctn ac., as : din SDtoun one man ; ber (ine the one. and btet are, generally, not declined at all; if, however, the case should not be pointed out by a prepo- tion, pronoun or article, and also when the substantive is omitted, the genitive takes the ending er and the dative en: e. g. 3 toeter 3 c ucj en 3ft wtb mad)t alle 3Ba(;rl;eit ftinb, the mouth of two witwesses makes known all truth. 3cC) f)a6e eg 5 it) e ten gefagt, I told it to two. The num- bers from 4 to 12 take in the nominative, genitive and accusative the ending e and en in the dative when the sub- stantive is omitted: e. g. (^tel) bie SWittter btefer fiinfe, see the mother of these five. (Sr fafytt mtt fecfyfen, he drives with six horses. Iciinume Mud dccliiu > fi-ruL declined in linlli form.N. of (lit- adjccti\e declension. (M.s. Of tin- cardinal numbcr> arc formed compound nnincral>, : I) cinorlci of one .Nort . ;u\Movloi, Ndnlot , Dl I hey arc undeclinable. '2 tln>f compounded \\itli ' :' ;ind fold. a>: eiiifaob >imple, uroifaob t\\olold etc. ;obir buntertfdlttg :c. Instead oi j Iliry ;ri* declined like adjec(i\e>. ii) llie iiiiiiiei al> ( uin|ioim- ded \Nith nial time. ;>: efitOKll onci-, ;u\i;iial, iVCtlll 1. (viu 5lvfd nut nocl> (viiior f oft on ciiicn .Qvou;or. '2. (>i ioiU em ^nu^ mil* (vtii Votb. ii. 4. O^ic ride ^Jiillioiion (vtinvolMior bat NIC- Vauf? .10, abor bc^c finb taiib. <>. ?io ;San^cii lichen >u ^ '.due-. 7. (*>Mb mir trot 51epfcf, ficbou pinion m^ ;ivolf ^flaitnicii. 8. IM* iff cine ^o^rcltc Ibfir. 1). (vr fam j mcil. 10. ?iicbt auf (viiicn -viob fallt ciit tanim, uitr bolt auf (viunial mir (via Vamm. 11. ., ?:.i 2ihvitto rcni V.: fo riifeu tvir tern 511, tcffou v .Kabo into uitaiujoiiobm iff. (Ji\e me five apples, nine pears and fifteen plums, lie lias two houses in town and one in llie country, lit- IN iliin\ \ears old. IMace, t\\el\e chairs. I heard it from |NM> I \venl there live or >i\ limes. .Many hundred-. CNUI ihon \\ere present. It is the NNill of both brother. 11<- MI/K! it \\ith both hands. They t\\ sorts of \\iue. Tin- \\ t i> fourfold gain. It is a double gate. 1 repeated it lour tin. . (H). I)r/fnilt>: 1L Ordinal ;////////. The ordinal numbers are formed from the < anlma 1 ^ from }UYt l<> noun^clMi by ,,\," MIK! from ;iiMii;t\i ;unl all the rest by ft " \ e. g. X1C trittc (viVttd , the third chapter. ;"i c oahr, the h\cnliclli J The ordinal of em is nit lii>l In ailfer , if a second thini: i> l< be dislin^ni>licd onl\ from a lirst: e. g. Ton antern ; :i irtr iv-> cond day N>C \>ent. All ordinal numbers are declined like ad- ject i\ O/;.v. The follow inir are coinpomi.' pound. -I \\\\\\ : ;tt 1 third part . ^UTtol, [ JC. I 1 the iihln ilt. de- cleiiNinu. III.N|, '-chned like (he ad- .\e) half: . DCT balbc ETYMOLOGY. 83 (kartell, half the garden. Before neuter proper names of cities and countries fyatb is not declined : e. g. [)db $ari$ K. 2) the numerals compounded with balb, as : brtttefyatb 2J, wertefjalb 3J, funftefyalb 4 K. Instead of gtveitefyalb 1, anbcrtbalb is used. They are not declined. The hours of the day are thus indicated : (Sin iU;r one o'clock ; (Sin ^iertcl auf jtoei a quarter past one ; *>al6 jtuei half past one; 2)rei ^iertel auf jtoct a quarter to two. 1. r Q^t, ivte te(e ollc 3afyre ^t ber bereit^ gelebt? 7. Sett anbcrn Xaij fa(>en tvtr if)n ivteber. 8. 93or 3 e ^en bejeicl^netc bie ^a'nge ber cfynfye ben Diang ber *perfon. Jyitr|tlic^e ^Jcrfoncn trn* gen @c^nf)e ou brittebalb 'Jyitil I'cimje; gfreijemi obcr Sarouc i?on 5tt>et gn^, nnb gcmctnc (ibcllcute cn anbertfjalb J-iijl Saugc. J)a* i ber fagt man nod) (KiitigcS Xctgc^: ^anf einem grocn Jn^c (eben/' j 9. J)en erften 9)iat ift er um erften 2)Ute franf geivorbcn. 10. J)cn 1 nnewetftcn (Xag be^ DJionate) ()abcn nnr 6cutcV Sen jWan^igfien I 2ftai. 11. (r ftarb am $wolften SWcirj 1850. 12. JBte tJiefllbr I ift ce? (^o ift gerabe brei ^icrtet auf $cfw. 13. Sinf meiner Uhr | ift eo erfi C^tn JBiertcf auf gc^n. 14. 34) bcbarf nnv eineo SDntteld >| bee (Gartens. 15 alb granfrd^ ifi aufgepanben* The second son attains his thirtieth year on the third of May. I After the fourth son followed a fifth, but he died in his one and jj twentieth year. Gothe died on the 22 ' of March 1832, and was I horn on the 28 rl) of August 1749. I did it in an hour and a I half. The play lasted two hours and a half. We reached the n town in five hours and a half. Give me half a sheet of paper. Half the garden belongs to him. It is three o'clock. What o'clock I is it? It is a quarter to eight. It is half past twelve. It is a I quarter past eleven. It is ten minutes after six. He arrived on I the twenty first of January at half past six o'clock. jebet jeglidjet Jeinceber . 67. Indefinite Numerals. etlicfye j me^r more gattj whole some each einige j me^rere several feiner no mancfye several luenig little ali all, every siel much toentger less 84 TUE NI7MKBA1.N. 1 hc> MFC Dsed bO !> aiid >nllanti\e^ ji\llu1vr mid Ktii'i'tiT ure mil) u>ed in the Mii^iilar IK ned like adjccli\cs. \!lll declines al'lrr the >lmiiir nd li\e declen>ion. (Mliolv, riiii*K/ nh'lTiTC, nuv. dc- d al'lcr I hi- sli'imtj iid j. nuu; ;dcii!> in UK- plural. 3 irniiqcr not declined. MMO! iinil living are df( lined like ;id_jrc- liM->. but (iiil\ in Uir follow : 1 NN lim llu- definite iirticle or a pronoun piveede> ; 'J . \Nlien the iiiimrnil is cin/t/nilir : 3) Nvlicn the niiniend indicili ;ind the siil)laiiti\e is omitU-d. ( s \in^ declines like Uir adjeeti\e>. O/y.v. Before proper iisunrs of eities inn! . commonly not declined at all: e.g. flait$ Berlin all Berlin. < Dettf(|lakt all (iennaiiN. IT xHIlo iv;. :: Ihiorc athmcn. -2. ^icbr 91II xnilov. 3. rcnutth ' j ii^ciiDon. r.llc, rein allc. 5 : allc la^c ^vctmal ono. ti. Hitter viclcit ;:u ift maucb vcr^clUicbcv, miter iMeleu (^cftirucii niancb nclMi 7. 2o rt:l .Ui ; i % fe, fc rid 3iitiu\ 8. .Ueinc (Meho fvHllt roit Ivincm Ztrciebe. ^). Tor .viui^ri^e i\\t feiu Vccternuutl. 10. Tn follfl tctucit (vimer lianflcn in ji^cn ^roinicn, m^ an jc^cm Jamie >c HMincit ; jercit ^traucb foil ft ^1I riittdii, in -aum tm ^orbei^dnt fdjfitrdn. 11. x "scb bin cin xHr;t, ^el XHIlec- bcil: jerer .Urantbcit eincii Xiamen cvtbciit. TJ. y. XUi^eni, tod) ^leii'b fet jeter Dem .voebfteu! 8 .i jerer rdlenDet in '(oDc ir-eni^ , al\ :i bvtiuu (^cfabr. 14. .Heine Slnnrort ill aiid^ciiu 15. OJiit Barren intD -voffeit iMt'e- OA'.niiber ^e^'i'neii. H>. filler .K-\ ift fdMver. 17. (vine ohvalbe macbt feinen ronnucr. 18. IKancbe baben cine fduvcre, OlnDcre eine (eteb;. LoD. 'JO. . : . -Jl. v ^ .bat cine anfctte Jtranffttit, mtD . t'atel vcrr. leDireDem ftilleii (Mtenahlcf ent* fa^tr -2-4 rii eint.ie 111:111 :r /vrennDc. tbit mchrere :Vialo | .bvenD eu; mebrere ^efnnntc mir viiub etlubc 3"\l c " frricbt r.iit rtel i!Bt^ aber ivem^ Uvt Torf ift all go on ihrir \\ay. ^^ el( MHU- \\ Icasant. All men dir. All \N;HII \i> M l in ; dillerrnt ni;i! N kno\\ in KTVMOLOGY. 85 but no one knows everything. Some know more, others less. Some fish can fly. Many hares have been shot, but few partrid- ges ; no fox has been seen. Each moment is precious. A silly person believes everything. Think of every one, and give to each his share , every one according to his age. Many boast of their industry, and yet they pass many a day in idleness. He drinks much water, little beer, and still less wine. A table with fewer dishes , but with more guests. I have seen him several times. She has no children. Few servants are the friends of their masters. The whole sky is clouded. In a few hours the news can be here. The whole village knew it. . 68. THE ADVERBS. ADVERBS OF PLACE AND DIRECTION. fyier here nieber down rina,3 around ba r Irinten behind trgenbwo anywhere bort Mrn before iibcrafl everywhere batmen thence fort \ fcctfammen i . .. I>er hither, from ireg j avva y {ufammcu j together l)tn thither, to juriicf back briibcn on that side u>0 where recfytS to the right pben on this side aujjen without . ImU to the left brantfen out there tnnen within feitroa'rts sidewards bicSfeitd on this side oben above ont>art$ forward jenfette on thai side unteu below rurfroartS backwards Obs. $>in always denotes a direction away from the person speaking, and fyer a direction towards the speaker. They are often compounded with prepositions and other adverbs such as: Herein, fyhtein; l)erau, fyutaue; fyerauf, binanf; fyerab, I)tnaB; ^tcr^ I^cr, bier^tn ; bafyer, bal;in; mober, wcbiu; beriiber, Mnitber; ber^ uiiter, btmtnter: e. g. ef)' I)huiber go over. $$tmn' fjeritber come over. 1. jDa^ S3uc^ itegt ^ter 2. S3rtnge e^ ^ierfjer* 3. (it ging ^tcr? ^in. 4. (ii ftanb ba* 5* fringe ben binetn. 13* Jlomm ^evctn. 14* ^inau^. 15. ^Dmm f)erau^. 16. SSoIjer Icmmft bn? 17. S cjebft bu? 18. fringe bas 35ucl) ^erunter. 19* Xrage ba$ ^iniinter. 20. Xritt berehu 21. Xritt Jmem. 22. (0 i(t fein SSaffer barin. 23. tee SBaffer bineim 24. iege SSaffer f>eretn. 25. rin f0d)t man bie @uvpe? 26+ SSorein giefjt bte Jlo^tn bte Apel's German Grammar, 3d edition. 8 86 THE ADVERBS. J7. (u ^riifuo rocbtc imfr linf-;-. 28. 3 : 1 then when r before ;trds hitherto that time ltUtCl^C|"|Cuintheniean while well) to-day cunt once "idy llio neM-r tmnicv always nimmcr n- : at firs^ 11UM\);H torn.. iibormonjcn after to- morrow lormrrlv ; (on fbcil just no\\ . time fertail henceforth 110 111 mtly hen lorn ETYMOLOGY. 87 1. cfyreibe erft, nnb bann gef)' an3. 2, 3 c fy roar f$n ninnuer, wa$ bie meiftcn tlnut immcr. 22. citbcm ^at feiner ben eben (fo) just as ernftlicf) seriously al as fcergebenS in vain The adverbs of manner admit of comparison: e. g. (r fpttct)t Icutt, lautcr, am lauteften, he speaks loud, louder, loudest. The comparative superlative is always formed 88 THK ADVERBS. >\ith the proposition am ( = an torn) and the /mi/,- ad- jodiu- ending on dative): e. Tor otn^olno Waun ont= flieln am I e i clue ft en (con \Hlloii 1 , Iho single m;n - The absolute snperlati\c i- expressed either by the .simple or compound superlative without inflection: < (r o,ivj;t T reit n& lift) ft , 1> 1 ' salutes. in the must friendly manner, or by the superlati\e used snh$tanti\el> \Mlli the preposition aiif C> ( = Ollf M-: and the in' a/; ending C, as: (M- a,riiftt auf'o f remit* liit ft o, or also liy the >uper- lati\e \vith the termination enS : e. g. @r bant't fci; ouflcnd, he gives his hest thanks. Ohs. Relational adverbs are, with the exception of eft, fdteit, ba^ , i^cru incapable of comparison. Instead of the compar and superlative for bait) are used cbcr sooner, am cbcucu and cbcjlciiC' soonest; and for ijcru are used licbcr rather, am licbucii most gladly. 1. (vr bat mir fcbriftlicb ^cantunn-tot. 2. (vr tbat Mofe effcntlid). 3. (s>cftcb mtro frci. 4. Tic Dannie bliibcit ube'iu 5. 8trciu] borrfcbt miD blii^ ccr ctfcruc ^cfcb:. Hltcn fun^cu, fe ^vtti"d)crtcn Me ,311110,011. 7. ^d) Faun nidu vint evfortc fid) ror^obon. ( .). (vr $t\\\\\. am frcitiiMid>i"tcu (IUMI 2Ulon). 10. xUm liob'"rcu frrad)' id) ibu allcin. 11. ^oi>t h: ui^ ^od)ft, fur ticsmal mid) \\\ cutlaffoiu 1'2. (vr ranft 13. Job ircitc ta bedMtoiiy ;ivot la^c bloibon. i 'riclt aufd fd;ciuMid)ftc mit rir. 15. (vr ivi^ bebor a I'fiu 55rubcr. 1(>. (vr onunlcblt ftd) bcucno. 17. tcfto liebcr n?tr^ cc- mir foin. 18. IVr ACI^C vorfaiift foiuc -vaiit woftlfcil, ^cr lavfcre tbcuor. 19. iiMc Mo (vlt;rn ni^, fo irorrcit in cor Oto^cl and) tic .ft inter. 20. Jivct 2d)oufivirtbe, tic uabc bot einautcr wel)iieii, fuit> in tor dlc^cl nid;t a,ut aitf otitaur, fvred)en. Speak louder. Speak more distinctly. Speak a little I Ihr strong one i> rno>t pducrfid alone. The prince thanked nio>t graciously. He hrhavcd rno>t imjiniprrly. This preuliari intiinatfly intiT\\oven \\ilh our nature. He -alntes you in the most friendly manner. He wept bitterly. He assn II. runs fa.st. How does the soldier walk? He \\alLs thus. \ lt \i must do it .so. 1 cannot do it othci \\IM-. He >|., .-nlly from hi> brother. Do it ju.st .so Bid I. They tried i! in \ain. They received me n At the latest, he \\ill ;i to-morrow. Mr. N. sends hid bent compliments to Mi>s O. They acted most imprudently. "ETYMOLOGY. 89 . 71. ADVERBS OF INTENSITY. feljr very gar very, even jo gar even iifteranS exceedingly fteinafye almost and) even fail almost fcermaen in such a nur only, but manner fauin scarcely ganoid) entirely jit too weit far emfgermajjen in some ftei weitcm by far degree nod) yet, still 1. SM3 djwert ift nid)t 311 fdjwcr nodj teidjt, gu fcfjwadj ift (s:ucr 9lrnu 2. 3$ fcwn *$ fflitni feljcn. 3. )as ift gar git fcfyihu 4. 2Btr waren fa ft (bcinalje) 511 fpat. 5. wcfcnt). 6, i)a^ ift Bet weitcm 511 fdEjwer fitr mid). 7* 2)te @ad)e ntad)t fid) ^ar Ieid)t 8. dS ift fibcrauS warm. 9. 2Bcmt cr nur etm0ermacn eiten nwflte* ? 10. JDa gcitcr ijl (jan^Itd) erlofdjen. 11. @tc qualtcit im bermafien, bag wir e$ gar n'id)t mcl)r au^^aU ten fonnten. 12* 2)anfe bent GkOer aud) fiir cine 9htjjfd)ale. That is too little for me. He speaks very loud, still he is scar- cely heard. I had almost forgotten it. They are very haughthy people. They frightened me in such a manner. This is excee- dingly difficult. I forgot it entirely. She was by far the cleverest woman of them all. I have but one hour's time. They even denied the matter. We had for that cause but half a heart. . 72. ADVERBS OF MOOD. gar really freitid) certainly gar nid)t not at all ja yes, indeed eften indeed and) . . . nor bod) yet, indeed fdjon certainly C til) ft ( 1 rjprhnnc waljrltd) truly nein no f J UVyllldlJb wot ( * wot indeed nid)t not wetteidjt perhaps S? r j certainl y feinewege by no means waljrfdjeinlicBprobab] aflerbingS ' (by ail txnrfltd) really Weber neither fd)fed)terbings} m h ear [ s trann truly nod) nor bnrcfyan^ fteiy 3 war it is true 1. 3war fam er, after 511 fpat 2. 3^ nteiut bod) ni^t, ba id) ba^ glanften foil? 3. J)ie i)am' fyat wadre Wiener, tramt! 4. erlaugnet, 8. (?r fann weber Bente noc^ morgen fommen. 9 aft bit eg wol gel)i>rt? 10. $at er bid) ftetrogen etwa? 11* S3ieIIeicftt fommt er morgen. 12. ^ac- Ueftet ift aflerbing^ gro. 13. 3d) fann e3 bnrd)an^ nic^t tljiiiu 90 THR PKKI Sarah has loved her father, and certainly she loves him yet. Truly, fortune was ti\orable to your boldness. The orator >poke perhaps not loud. That I can certainly tcben) not My, The old eel wa> indeed (cbcit) gone. Yes indeed (ja UYl) an iucon- cenalile good fortune. > on are desirous perhaps (wp() to end like IJahingtou ''. You \\ill certainly (f.luMt ) understand me. \Yill he really not come 7 You really cannot v\i>h that. Anne mu>t by all means have a rich husband. . 73. THE PKEPOSITIONS. The prepositions govern cases. \Mien the preposition indicates a direction from a ft/ace, or no direction at a//, it lias ther/r///rc: e.g. id) fcmme a it o e in (Marten, 1 am coming out of the garden, and: kb bin in tern (5 ten, I am in the garden; but when it indicates ; , direction to a place, it governs the accusaftr, in ben (Garten, I am going into the garden. Obs. The prepositions 311 and niuK however , though they in- dicate a direction to a place, always have the ilt/tirc. The pre- position um always governs the accusulirr even \\hen it indi- cates no direction at all. The following is a list of the genuine prepositions with the cases they govern : Dative. Accusnt D at ire and A au$ out of turd) through an on, to aujjcr out of, besides fur for anf upon, to bet at, near (jeijcu Ojcn) towards, Hitter behind mit with against in in nad) after, to um round, at fiber <\er, al ob over ivftcr. against mtter under, among rtMi of, from rcr before ;n to . 74. Itcbcr, ob, auf, untcr. The preposition ob is now obsolete. When \\ilh the verbs getjen, fommen, (anfen, fabren the di reel ion expr iilialically* the pn-po.silion anf the prep the Mib.stuntive : e. g. ' anf ten ^anm ^n, lie went up to the tree. In ETYMOLOGY. 91 tion 'with tnS the preposition auf indicates the extreme limit: e. g. (r fam un3 5i3 auf ^toei a3 23nd) liegt aitf bent ifdje. 2. ea,e bag 23ucfy aitf bat 3. (r ftanb unter bent SBaume. 4. (It fteflte jtd) unter ben 23aum. 5, @te rcofyrtten an bent glnffe. 6. cr nad)* ftcfytigen Gutter ift ba$ liebe o&ncfjeu 'fiber ben ,$?opf getvad)fen. 11, SBann fagft bit: ba SSort fd)ivcbt inir anf berSnuije, t^> ^ab'0 auf ber 3wngc? 12. (fincn fiber bie 3 im 9 c fpringcn (affen, ift oft fd)(ttnnter, al^ (fiuen fiber bie ,ftlma,e fprtngen taffcn, 13. ne Xbra* nen floffen ber ^flutter fiber bie Sangen. 14. (g tout ba^ e* fnmnte ber 53ienen anf ber atbe. 15. 3leben cr^o^ct ber SRenfcfyen efd)Ie^t ^od) itber bie Xfjiere ; fprid;ft bit c^ne SBermmft, fte^t ba XIn'er bir oran. 16. 2)cr ^anbmann, ber 3a'$er ge^t iiber ba gelb. $ofer, Cramer, Settler ije^en itber R-elb, ober: fiber 2anb. \l.ts lialt gcfet iiber Olec^t. 18. >icfe Xf?iir gcl)t auf bie affe. 19* (Ir ift anf bent 3!ftarfte. 20. (^r (jcljt anf bie $cft, anf bie ^oi^jcft anf ben 33aH , auf bie 3a,b , "anf bie SDfcffe. 21. (^r ift nod) anf ber I)0f)en aft ber Dteben, unb paren unter bag 5tuen^cben. 30. Unter ben ebir^benwljnent trifft man a'ffe mtt nn^tanblicf) groeu $ropfen an. 31. Jc^ gef;e iiber f SSriiffcl nac^ $ari0. 32, SDte offnc trage jtebt ftd) itber Steinen ; bod) etnen ffiqent SSec^ fann (inc^ mein ,$lnabe fiber gower^ fiif)reit. 33. (rnft itber feiuc S&lfit tt>ar fein vtf;i. ( .. gr If) aufier 65efafjr. ^'iinimen fairt man nocb ciiicn -iTratb an 11. 'JhMUT ror Mcircrei rcnrte amb m\h Aii|";volf ana,oncn; 1-J. (ft 'Vrid't im 3iMafo. i:i. (St fafll in 5(^la| bin nicbt CnTou iKarr, tcr ano ten .Uoblcn ^cIt prater, Q mtt nictiicn lauciu 1">. ^cb ivciltc in :Kom tit ctucr.: cMiT ricbta\Uit'V. H). ( ; titc ^tcll' iu rent 2 tall Ulima. ;iiv (vbrcuftcnc. 17. i^ao man nidu tin muf? man in ^cn Aii^cn babcn. 18. Urn ubonc iliiiujc ti; trajicit, laffcit ftcb ^tc flcincn citcln iViaTcbcn ^cv:: r bvcii itocbon. 19. x ^a annor unforin C itucn unr nicbt crfonncn. !2(). 91 u ^or rrtuc roc- l'a'~rorc< foimt i s ac' (vloi lln^ anc ^cnt (vloi^ tio :)iono, mil* ano tor :l{oiic bi , nnt> aiiv tor Iihiont Me <2olia.foit. '21. Tn fanitft mit "on bior foinou .^ni^ ano torn Cron Iccfon. ;- in ton 3inn. "23. ^sit tor Zcbulo ifr bci ,!imor nut liborad. '24. (vr tft tbm cin crn tin ^liuio* -."). xHnc :Kicbto irirt ^licbto. *J(). s ^onn tn vlitmp itnb ^o.ion alien ?lintaiit tid> bciitmnu'f. \]t man von tir: ,,^Tn fall ft 'mtt tor I bur in-: I am s:oin from Germany. We came from the theatre. Is he in th< I am ^oin^ to rhurrh. They were coming from ehureli. The hut lay without the wood. We were in the garden. They fell into the water. We A\erc in distress. Is he out of danger? I am coming from the town. They always dine from home. \N . dwdling in a house which lies without the M! . 7G. 93or, frintcr, ^urd), urn. >Vilh the prepos. mil (he ad\erl) (\M Ihe M!l)>!aiiti\e : e.g. XHlic ftailtJOU It 111 >laiidinir around us. I. Iritt ^tttn r :i 8aum. 2. (M- rtobt bii;: : annic. lioa.t IHH- at IHT t, : na.cn tnrd> tic rtatt. (>. ^2io ftantcn u .^nin. iMlcn inn ben on. ^. 91:. $d) Hicf'te tm\'b tio ralton i ETYMOLOGY. 93 fitter bie Cfyren fcfyreiben? 11. $eter nimmt feor feinem Sftenfcjjen em 2Matt ttor' 9Ran(. (fr faa,t jebem fcine DJlemung t)reift tuS &eft$t 12. Oieine anb a,el)t bnrdjS ganje ganb. 13. (fr fjat nn Ijinter^ id)t gefii^rt. 14, 3>u triffft bie JHegel nad) ber Dlccjci, Dor bir ftreid)' id) bie >ea,el. 15, itnunffeufyeit ift Dor bent obe ob ; tebenb'ije (Sraber (tub tlnuMffcnbe. 16. iteber mir tfl em ott, in mtr efn G5efe^ &or mir eine Uufterb(id)fcit. 17. 93crftant> fommt nid)t cr 3 a ^ ren 18* X)er Sd)rauf ge^t uid)t burd) bie Xbiir. 19. 3tt we t?iel Xageu ^at ber 2)?ont feiucn Sanf urn bie (frte ucllenbct? Dcmiitb'ge bid; or beinem ^erru, itub betne (S^ulb geftel/ i^m gern. 1 The village lies behind the mountain. Go behind the garden. He puts the horses behind the cart. I shall not throw pearls before swine. I am going through the town. You may go round the town. It happened before our eyes. They ran through the grass. They all stood around him. So it went one day after another. She stood before the door. I shall walk round the hill. . 77. 5tn, M, mit. 3(n frequently expresses a direction to an object exten- ding- long ways : e. g. (T ge(;t an ben 9U)etn, he is going to the Rhine. Obs. 5ln also denotes a relation of office , as in. cr fteljt an ber cfjnfe, am Xftcatcr, an ber &ird)e, he has an appointment at the school, at the theatre, at the church. It also indicates a turn, as: (vc> ift je^t an mir, imb nid)t an ifym, it is now my turn, and not his. In a few expressions it stands for in, as: an einem Crte in a place, an ber tefle in the spot, am eben in life. 1. Sftas, bleibe bet mir. % )ffenbad) fiejt bet Jyranffurt am 9J!atu. 3. 6ie pngt an tfym. 4. (r fyaft fid) an ber ^iifte anf 5. (>5 {jefdjaf) an ber ren^e. 6. @ie finb mir fd)on btc^t an ben v $erfen. 7. ("t it mit im$. 8. ie fpielen mit einanber. 9. 2)er SBclf macfyt nid)t ml Umfta'nbe mit bem @d;afe. C?:r frit'^ mit (tout nnb ipaaren anf. 10. )ie aare am ^linn bei s IRaunern nnb bei mandjen X()ieren I)eijjen ^8art 11. ltnterrici)te mic^, nne id) ba0 cfdjaft foil faffen beim Sc^opf, unb bele^re mid), nne man am gifdje iffet ben ^lopf. 12. ^alte ben 5lal nic^t beim 6d)tx>an^e, nnb nid)t bei ber @pi^e Me Sanje. 13. Set mir ift piatfy, boc^ bei btr ifi bie XBat 14. "SDa fanmte id) nid)t mic^ mit i()m 511 erbin* ben, nnb crfaumte nid)t^, nm i^n mir gurtJerbinben. 15 SBann legeft bit enblid) bie ?Ujt an ben Stamm? 16. Sir rnl)eten am 94 THE I'KKl iron. Ho due!U near the ehmvli. A well >priiJrs forth near the tree. \N -at near one another. He dn,< lit stood at the pillory. He i> ^miii: to tin- lihine. 1 hey resided near (ail) the COast l'l i> Mandniu r at tin- \\all. He ha> ,111 ap- pointment at court. \> lio.-r turn i- it? It i- in\ linn. 1> lie still alive (in lilt-)? The garden.- join ; -li other. the h joins tlie theatre. The apples are han^in^ on the t . 78. 5% on, 511, ncub. After the subst. %vith >:oii often follows iinotlirr p >ition, or also the adverb (;cr: e.g. i: LMI VHin'an^ an from the ht'iiimiiiii:: 1:011011^0111? auf from \onlh up\\urd>: i: LMI .1 1^ or from the en>t. ^'ilh iuvl\ the p or the adserl) Mu is often n>er ^viff W4d bcnr lu ; rt man von iViuitf ;it ilKiiur. 8. (vr ivan.: lie- utr ^iad>t. !>. "sd< aobc ;n mciiicm Arcmifi. in. Bo^in jitm Aimrcn. 11. (vr Uiirirt ;u ^avi-:. \'2. iilc, i\iii^ ;it (vn'iui. fomint ;nm I bore herein. 17. ,Jnm Pintle, ;; Ten, ;iim ^tMM^'r;n. 1M. Ihitt, alo uv l ( ). -vc, SrcitnM ^in ich anf rein mitl': ;uir intnicr .inn. jn. ; au(^ tic 3tfmne tobcit, tMirfc Hill imr fvoium luu'b Cl'c::. bat fu-b voni ^u-rre anf I lltcu babe;; [ana, nid^t in<> J4. ^,v; IHMII $ ren fomntt a,cbt ^nni .v;.-,!i. _.'. Dimmer 3. ETYMOLOGY. 95 . 79. egcn, toiber, fiir. egett expresses a direction to an object generally, but indicates it, at the same time, as resisting. Obs. ecjen also denotes 1) an exchange, as: id) ttettc Ijunbert gigen ('tn$, I bet a hundred against one. 2) a com- parison, as: (TC ift ftCflen bid) eiu DUcfc, he is a giant compared with thee. 3) it has the sense of about and towards when it refers to time and number, as : (r f am QCijen 9J?orgen, he came about morning. tljit? 2* (Fs cjefdjal) au gcu mcincn JyreunK 3. (Sr fdjwtmmt rotber ben er bie Diatun 6 @orgt fiir bie tcfoerbett bcr Jejlung* 7. 3tud) bie S3iircjcr crflciren fic^ fiir tljw. 8. 9Jlein ^lopf mu bafiir Ijafteu. 9 35 it flibft fiir jcbe^ Scib'cin 2icb, 10. SSir ftcbcn ade fiir (itneu 2)faniu Jl. ;Ta 9lii(jc bcr SBelt tft JBerbtenfte Mt'ub* 12. (vtu tiid)tt^cr otbat fiirdjtet ftd) md)t ben g-cuiD in btc \ithoul. biv till. O/M-. 1) % {nuMo.C ffoM-rns tlit' dati\e, when it fullnirs the stanti\c. '2) entlailfl ha> the arcu>ati\e, \\hen it lollops the substantive. 3) tlTH and Kill,!-;- are ;il>o u>ed \\itli the ative. - -;n, nno,eaduct, J liana and 0,einaf; may follou tlie snltanli\e or precede it. t>) ben and ^oiiiiKT aUvays stand after the Militant r. i^Clt, ball'Cll and UMlloit, \\hen used N\itli personal pronouns, are generally eontraeled \\ith the >ame. M: incinctivc^cu, iHCtitctimlbcn, mciiictirillcn on my account, itnfcrtinilbcu on our account 1. (vr fvricbt ftatt fctnco ^nttcr*. '2. tc ftant ttcffc; Jvlnffco, nnt irir jenfeito teffelben. 3. (vr trat wfdu-n mtcb nnt ibn. 4. Tie rtatt ltea,t ;iriiVbcn ^trci .viujdit. 5. I anf;erhalb tec< rone*, li. (vr uant neben tbm. 7. (>r tbat cc- it 11 ter ivbrc ir i 1 1 e it. S. (>T reift joiner ("cfnntbeit Fain obnc tbn. 10. (vr fib I a ft trabrenr fort, A>alc iiber .Uorf biv naeb -vanfe. TJ. v iJiova,en trill id laffcn ^trti\'ben into ten :Kaben ter Irennnn^. 13. anrd baar; tenn iDteniVbennnn nnt (^eiVbiet tft trantelbar. ^irii'd^en bent nnt moreen futt (^riiftc, nnt urtu-ben ^ lint) (vrfiillcn ^Infte. 15. (^ebet obnc_(sManben tit n; -vetnc fllofe obnc Ponton. 17. JiriiVben Voffd nnt Waitm er. .:nm. 18. Jlchtc J)ii\]d obnc ^Incnabme. 19. ilKan mnf; ja utebtala::. tap eg fc^on fct, fremte Sorter nnt ^litrtriicte in tie iVinttcrfrritd^ cin^nmcn^en, \. "$. ,,cnrtren" >n fa^en ftatt ,,beilen", ,, ^Jictieir' ftatt ./^eire^iiiKV', ,,^"amva^ne" ftatt ,. /vcir . .an nennt frtcfe tatdn^trertbe (^cirobnbctt ri\ul'iv The child uses the spoon instead of the fork. The tovui Ins on that side of the Rhine. He ontractcd debt> for the sake of his brother. The estate lies on this side of Ihe. "Main. abo. fort, \\illiin the lli'.v.sian territory, hel \\een I\NO small to\Mis op site tlie mountain. 1 walked aloni: the >ircani He is ill since a week. He sleeps during the srrmon. ^ to the laws and ly reason of the IcMament, he is the sole 1, but for jhe sake of hi- honour and on account of peacr he up a pail of the inheritance to ln>. opponent. \\ e passed the miiht out.side the lo\\n. I lu > -tood near me. I IH \ stejtped between me and him. Sit d'\\n near me II]M> lh- ETYMOLOGY. 97 ship went down together with the crew. According to" his pro- mise he must arrive to-day. Notwithstanding the great heat we travelled all day. . 81. THF CO-ORDINAT1VE CONJUNCTIONS. A. Copulative conjunctions. They are unb and, aud) also, jut) em, ii&etbic3 moreover, aujjer&em besides, ntcfyt nut (or: nicfyt alietn) fonbern aud) not only but also, (ott>o^I -- al3 as well as, irefccr -- nod) neilher nor, tl)etl3 -- tt)et(3 partly partly, erftene, etftltd; firstly, bann then, ferner further, cnt>Hd; lastly; namltd? namely, trie, al8 as. 1. er fteinb tft ttad)fam, unb bic 2fta$t tfi fefm 2. 6te ftnb batten fyent' 9tad)t; bic 3^9^ aud;. 3. @r I;at ba3 23nd) ui^t nur ^clefen, fonbcru and) tcr|lanbcn. 4. (*r ijl n?ebcr im ^aufc, nod) im arten. 5. dr tft em SDeutfc^cr, ucimltd) em e ia, e Bangeub, itu^ nod) Iana,e bte fc^eujie ^offnnncj c^aben. 10. ie gieifc tfi tl;ette fefyr foftfpieiig, t(;ette au^> mit efafyren uerbnnben. Do v\ 7 hat is right and dread no one. I heard thy voice in the garden and was afraid. He has a large fortune, moreover he has a lucrative appointment. The sun warms the bad as well as the good. Neither herb nor plaster healed them. The letter is partly composed obscurely, partly it is written illegibly. Our country has in the first place a good climate, then it has a fertile soil, further the laws are good, lastly the institutions for the mental culture of the people are excellent. She is a German, namely a Bavarian. I can neither see so nor act so. . 82* B. Adversative Conjunctions. They are ntd)t - - fonbettt not but, fonft else, other- wise, benn (e8 fet benn, bafi) unless, (except it be that), enttrcber obet either or. Qffcer, alletn but, how- ever; bod), iebod), bennod) yet, still; beffemmgeadjtet, gletdjtoofyl notwithstanding; tnbeffen however; alg but. A pel's German Grammar, 3d edition. 9 THK c o\Ji \i i IONS, 1. : bct'ncn be'feu ^iiuen, feirteru brid) rctiien Sifleu. :it!\-bleiTen, HMiNTu iHT;aat cnn~aa,en irir i^cm, UM* roir .{. I s ii mulU ibm flute 2i>erte flebeit , fiMift iVbetr-ct or reii ^ct ven Hr, tit flcKu iiMii fenn flute 3 bevdu- , I'enft nrafc id) bid virft til bcftraft iverreH. 7. Tu ivirft bcm\m iverr.. renn (or ec< Kt tciui, taf? tit t; ,icr, otcr fclht bctri\^cn. 9. (*r iVrubt AiMiiu ; 'l'"fb, abcr nicbt vubt cvfrcut, tech ntacbt cc fciiton v . . II. iiu\btc tir niciit 1^111500 ^niiorc fct^cit , allciii r ittcbt. \'2. Ivr triuft nicht. l.{. ?a nicbt trJi^c ivic ctit /"vanltbicr, fciircni itiicrmiiMicb ivte tao llKaiiltbior. 14. ro lan^c man fchivci^t, fviuii man fiir ivcifo fldteii ; abcr iroiui man fr: in' lamer ^<:tbcit fdtcii. IV D <^au frracb : ^a torn, tor mid) flefiilM't ;u cnrcm .vaufc! id) r fibre itid>to an IUMI eiircnt dMiianfe, ibr tcrfrrcdu't miv rcnn (or cv fci tcnn , tan ibr mir i>cnvu\. cucb fiir mid) nid>t in Una.cimKb \\\ fcuon, iu\-b um mcinctuMllon cure Jlinb ;u mlcuen. 1<). ^a^e nicbt, UMireru UMOA '" fell nkbt fcn^en mrt brcnncn , fenreru Iciubton nnt ivanncn: cr iit fin Wcncr, Ten Airmen am Netfie iinfcr ^ret ;n ubncircn, nidu, ibncn tamit in-: Te^cn. 1^ mntbiij etcr fei't; bad cafler enttoeber friccbcut, 'etcr min. I 1 .-. jltnt) faiti^t , abcr lie Gutter fciiujt. The moon ives liirlit, but dor^ not \\;irm. Tho rrnb is nritln-r ;i \\>\\ nor an ainpliibious animal. l>nt n in>ect. The animals ran neither do fjood nor r\il. The o\\U <|. not <:<> out ly dayliirhl, but at night. He re '':it deal, lnt he >jM'inl> a u tleal too. I a>krd him three times to come, yet he did not come. The horse is already old, yet it ha> been gold dearly. The medi- cine will be of no use to me. I >h;ll Jake it ho\\i one >%as there but he. They drink nothing hut \\ine. It appears a riddle, yet it is none. An unfertile .soil Micks in all dc\\ and : yet (cclUUHb) it bears no fniil. .Men are cruel, I like an ansrel. The senses do not deceive, but the judgment de- Much desires man, and little. . 83. C. CtittSfifiri' They are ba(;cr, t tanini therefore, on that nrnmnt. Inm for, alfc, feK-jltit, cnnn ,, mitbir, ntly. I. (vr will nach (vn^lanr . ::m lerut tt cbnv n ^linn; r . nlr '. | oil id) tranen, 3l n ' uu ^ t mir '* >- ^^ ] tenfe. nnD mitbin bin ETYMOLOGY. 99 id) jb. 6, tefe 23irne ift nicfyt reif; foetid) and) nid)t 7* 9ftan fann leicfyt in ber eute SDRciuIer fommen; barnm ad)te auf 3lfle3, wa^ bit fprid)ft nnb tfynft 8. <8ei fyaftia, me, and) n?c bit aft Ijaft; benn feme 3lnl)e liebt, rcer aft fyajH. 9. ie drnt' ift nrie bte 6aat; brum was il)r fat, fef;t! 10* 3c^ tar ifjm guge* tban nut Xrene fpat nnb friif) ; e n?ar 511 fru^ : brnm fam bic Dlcnc fpater. 11. 2Bo bir bte SRaljrung auggc^t, gel)e ojefd)txnnbeft; benn bein SSaterlanb ift ba, wo bn SBetbe finbep unb bi4 woM kfinbcft. 12. SSir ergaen im SDhmbe ben JBiffen Srob; benn on jcber cite flopfte cms ^c^iff ber Xob. 13. Slcfyte I)ocf) bte ^irnft bcr $ebe; benn fte fd)Itd)tet jebe gefybe. 14. J)ie 5!Jienfct)en tragen (fyalten) tJjren Jlorper fe^r verfc^teben; bal)er fann id) einen 23e!ann- ten aitS ber tloj^en ^altog fciucg JlorperS erfenncn. Glass is brittle, therefore it cannot ((aft eS ftd)) be bent. The vine-tree requires a warm climate ; on that account it does not thrive in cold regions. This boy is inattentive, therefore he has made so many blunders. Man has free will, consequently he can do the good and avoid the evil. This tree cannot bear fruit; for it did (perf.) not blossom. This wood is damp; therefore it cannot burn. Every one is pleased with his cap ; hence there are every- where so many fools. It is cold ; for the windows are frozen. He is an honest man ; consequently he will not deceive thee. The physician has forbidden him wine ; on that account he drinks water. Thou humbledst thyself; therefore has he raised thee. . 84. INTERJECTIONS. They are chiefly act), ah , alas ! o oh ! et eh , pfut fi, fre() \voe is me, letbcr alas! e. g. (t irte fobon ift biefe SBIume! $fui trie fKijjItct) ift bag S^iet! er 3ager tobtcte ben SSolf. >en wjolf tobtete bo ^eiite tobtete ber Csaa,er ten >iefett SRorgen tobtete ber oa^or ben SBolf. If the verb stand in a compound U-MM'. tin- inflected auxiliary verb only follows the lir>t member, the rest of the verb (i. e. participle or infinitive) taking the last place in the sentence: lev r\iiiev bat ben 8ED rtet. Den 5Bo(f tt>irb tor ^a,vr rotren. $>en 2Bolf iritrbe bev terror baben. ltic icirb ber 3 terror l\iben. Diefen SKorijen tft ber $Be : Ik-nro it is si'rn that thr snltji'rt of the princi|.;il sen- tence citluT immediately precedet or fi||o\\> the in/frctt'il n-rh : e. g. W vui bvit niiih von mctiicit ricncru ^ctrcnnt, parated me from my .M-iv;inis. ,v> at man mtch IUMI mciiicit ricitcvn S als' niii.ir ' li\ f THE SYNTAX. ijetrennt? SDttd) fjat man Bint memcit u)teucvu . metnen SMenern ft at man mid) gen-curt. .(peanut IKI,: ntau attci) fccn metnen teucrn. If the verb of the sentence be a sepa- rable compound one (see . 5.), and if it be used in a simple tense (present and imperfect of the active voice), the separable preposition or adverb takes the last place in the sentence: e. g. (r fdjnetbet ben 3 W "8 &b , he is cutting off the branch, el)' beute nid;t an 3, don't go out to day. cr 3*aum ft el urn, the tree fell down. For the sake of emphasis, however, the separable preposition is sometimes left united with the verb : e. g. Sluft&at id) tie ^Pforten (instead of id) tfyat bie Spforten anf) nub fprad) gum SDurdjregneten : ran(j, al^ meinc^ SSimfc^e? Ueberfc^wang, alo Uetogang an^ bet ^ad;t ber @orj;en 5 um grenbcmnorcjen. After the conjunctions unb, aBcr, aflcm, fonbern, namltd;, oirttceber, ober, benn does iwl follow the verb, but the subject or also an object of the sentence: e. g. (r bcr= fpracfy 511 fommen, aBer man (;at t(;n batan ber^ittbett/ he promised to come , but was prevented. (r tranf ba^ affer, aBer ben 2Betn Hep er fle'^en, he drank the water, but the wine he did not touch. . 86. Attributes either precede or follow the sub- stantive to wilich they refer: e. g. mS franfe Jttnb, the sick child. SMefe brei 23iicl)er , these three books. )er ^auf bcr 6onne, the course of the sun. S)er @o^n fce ^ontgg, the son of the king. If, however, the substantive to w ; hich the genitive attribute refers be emphatic, the latter precedes the substantive, which, how- ever, loses its article: e. g. 3)e3 $ontg3 babe t hit i it b cr Z tab t ^cfchcn. I >aw him in to\\n : 2) the completing object ufft-r the adverbial triitft i lit s^c in liter '.Vi i I eb , he drinks milk in Mimmer: - U) the thing after the person: c. she got wet from the rain: 5) th<- plan- ft/'fcr the time (vr ftn.u je^e^ Sonnta^ in ^er Aircbc, he sini:- at diurch every sunday: 6) the manner uflt-r the other ad\eilial ob- jects, and sometimes even after the completing object: e. . hat in b i e f c r SB o c^ e f I ct j~? t jj gcarbcitct, she has been \\orking industriously this \veek. Obs. 2. If the object of place , however, stand in a <-nm- pleting relation *) , it follows all other object f tccfc bad JBndj in bte Xafc^c, put the book in your pocket. Obs. 3. If several relational words relate to the predicate. the pronoun precedes all other relational words: e. L tfyn ijeftern, I saw him yesterday. Among the pronoun.-, the personal precedes the demonstrative, and " eo " every other pro- noun : e.g. G5ib mtr ba^, give me that. <^ib ec- tbnt, <:; him. With personal pronouns, the accusative precedes the dative: e. g. 3^ wH ^ n ^ brin^en, I \\ill bring him to thee. If the object be emphatic, it nl'ien tnke> UK \ery last place in the sentence, in the principal as \\ell a> in (he accessory: e. g. 3d) fyafcc gcfd;irit\int \\\ alien llobolr tfyatcn, I have been silent to all misdeeds. fyofft ^abc auf bicfctt I a 3, bee I hoped for this day. If oh/rets be dependent on a supine, (i. e. the infimlne with ju), tliey nlways precede the I fen rtflen Stunbm ftct; i ;u \c\c\ ^ K'rammnr," pag; 117. . 169. THE SYNTAX. 103 avoid showing yourself publicly in these first hours. (3d) Bin) nicfyt jung genug, fcor o|en nttd) 511 net gen; unb Sro| nut $ro| ju Ban V gen, alt genug, lam not young enough to bow down before idols, but sufficiently old to subdue defiance by defiance. 3)er Sftenfd) I;at *-etne eigene uft, Sprofefyten 311 madden, people have a peculiar plea- sure in making proselytes. If the object be expressed by an accessory sentence, the latter generally occupies the same place which the ob- ject would occupy if it were expressed by a notional word : e. g. 3d) toar bariiOer, ba er fo fef;r gem ad) fen mar (liber feme roie), erftaunt, I was very much astonished at his having grown so much. (r unrb un3, fob alb er umber gefunb tft, bcfiicfyen, he will visit us as soon as lie is well again. Should the accessory sentence, however, contain the principal notion of the whole thought, it follows the principal sentence: e. g. 3cfy mar baritber erftaitnt, bafi er fo fef)r getracfyfen tear. . 88. B. Construction of the accessory sentence. The construction of the accessory sentence thus far differs from that of the principal, that the whole of the verb comes to the end of the sentence, the inflected verb taking the very last place : - 3nbem ber 3ager ben SBoIf tobtete.... 2fl8 ber 3ager ben SBoIf getobtet f)atte SBenn ber Jtnafce ben 33rtef abfcfyretfcen nmb 9tactybem bte @onne aufgegangen mar Obs. If three verbs in the accessory sentence follow each other, the inflected verb is often placed before the others : e. g. 28 a3 bu tntr fiinfttg mag ft 511 fjinterbrmgen fyaben (instead of^u^inter^ brmgctt ^aben mag ft ),.... whatever you may have to report to me in future . . . In accessory sentences, separable prepositions and ad- verbs are never separated from the compound verb : e. g. 3Benn ber Jtnabe ben 93rtef fyeute abfcfyreibt, if the boy 104 ( nxsTKUCTIOX OF SENTENCES. copies the letter do-day. 9U3 tor ^oro fricfcn an fain, when the messenger armed this morning. s. l-'or tlie siKe of cnif)/i(/\i.\. ho\\e\er, the M-parahle pre ;on or ad\erl> i> soni'-tiiiies si-purutril from the compound of the aecrvM.ry M-nlem UVtllt^ VOll NT : fid^ loa.cfaa,t, cb' fie von ibin fub faa.t i\ . instead of: cb' fie foil ibin fid 1 * v-crratbiifct) h In the accessory sentence, the lii/Jertetf auxiliary \eih> fein and baben are frequently omitted: e. -. nid}t ^Uleci, fca foieiuT ini lliu^liiit miv qoHicbcn I did not lose all since such a friend in my mi>forluncs ha> remained, ^uid^cin irir unS crfviutr (batten), reiften ivir ireiter, having refreshed ourselves, we continued our join i, If an accessory sentence -jirecetle the principal, the latter begins with the inflected verb. The I 'ence l)cino* merely a member of the principal one, the rule is here applied that after the first member of the follows the inflected verb: e. g. S)a eo ivute Uton ijt, tucrfec id; and; auggctyen, since it is tine to-day, I >hall go out. BBifytenfc c0 regnete, ftanben irtv inner, whilst it was raining we stood under. ( s "be tu famft, iv a r er fdicn bier, he was here e\en before >on came. . 89. Accessory sentences may be known by the sub- ordinative Conjunction* with which they be^in and which indicate the relation to their principal sentences. The following is a list of them : alo when, than, as jc . . .ceuothe . . . the ivanim why auf ^a}l in order that im g-aQc t e uvf^balb wnei ale ob ^ .- that ivabrci^ whilst il^Clll whil>t ivcil becaii>e, \\hilr nad^cm after uvmt when, if oba! UH'itii j^I-. ntil .it although ivcnu and) | although ca when, as obirobl ( ivcint fduMt f :i if UMC how, as ^anut in order that fobdlt !:- as soon as in ivic fan in IIONN iar falk' in ra>e that ..and' ho\\rvrr ivic . . . au(( hw jc uadi^cm according mi^cad'tct notwith 8B standing ivic ivobl tin THE SYNTAX. 105 roofern C .. n?o where roo^ut whither rco \ l linger whence Obs. The sentence is also an accessory one, when it begins with a relative pronoun: e. g. 3d) nwg mcfyt, roer fcfefen SJJorgcn fyier getvefen ift, I don't know who was here this mor- ning. as ift fcer -IRann, ben id) geftern fd)oit gcfcl^cn I) a be, this is the man whom I already have seen yesterday. )aS ift SBaffer , n> e I d) e id) wd)t tvinfcn f ami , this is water which I cannot drink. . 90. PREDICATIVE COMBINATION. SUBJECT AND PREDICATE. Subject and predicate are expressed by the same forms as in English : e. g. >er are alrcad\ \\a\ermn. (v$? Ivult : 3 in nil, oo brain: eao s .Vt\cr, the >lonn i> how- ling, the sea roaring 1 . . 92. The logical subject i> IVcipicnllv represented. not as on act ire subject, hut as an ultjecl of Hie actmly asserted, the \erb aiimiii: the impersonal form. Such lo- gical suhjeels are indicated: 1) hy the tfatirc \Mth the \erhs ijraiton, efdn, fclMvintoln, traiunon, t'linfon and vibnon; by the accusatire \\i(\\ the \crhs lnuu]cni r turfton, frtcron, fd;autjcrn, -crlaiuini, ^oliiftni and jammcrr. ;aue mir i?or tbm, I have a horror of him. ( ; c lumpen itnD turftct micts I am hoth hungry ami thir>t\ : - 2) by llu accusatirt' \\i\\\ the verb ^cbcn NN hen it denolo c.rislcncc e.g. oinmal einen ;)iioUMi, ther.- iee a giant: 3) by the yc/titire \\ilh the \erhs bociUMi am bramtcn: e. r. (v lilion "an" fN\itl the dative) after mancjcln, foblcn, i^obrcduMi : < r cblt an Gaffer, ^ater is \vanling: 5) by the j)n | lions mil and um in many peculiar e\|>reiou> : (.-. g, tfl 3iid)t3 mtt C trait, force is of no a\ail. lim mcinc giltC 3tat>tY how tares my ri)(d dt\? . 93. The subject is frequently expreed by the ///- nitirc. (e. g. I; an be In iji ioicht, tout ; ) as as by the su/tine (i. e. the iuliuitive \\ilh ;in, the latter generally taking the last place in the - hil>t the pronoun U e3", as a grammatical >nbjrcl . nct-iipie> the place of the subject: e. g. (^ c> in oino ^^olluu, oiuon Bitten ju fcbon, it is a luxury to see a good in . 94. A/J'irtnalitnt and ^'cijnfuni HIM in English b> j,i yes, noin no, utetu not. Tin- rtlatioual word u ja". however, i^ nl'tcn u>cd \Nilhin a sentence \\hich may be either alVirmative or ne^atix* the thonjrht t'lii/t/mtic. T^o points are lure to lie di>- THE SYNTAX. 107 I tinguished: ) "{a" has the principal accent and I is used in a conditional or imperative sentence, or also with I the verbs muff en, follen K. ; it then enforces the possibility I or necessity of the predicate in opposition to something I not presupposed or expected, as: 5lBenn et ia laucjnen I foflte (@r tintt) ntcfyt laucjnen), if indeed he should deny. | @ei ja ijorjtcfytig. Saffen ic ba3 meincn 5l>ater ja ntofyt I merfen, be cautious. Don't let my father observe that by , any means: b) "ja" has the subordinate accent indi- I eating the thought as something already known to the per- i son addressed ; it then gives force to the reality of the i predicate: e. g. 3d) Bin ja firtna, but I am Skirina. I 3tyr eilet ja, a(8 06 3()t gliigel tyattet, you really hasten as if you had wings. Obs. Double negation is only made use of in popular language and in poetry: e. g. Jpoffart tfycit nic f em GJnt, haughtiness never did any good. A double negative also takes place , if with the verbs iHTbtnbcni, Dcrbiiten, ftd) in Sldjt netymen, crlncten, roar* lien K., which in themselves already express negation, a substan- tive sentence is connected, as: Ottmm t)td) tit 9ld)t, baJ3 bid) t)ic 8iad;e utd)t Derberbe, take heed that revenge do not destroy thee. 1. >er Xag fcridjt an, unb 50?ar^ revert tie Stnnbe. 2. 3?alfeu frad)cu, ^f often fti^5i, genfter flirren , Amber jammern , Gutter irrcn, Xl)iere uMinmern uuter Xritmmcnu 3. y>dj flage md)t, wenn man mid) vcrflagt; id) entfacje, tvo man mir erfagt. 4. 5D^an^e 5)^en[d)eu l)aben in ber linfen .&anb me()r 65eiMitbtfyeit unb ta'rfe, aly in ber recfyten. te werfen, naljen, fd)retben , effen, Bammcni mit ber linfen >anb ; jte (inb linf^. 5. SBag ftfaSdpq nicht lernt, lernt ^ant> uiinmerme^r* 6. Unfrer 2)ic^tnng c^mucf fct bte SB I)ett, unfer Slngbntcf bie Atarl)ett, nnb bte Se^etfternng bte feber imferer Sc^reibefeber. 7* Unajanbe ijl fdiwar^e ^lad)!, glanbe eine 3 a wber(atente. 8. 5D^ein efdjaft ifi 2Biffenfcf)aft, unb mein SScruf bie g-orfd)itng. 9. ftmi 9leif)en fc^e'ne gtynt ftnb eine 3ierbe fitr ben 5Runb. 10. SJlaitf* unb 3 un 3 ei ^^ben jtnb fcfele$te Artegs^elben. 11. ;Der 33eft^ ift em SD^ortjentraum, nnb ber enn etn gerrinnenber c^anm. 12. Je^t bin id) erroeft, envaijl unb verivuftet; mein Aieib ba^ ^eib, meine Aammer ber 3 antmer ' ntcin . (v- ncu in HIK- ric tmime tor ^latur. 37. (vo Kinft ibiicn alley iuMf nacb. 3. Ive- utrbt i^cr (^liict: tviinfcbci^. 39. (vo licbt tic ^i'clt, ^a? 2iraMci^c ;n !\bivar;cn, unb ^ay (vvf)ab'nc in ^cn tanb ^n ^tcbii. 41). (^ nubt s ^lllc, ivclcbc tic ^In^cn often babcn. 41. (ve iu tort cine fl .vun^crc'iiotb. 42. (s : o rcgnet 43. (>o ivirt bentc ^ctan;: tan^t tut bier ^nt. 4.V (vc- cfclt miv ror r Htivintelt nttr. 47. Wir ii'r ^\\\\ aiitcve ^i s .Piiit:\ **\ (^ jeiu Ariete. 4<). Tao tiinfr mir tocb ui gr&l tir, Tan icb ;u fcblecbt tir fei, fo tiiutt c m ^H ^iit. iTcr Tatir foivobl alo tcr ^Icciti'attu jtcbeii bier in roller (vintracbt nnt vollfommencr (vinbeit nut ter a.rammattfebeii :Kcii: tocb ^rifcbcn bcitcn ill cine? ItiitcrfcbtctcC' Acinbeir uidU lafu erfaffen von ctitcv ^>efeue ^Ul^emeinbcit.) 51. -vente traiuutc mir, id) fiicbtc tich in cctitcm Dimmer aiif. 5'J. iVi; nieht iiacb tern tbenern Vobn. 53. (v* libcrlanft micb ! A^iein ctler Acltberr, ten tec* ^Inreo jammen. : vcdan^t na^ mcinen I'icbcn. 56. (vo v]ibt nocb bo'fe (^ctficr, tie In Q3ntft fid) tbrcn SBobnftJ nebmen. 57. ^lidu cnvcy 58. (vy braiu-bt ber SBaffen nidjt. 59. (vv vbrifrt an mana.clte an ^Ulcm. 01. 9In ^licbcnt fcblt'y, ten (^eiu ;n nntcv* batten. 0*2. "sft'y any mit (vnren :Kanfii; nnt miibfeli^ Tina, inn nnfer Vcbcn. h4. (<; nt cin unt cincn ^dnva'iuT. 05. (vy Hi niibt ratbi'ain, ^llle-.- iray (vtncm in ten ^init fommt. liti. (^.IKIU bic $ant cin ^ctduMt ter Arennti\'baa. 07. ^miner tabeim ;n bocfen , :: irocfen, nnt ta ^crtienu teo :Vianncy uoctcn. bt ^n tbnn, fei tir raniiaen. 09. Triicfe ten . ;n fdMtcll nidu ab , ter nimmer ;nriicffebrt: (sMiicf ;n ranbcn iu Ictd^t; ivictcr;n^cbcn fo fdurcv. 7n. (>:- iu ein rerbrcnih. in, IIM* tn biu; ^an; tbnn, wa t'n r. fei bii :bl reten iu cine .Qnnu, in iu\h grder. 73. ivy ift nnanftai:' du-ntcn iv. ;inmal ein , ffen, (^otr ivn'ndnT. unt nm ^obannti' am (Snaflen. 70 . .n utonucn. 77. Ter 'Snirm THE SYNTAX. 109 war. geftern am fjeftiajlen. 78. >er 53efnd) tft tmr fjente am an* aefte&mjIeiL 79. >eS #imme(3 gngungen finb immer tie fceften, 80. 2>a3 ift bet unfi SfledjtenS (recfyt). 81. 3&r wart fo garten 911* terS (fo jmta,). 82. 2Bir tfnm, wa$ wnfereS SlntteS tft. 83. >alt .fieri ! ober bu Mft beg ot>e. 84. (r tft fcon Slbcl (abclig)* 85. 6ie war ntcfyt on 6tanbe. 86. (r ift in 93ertea,enfyctt. 87/6r tft nicfet bet 3innen. 88. 6aa,' tftm, er ntc^e ja balb fomnten. 89. D, tbnt ba$ ja. 90. >a$ berife ja ntdjt, 23atcr! 91. r ftcfltc norf) SBa*. c^en an fctnen $allaft, bamtt ja 9Itd)t^ baraus entwcnbct wiirbc* 92. 3^t barf id) es ja fagcn: beun jcjbt ftnb 6ie ja itufcr. 93. (3 tft ja faum eiu KitgtnMttf. 94. J)cn f;aft bu ja uerfcfyirft. 95. ($ faint ints ^flcn (s)tetd)e ja begegnen. 96. ^ter mii6 !ein 3 wa "9 ntc^t fein. 97. C^5 ift fetn Scbuee nicf)t; e^ finb feme @d)Wdne. 98. Petite guft Don feiuer ette. 99. Mc$ ift $artct, nnb ntrgenb fein 3iid)ter. 100. J)a^ bteputirt ibm 9ltemanb nid)t. 101. ^nr Initct (fnd), bag 30r mir nid)t^ er^iet. 102. 2Sa3 f)inbert mid), ba id) nid)t eine fcer griincn dmnren ercjreifc, nnb jte, n^o nid)t (ntrent A>a(^, bccb (s'urcm Oiiicfcn anmeffeV The wind is blowing. The birds are sinking. The clock is striking. He is playing. She is dancing. Who is coming? Is that true ? Who are they ? To bathe in the river is dangerous. To drink much wine is injurious. To be just is commendable. To err is human; to forgive, divine. It is dangerous to bathe in the river. Kings are from God, and it is a sin, a folly, and a madness to struggle with his appointments. It is madness for him that is free, to put himself into a state of bondage; and rather than bear a less misfortune, to hazard a greater. There are people. There was once a king. There are some nations. There were women in your Arab's fortress. Is there such de- pravity in man ? There is. so much infelicity in the w r orld. There came into a bookseller's *hop a very learned man. There arose a mighty famine in the land. It is dangerous to sleep with open windows. It is a hard case for a philosopher to be tried by fools. It has been freezing. It will thunder. Methinks. Aleseems. Are you giddy? She felt (^n Slflntfye fein) very strange. Yesterday he was dreaming. He is not desirous (Qetiiften) for it. Our assis- tance was wanted. So many words are not required. Water was wanting. Wine will be wanting. Books were wanting. The ass was sick of the spring; sicker yet of the summer; more sick still of the autumn; and sickest of all of the winter. This tree is an oak. Our naval strength is a bulwark to the nation. Man is but a shadow, and life a dream. They are brothers. He is a hero. She is an heroine. I am of opinion. All of us are of one mind. He is of good cheer. Is he back ? The storm is over. Is the cook in the kitchen? yes, Sir. Is the boy in the garden? No, Sir, he is not. Don't you (ja) forget it. You ex- pect him? but you know (ja) he is ill. A pel's German Grammar; 3d edition. 10 110 I'RKUK \1l\K (inilUN \ . 93. When the subject i> expressed by a sufist mi- tt re accessory se/ttnicr , the latter has Hie eonjunctions that, cb whether, or a rclatirc :irt'\Kbc ift, taf; hi arb;: ^nu^cu nucbc'':, PI '.Jicbeufaib ; cr iut ur, ift mir inibcfanii: :f; Nt aiKjefcnimcit t rfKircu, 01 Ton Arointf, cb tib I s en isucr iVfl lUtbcbron. T ^c]t llKarft frcllt. ^cr fct i^cfafu, Tau man r: belt mil* cbicR, UMitoo ffl ..btbcit mi: .511 fvrccbcn, abcr (ivcr) nichtv ^u favjcn, ^ofclMvci^c rccbt \\\\ i^cfalli^ ju faijcu weiil, ift ciu Uu^cbil: i-cr u\i^t. nuicbt fobvano ; irer vt^t, ^cbt leer auo. 8. iisi* tbn bcrett macbt , bin. tic Sttttgef iLu-r iMcl wan, InU incl 511 That he squanders money is known. That he is modest, pleases me. That he will soon recover, is doubtful. That the suprenn Being may be more easily propitiated in one place than in another is the dream of idle superstition. \Vho he is. i> to me imknoun \\hat he is dointj, is not known. Whether he knew the modrn liiiiU'iiajjes. is uncertain. He who will not li>ten. nm>t feel. lit that would know himself, must look into him>elf. He ili.< slave in the town, is a kind of petty prince in the country. . 96. Active, passive and reflective forms of They are, generally, made use of in the English. In German, however, the reflect ire form frequently employed when in English the aelise or p;< form is used. a. The reflect ire form is partienlarN n>el . \\}\< intransitive notion is to be expressed by a transitive verb: e. g. )te @'ttO b C U? C $ t fieb, the earth i> mosini:. Sonne SOrfinftort ficb, the snn is darken- fit lit fid; bor terofccto ^allafl, the d< Tilling. b. The rellertive form is further employed. XN hen the transitive notion is represented as /iassire, bill wilhnt af/cnt being under>t(Md. as: O.^aiutorloi to lift fut boi ten Morten, many things may he imagined by UK ^e wrd>. foln madden f i ct) leidJt Iniiuorfclii, out of b> THE SYNTAX. Ill slippers are easily made. SSftag ftcty'g entf d)eiben , trie e3 trill, may it be decided as it will. Obs. Instead of using the passive form, when the agent is not expressed, the German language very often employs the in- definite pronoun m a it with the verb in the active voice : e. g. )em 91 ad) [ten mujj man fyelfen, the neighbour must be helped. 9ft an fyat mid) fcmt nieinen Dteneru a,etrennt, I have been separated from my servants. As in English, emphasis is often produ- ced by using the passive form, the same is attained in German simply by inversion *) : e. g. The wolf was killed by the hunts- man, ben SSolf tobtete ber Scicjer. The following verbs are never used otherwise but in the reflective form : ftcf) fdja'tnen to be ashamed ftcf) racism to refuse nnmbern to wonder begeben to happen frcucn.to rejoice getraucn to dare befleijKn to apply oneself crbarmcn to have mercy befliutgen to be satisfied ercto,nen to take place befinnen to recollect ero,ebcu to surrender entfd)tieJKit to resolve vermcffcu to dare entftnntn to remember iviberfe^en to resist nnterflefyen to dare erfitfynen to embolden oneself By means of the auxiliary verb laffen, the German language forms, together with the reflective pronoun, a peculiar passive form, which represents the suffering as something intended, or at least permitted, by the sub- ject: e.g. (r lajjt fid) fcetr>egen, he allows himself to be moved. 2)a$ lafit jtrf; I;oren, that may he heard. 1* >aS (Spiel beg Sebeng ftefyt ftd) I)eiter am 2. )te (frinneruncj belebt fid) UMCt^er, an$ ter Seele Xicfcn erf)ebt fief) t)ie gottltclje e- ftalt 3. SDic $f(ait5c fc^rt frcufcitj fic^ jwm 2t<^te 4. -Der Singer bttunt ftc^ rot^. 5. (sin laftcrt>oflc$ i^eben biigt ftc^ in Mangel unb ifttiebripna 4 6. er ^often fanD ftd) in ber 9lect)intn^ 7. ^for* ten banen ficl) aug griinen ,>injeigcn, nnb nm bie Sanle ivinbet ficfy ber ^ranj. 8. (vine nciie Orbnifng ber J)tnge ffi^rt ficl) ein. 9. J)ie li)rannct begufigt fid) utc^t, i^r SBerf nnr ijalb 511 tl)nn. 10. 36* 11 Seftnnt (ncl) emc SSeffern. 12. 3Ba3 (>at ftc^ *) The construction of the sentence is said to be direct or straight, when the subject precedes the inflected verb, as: >er SBuIf tofctete l>en Siifler; but it is inverted, when the subject follows the inOected verb, as: t>tete ^er 'H \ i I\ K ( MMIUN AT10N. :rao,cn? 13. (vr ivin^crt nob. 14. ITVCII. 1(>. (MHO rni\blaiubtia,fcit lant or rich ncuucii. 17. x Vb lane mi eh uubt balten. is. ^onn. UT altc UntcrbanNcr, bat iub ia tiivUicb ivtcNv blutVu Uffon. 1 ( . (^ :mmca,lub '. Tern AVtcMubcn joivabn man ^mi tei Jl. r :. ^ibcl lief; man ibr, ra \vv; \\\ I' c Menu : vmtt ibr fi'inni ClmiMlt. '23. -vcut uimnit man iiidu iron lor. The \vind has tnnifd. The \M>;ither is L r <>ini: lo < h;iii?c. The times are ch;mi;iii<;. I do nt (hmiLTc. \u\\ are to h.itlu-. I npproachtMl tin- N\indo\v. Tin- rf[ort \\;i- >prr;idinr. I lie sky is darUtM)iii. The ship is movini:. The door is opciiini:. The theatre \vill soon open. The key has IHHMI found. It may be questioned. The sky is brini: ro\rrrhamed. He i> not a>hamed. AVhy are you wondering? You are justly wondering. They \\ill be delighted. I am delighted to see you \>< -II. >1i>>. He is applying himself to the sciences. He is satisfied with little. The tov.n surrendered. Shall you dare to do that ? >Ve had mercy on him. Is that proper? This will never happen again. It is said (man frtijt) he has arrived. It was proposed I man) to introduce them as strangers in distress. I have been told (man) that late mar- riages are not eminently happy. Mo man is required UMV Cvvjcr. 34. Stud) ivir, id) nut tciu ^atcv uben jvl^ouc la^o. The father and son are in the garden. Hell and dr>t: are never full. Pride and cruelty never want a pretext to do mischief. Miirht and rijjlit are inseparable in the eyes of thr \\orld. Sa\ii)LT and doinjj are INNO things. Sorrow and M-\;(I tailed upon the whole race of mankind. Seriousness and /.eal in religion is natural to the Knrlish. 1 and >. that. I and the brother are united. Thou and he know it. ^ou and he are united. You and I are so alike, said the eel to the snake. The cavalry has passed the boundary. The government was in very despotic hands. A lame crovul was under the win- dows. All the world knows that. A couple of houses are burnt. A number of people were present. A dozen of apples ;ire hut on the tree. Those are bad soldiers that cannot bear the of powder. Are those our judges? These are beautiful flov They (e$) are the fruits of your passion. . 98. TIIK TKV In Hie following points, the German practice diO'ers Iron, that of the (i. In German, an absolute relation of time of th is always e\pre>sed by the jtt'r/'t'rf It'ifsr. though in | lish the imperfect be frequently em|lo>ed: e. #. >^^ Hn (uutrc betncm ^ruber bo^ editor, I met \oui- brother io- lay. s ^iann finb ic ru'iVn ^icr^on a u f c\ oft a n l>on '( N\'heii did \ou get up lhi> morniiiL i iiii Ibcatcr ^ctrcfon^ \N'cn you \\\ the lh< It. The j)rrsrtii l> ; n, t /,/_ hire. vNhen the relnlion of linn d> pointed onl in THE SYNTAX. 115 some other manner, by an adverb of time for instance; as : $alb f e 1) r' tcf) felbft jutiicf , I shall soon return myself. $8et ireifj, ttet ntorcjen iifcer un3 fcefiet)lt, who knows, who will command over us to-morrow. c. By the two future tenses is often indicated the logical possibility (i. e. probability) of the predicate: e.g. 3d) fyote Semcmb fommen: e3 toitb ber 2Btrt() fetn, I hear somebody coming;! t is probably the landlord. 3fyr tret bet ntcfyt tetlangen, baf; id) nteinen (Sib Bremen foil f you probably do not require that I am to break my oath. (&% iritb toa3 2lnbre8 toofyl bebeutet fyafcen, it probably signified something else. With the perfect of the passive voice the participle of the auxiliary verb (trorben) is omitted, when the reality of an event rather than its relation of time is to be ex- pressed: a. g. 5Me (Sctylacfyt ift gerconnen (irorben), the battle is gained (instead of: has been gained). )er 2)ie6 ijt entbectt, the thief is discovered. >ie 6tabt ift er- 6 e r t , the town is conquered. 1. 3d) rctfc ab f meiu ^ol)n. 2* SBenn ic^ irre, fanu c^ 3^^ r bcmcrfen; wenn tc^ lit^e, ntc^t. 3* (5rn)t tfi ber SlnMicf ber 9ta$* wcul>tij!eit.. 4. -^e^ SWamic^ 2Bert^ tvirb burd; $rufung kwci^rt. 5. 3d) l)cud)Ie mtt fciucm ^auct) ; id) taufdje in fcinem Xaufd); id) fud)e nid;t ^anbel im anbel, imb id) (nn in meinem SSaubel o()ue SBanbeL 6. aarflciit er5cil)Ifi bu etne a^c, rucnn bu bie flcinften Umftanbe nut anffiljrft. @old)e 6rjal)(er jtnb (angweili^* 7. 2)ic ^rammatif raumt ben Jlopf an| ; fte orbnct bie ^ebanfen' nnb mad)t ben Skrftanb bell. 8. lief im hmern p^r ift eine fefyr biinne ^ant tveld)e bag Xrcmmelfell I)eij?t. 2Benn etn X^terd)en, g. 33. cin g-Iob, He 5itm Jromraelfcfl fommt, fe eutftcbt im Dljre ein fo(c^e 65etofe, baf? ber 9}^enfc^ faft tra^nftnmg tmrb. 5D^an gtege bann (j(cid) Od I)inein. 9. O eun^e on bir nnr bie afforn 511 an^cln, CC' tricb tbn tcr Olr. ^labnut^ ,511 ^lncv^ii^ nnt Straficnbcfabrnn^, 511 ftrc: Tern rtricbcn, ivcil bier tic "s^^^^t Derjhid^cn, nnt fein Miobcu; cr fortcrtc tic 5lbfal'rt nnt ciitiiMib , lief? mid) nnt nabm mcin .<>cr.5 mit ficb. 30. "sd) trat 511111 Slbfcbict ;itm .ran, nnt fvrad>: ^ib mir tcincn Segen, frommcr \Viami! laf? ten lot tir ror Sdujcit ftcbcn; ivir ivcrtcn iniy bier nidu ivic* tcrfcbcn. ^Ta rcrlicf? id) ibn mit cincm Ibranenflnf? nnr cr^uf;, nnt tac< ivar nnfcrcr ^efanntfcbaft Scblnf?. 31. ta (Hcbircrt IUMI fid^ , cr ivar vcrlercn, ivic ivb e* iva'r, ivciu: cntwaffuctc. 32. iKocb cbe cr ^rantcnburij rcrlief;, battc tlib rcmmin an ten .Uoni^ cr^cben. 33. 3cboit ehiiae c battc cr tern A>cv^a, iuMi vllba nad) ^ranien ^e'Vbriebcn. 3-4. ten ill* it u Kb tanm aiio^cfprocbcn, fo bort' ivbo an 35. Ullo id^ nun vcrnommcn feincn ( ; :i;cn feiner. , i)iii^ Kb binaiiv von fcinem -van:', niebt fo roll v aly roil ("roll. 30. mir lan^c a,cricbcn tic ^tim ; cy ivolltc tcin Aiuifon cntfticbcn tern -vim. '37. .ftiiiifr ivcrten u-abru-bciiilicb, iric tic XIUv^I. ri:i\-b tic Vim a,eben. UMC Vlllcy foinmen iv roit Itngam iv: ncn, nnt cc- irirt nd> ron fch ?er .(Iranfv ;virt cr, HMO id' fnrcbtc, ^etban , nut HMy id) iriiir .lenft babe. I'alt i\b s .Kadn :oimiicn babcn) ivollen ivir feincn Vhii^oiiblicf l.in^fv I THE SYNTAX. 117 ttcrwetten. 42. (vr rctrb fid) flarftig erfroft fyakn. 43. 2Bo tie XI>at md;t fpridjt, ba tvirt? fra* SBort nicfyt bid fyclfeu. The child is playing and the nurse sleeping. She reads and he listens. Away he (the stag) scours, across the fields, casts off the dogs, and gains a wood. Out of greediness to get both, the dog snatches at the shadow and loses the substance. Have you finished your work now? Philosophers have made great discoveries in the present century. I have found a man who can teach all that is necessary to lie known. I was not at home, when he came to see me. A good woman had a hen, that laid her every day an egg. Did you see your friend yesterday? I did not mean that. 1 saw him in the street an hour ago. After the sun had risen, we continued our journey. Two months had now passed, and of Pekuah nothing had been heard. I shall re- main at home to-morrow. We shall not look upon his like again. I shall have left Berlin, before you get there. The patient, pro- bably, will have died, before the physician arrives. . 99. THE MOODS. In affirmative and interrogative sentences , the verb stands in the indicative: e. g. (Sr l)at tmmer 2Bort ge= fyalten; 3ebcrmann sertrauet ttym, he always kept his word 5 everybody trusts him. at er tmmer &Bort gefyal= ten? fcertrauet tt;nt Sebermann? did he always keep his word? does every one trust him? But if the affirma- tive sentence contain a thought the reality of which is merely assumed by the speaker, the verb is used in the conditional: e. g. citte er immer 28ort gefyalten, fo toiirbe i(;m Sebermann bertrauen, had he always kept his word, everybody would trust him. The indicative and conditional are, therefore, chiefly the forms of mood for principal sentences, in German as well as in English. Principal sentences expressing a tvish or simply an admission of the person who speaks , require the con- junctive: e. g. (gg fet, nne 3()r geamnfdjt, let it be as you wished. 5)er 5Kenfct; serfitofye t>te otter nicfyt, let man not tempt the Gods. In imperative sentences the verb stands in the im- perative: e.g. gltefye biefen Q3aum, fcleib' nicfyt allem, 118 I'KKPU ATIVK ( OMHIV \TlO\. unt) grate tYinc ^uru'ln urn iWiihTiiaotn, lice from lhi> tree, remain not alone, ami dir no roots at midnight. O/M. 'I he imperative has a particular form only for the st ton. If a command he addreed to a t 04eN o/'. tin- i-ntijiutt'tirc is u>ed : e. ;. X V:M ^cbc IIO\N let cvt-ry one 1:0 hi> v. her>elf decide. If in addres>m<: xune on le n>ed iikNti-ad of the xcrttfnl . the nuijttnrtiri' is employ d likcNvise : c. . c H 1 (vv fuh, >ii do\Mi. I rote 3 to mikr, mciu S\\\\\: f step nearer, child. x Ji c b nt c it 3ic ten rcMuffol, 111^ bo I en Sic ^ay rocumciit, take the Key and fetch the document. . 100. THE MOODS IN ACCESSORY SI.NTI:NCKS. A. The hid I entice mood. a. The iiH/ictifirt' i> retjuired in all tif/jcctlve ac- cessory sentences, u well as in those substantive seotei >vliich IIUNC the sinniiicalion of an adjecii inti- w'ly : c. g. Xa t'ommt tcr ^uilatin , tor itne b i- utii 15 1 o , here comes the palatine vh<> protected i: nod; niitt fa^cn, UMJ? lit thin JIM 1 1, I cannot tell \et >vhat I am going' to do. Obs. If, however, in accessory senten.-e> of this Kind the t be not a judgment of the .speaker, they retpiire the rin tirr. especially \\hen the acceory .sentence is referred negative ittdefhrile pronoun or to an iiifi'rr frequently u>ed : e. fti^cn, Tcr Nu> it it t c r n a b in c. b. The hiflicdtirc is further cmplo\ed in indicatini: relations of t it/if >r s/ttice: e. g. .Utnt^ iu\t irar fto, aL the yet a tender child, when \oii vu-nl. ( ; r ftol't, 1UO or Oorr bifoMon rann, lie inlrcal> ^hcre he can cnmmand as a master. ()b\. Still, in those ad\eilial sentinces of fhur h,i\ini:the conjunctions cbc and Ml, and if the time he future mi- THE SYNTAX. 119 tive is often used: e.g. 2DMbe ifym bte 9tadjrtdjt, e$e er jtc bnrd) 2(nbere erf a tyre* SSarter, bi3 er fomme* c. Comparative adverbial sentences also have the indicative: e. g. 2>u reb'ft, trie 3)u'3 b erftefyft, you talk as you understand it. alte e3, trie bu trill ft, do as you like. Obs. Those comparative adverbial sentences with the conjunc- tion alS (a[3 tfb, al tvenu) represent the predicate in the relation of logical possibility , or they express a predicate which is conceived with a denied reality; in the former case the coil" junctive is used, in the latter the conditional: e. g. (r fiefyt au$, af$ ob er in ber ollia,en Ucber^entjnng lebe, er fet err, unfo wo He e3 wn nur au efdfligfeff utcbt fiil)len laffen. i^ut/ al3 wenn i^r 511 cwfe nniret (r lieijt mir Dor ben g-ucu, al^ roar's em Stiitf on mir. d. The indicative is required in accessory sentences expressing- a real ground : e. g QjBeil t)er -ffeinb alle bofoi3t l>atte, fo foftete U;n t>tcfer S 43erfud; [cine because the enemy had occupied all the passes, this attempt cost him his liberty. e. - - The indicative is used in conditional sentences : e. g. 3d) Hit mtefyrt, tuenn une ber Siirfl entf ommt, I am dishonoured if the prince escape us. Obs. If in sentences of this kind, the predicate should express an assumed reality., the conditional is used : e. g. ($$ ware nii] in ber 2Bc(t imtentommen worben, wcnu man itnr anf ben 5^auc{ i^cfcbcn fyatte. However, if a conditional sentence have the conjunction U e3 fet bemt, ba|V or simply "benn" (witli the direct construction, i. e. the subject before the inflected verb), the conjunctive is used: e. g. 3$ f a ff e bid) ntcfyt, bit fegneft mid) benn (or: e$ fet benn, ba bit mid) fegneft). Unb fpmmt man ^tn/ nm (twa ^n erf)a(ten/ er{)a'It man WicfytS, man bringe benn was f?in (or: e^ fet benn, ba man wa^ f. - - The indicative is required in concessive accessory sentences: e.g. Dfcgleicb er franf tft, ge^t er boc^ ta^lic^ g, though he be ill, he yet goes out daily. Ofo. 1. Should the concessive sentence, however, not express a judgment of the speaker, and if it have either the construc- tion of a principal sentence, or the form of an interrogative 120 H \II\K < OMIUX \ ; ION. accessory smtnuv. the rnttjini, tii c i> id\\ays used in the formei case, and in the hitter. :< nendh : e. : >b bin let Mr, tit ictcu auch ni'cb >V revue. och ivill rich reiien, foil' ec- uineitf Veben. .:\T or fe i , or bat moiii -vor; en'reiit. H..\\,-MT in tin* latin case, tin* auxiliary \rrh in r vi i H in llir indi* atiM in>tf.ul lit thr i-onjiini-tix. ^uicht iff mciit, fie niiipon'r iticrovKMnctcii. O//.s. 2. If in intfn'0fjf/firr M-Fitniro of this kind, a judijiiuMit of the speiiker i> to lr indic.itrd, the i inlitdt i>> i> ( fU-n Ul e. g. 2i>ekb tiirKrcv \\inut aucb tui'ov -volm bet oet t, cr fain: 5(01011. 101. K. The conjunct irt' monI on tilt- M-nlc-nci' hciiiii' t-xtciitcd NNJthout delay. ira,}t 2 : t>af; ta- ^ofcM ^ioiit aiic^chTfi^t ii'ertK, mind that Un- order be immediately dispatched. Obs. However, if in suhstantive sentnicrs of this kind the same sime, represented a judgment <>/' t/t tlir iinlirf/five is used: e.g. o'" 1 '" ^ CIUI f luuMv], TaH eu noh cut* fern tr The conjnncti\e is parlicularly retjuircd ^licn th- slant irr scnh'Jicr is the object of a M-rh or hn- MIIL; thr M-n>e of the \erhs luiinMu'il, bonni and Qcbicton, ^erbmeu, orUuibon, rorrinu:' Sute of a Mihstanthe ^ith n similar M^inlicalit.n . \cbl, man ven iKonom un tor fu vt i\ order thai ne\> m tii!aiion> lc made. ion lin^on ftMTort or, taf; it^ni III (*KitoI aitCnioltofort lUOrl^O, aho\e all thin-> he de- inand.s thai l)n Chatel he deli\ered up to him. (M'laiibon nil >-,onifon irort o, alloin -oinolMiio unt bofra^o, permit me that Hi man he called, that I hear and qnolion h:; I, '\\\(* coiijinir! o required in ndtcrbial e\pn-ini: a THE SYNTAX. 131 bamit er ftetS 511 geBcn f;afce, just on that account he lends to no one that he may have always to give. $(dt gut, baj; bu ben $fyfel treffeft, take a good aim that you may hit the apple. If the predicate is to be specially enforced, the indi- cative is often used in accessory sentences which in them- selves require the conjunctive. This is particularly the case after the verbs fiitcfyten and fyoffen : e.g. 3d; t)offe, ba and; biefcS bir gelingt, I hope that in this too you may succeed. 3d; fitrcfyte, ftc fy a t bet tiifyne SKutf; 311 toctt gc= fitt;rt, I fear their bold courage has led them too far. c. When an accessory sentence expresses a judgment or question of a spoken of person, which is quoted by the speaker, the verb is used in the conjunctive: e. g. $8er ftmd)t tfjm a6, bajji or bic SRenfdjcn fcnne, ftc gu gcfcraud;cn to iff e, who denies that he knows mankind, that he knows how to make use of them? Sftan fagt, bet Jftoutcj fci angcfommcn, it is said that the king has arrived. (5:r anttoortctc, btcS (et nic^t tra(;r, he answered that this was not true. -Denft uid)t, bag fetn ^Jerluft mid; f^mcrgc, think not that his loss pains me. Obs. 1. The quoted words of the speaker himself are also expressed by the conjunctive, just like those of a spoken of person: e.g. 3$ fcbrteb tfjm, bajj id) in fccm aufe cineS fc^rgit* ten 9)^innce aufgeitonunen fci; id) fnc^e iva^ ju lernen, nnt> I)offe nut meincr efcl)icflic^fett itjm balb 9ht^en uub (I;re 511 ktngen. 3c() antwertctc, id) fci cin O^.9. 2. Should a quoted judgment be represented, however, at the same time, as a judgment of the speaker's, the indi- cative must be used. This is particularly done when the pre- dicate of the principal sentence is expressed by wtffen, fci) en, er^ fennen, kfcunen, crfafyren, beuwfen, and others of a similar sense: e. g. 3^ r wujjtet felbft, ba er *>wt 6inncn ivar* 3^ frfl erfemten, t>a|] mid) ^iemaub Ht, bag 9Wemcmb mid) tjcrfol^t. 2)a^ cr "betrcijen ift, fvinn er nid)t fefyen; bag jtc Setnigcr fin I), fann id; O^5. 3. If in a speech quoted, the relation of a merely assu- med reality is to be indicated, the conditional is used: e. g. (*y Bat mir jihtgft getrciwut, ic^ lag' auf ftetler ^o^' S3crcbc tid), id) tta'r' cin 2Baifcn!inb. A pel's German Grammar, 3d edition. 11 PRKDICATIVK COMBINATION. Ob.\. 4. A judgment or question quoted is particularly indicated by the inflict/tire. \\he-n the predicate ol 'the prim ipul \rntence rather than thai of the accessory, is to be emphatically e\pn e. jj. Bb H'crren balD cntferfeii. HUT 1Kb t v r t. (Nvfici'c nur, iva3 Mr am nicmcn half. Tit fa ,j toft fclbft, taji cr ton 11111011 war. If an accessory sentence, the \erh of which stands in the conjunctive, be connected with another accessory sentence, the verb of the latter also requires I he conjunct ire : e. g. 'JUic befabl cr un3, tir 511 mcltcn, 0* fei tfiu 3elMt C^CMr tor fte fente, thus be commanded us to announce to you, that it was thy son Don Cesar >\ho sent her. (*r foi Mor auf torn cf^Ioffo, Oc^auvton jio, unt ivonn tu ibu uiitt loggcbcjl, irerte man i(>u mit torn 3itirono \u bcfroieu triffen, they assert that he is here in the c OIK! if you did not set him free, they would know ho\\ to liberate him with the Obs. Should the second accessory sentence, however, express a judgment of the speaker, the itirlirfitirr i> employed: e.g. ^or alien ringcn for&crt cr, ^aH tbm ^u ftbatel auo^jeliefert Den cv ten Shorter feiued QaUN nennt. . 102. Relations of time of the conjunctive. When in an accessory sentence expressing either a sj> f/uotPfl) or the com/j/etinf/ object of a >erb of the sense of iri'mfc^on, furcl;ton, boffon, cjobicton, i:orbioton :c., or a jjur/josc, the predicate stands in the conjunctive, the relation of lime of the predicate is not referred in the time which is present to the speaker, but to the time of the predicate of the principal scnleiH' Int fto or. mid) mit Imom Iroflo, tor .Kaifor babe tiesmal foino 3ctt, and they dismissed me with the; empty conflation, llial the emperor this once had no linn-. itte, til'; trou coll^ijon trorto, I heir its beinjr faithfully executed. cg jrteben^, aU ju ctncm untcr= briicfenben unb tcvbcercnben Jlrtcge bci^utragcn, thus it was to be expected that the nation would far more readily con- tribute to the maintenance of peace, than to an oppressive and desolating war. b. in those adverbial sentences connected with the conjunctions c(;e, fciS and al3 ob (al3 tt?enn): e.g. 2113 tra'rc ber @ieg fd;on erfod;ten, itberlie^ man ftcfy etncr to= bcnben 5tot)licl;l:eit, as if victory had been already obtained, they gave themselves up to a mad cheerfulness. The indicative: K >ie uuft ift Jang, nub fnr$ ift nnfcr Sebeiu 2. 2)u fpridjft cn 3 e i^' bit rergangen ftnb. 3. 25a* ifi itnfre ^td)erl)ctt 4. ^at man fyter 511 Saubc bcnn fetne l)ab' eimat(), fcincu ^crb unb ^virc^e? 5. 9hm l)ab' ic^ mi^ gcmftbt cin 3ai) r Jang, iinD bag SBeii ift geriicft fein ^aar tang; tc^ ritttlc meine (getaurVn au^ bem 6d)lnmmer, nnb fie wcrben nur immcv bnmmcr. 6. line a,ab ^erijuiigen, wie er auolegte feinen Strain, nnD (nne) italjm 2Bunber bie g-rci^eit, bte er ungegebcn na^rn; wir fpra* d)en: SScr bift bit? nnb wa ift, ba bn brtugft? nnb wol;cr bein (itntritt, cl/ bn (inlajj cmpfingft? (ST fprad): S^ag ic^ bin, ift eiu &efud>, nnb wae id; bring', "ift ein (Befnd); ba^ (Sefyeinmi^ be? 9iotJ)fianbe0 ift cffcn, nnb barf anf bee 55licfe? g-ftrfvrad;e ^cffeiu ^a^ id) aber bereingetreten, el)' ic^ warb bereingebeten, ba gefcl)ab nac^ bc6 ^rl^wutt^ &organg: ba bte Xl)iir bcr ro|3mntl) ift obuc JBor^ang. 7. SBcnu co gliicft, fo ift e^ anc^ ^erjie^n. 8. Dn bift tterlcren, wcun bn bic^ ntcfyt fc^nell ber SWac^t bebienft, bte bu bereft. 9. 2Cao 3^ r ^ SH berenen ^>abt, in (fnglanb fcib 3hv 134 PREDICATIVE COMBINATION. nicbt fdv.ilMo,. 10. ?te ire it en Mo (_>v'Vbenfe mciiier xfiebe, trie arm ".nf. Ninim a,erina, nid't ad'teu. 11. Tn fraa,ft nad> rtno.en, Me rir nidn gcgiemen. 12. &* ^iordomimi ttwt, fac- tbnn fie aiub. 13. x Vb tviini jcKt mvb itid't faa.cn, ira ub tbnn irill. 14. SB iraniTc , ivc Kb iralle, freben liiir Me (Center fra. !.">. I irirft Mec-mal uccb t>ein altc* xHmt renvaltcn, ii^ef? ivir bi>;v n <^cuba'te treibeiu U>. ^alt> febr' ub felbi't jiiriief, fie ^ifiibren, ivie'v nieiuer iviirM^ iff, mil* ibv iiel. -t eiu alter /velMcr, ^ill"> cr nicln ' ^tf (viiiMinfeit , ale- tie hvfellfcbart utcbt. 18. oit'o rcint fo notbi^, taf? or iub eiitfenit? 19 uicbt von ibm, ^v^H cr ttcl) jc^t CHtlajfcn fell. '2(1 "scb borfe, tau ru nud> ittd^t reriVbiiuibfr. 21. "sd) fiirdue, Cberu guttler, man InU mit (vncb cin fcbltmmcc' 3 rid ^etriebeu. -J-J. ^J-et'"? ue cc teiui, t,v ^efoiiuiteit bin? 23. obr (ebet, irtc inein s .Kamc ^emtfUuMiu-bt iriit. 24. ^ub nible, ^af? meiit -Vvif; rerulMriiiret. 25 t beirabvt CO, raf? fie ^abrbeit frviebr. 2(i. x Vb irill rcr^cffoit, irer i* bin, iniD U\K ich litt. 27. ^a id) ivabrbaftia bin , irao id> rcrnuL ivober id) jtamme, bab' id) rir verbor^en. ; ne rain, t ntdu. 29. ,Mvin IHcnfd; PiTnuiij 511 |'ajcH, ob cr ;mb: T// Coutlitional : 30. 2i>aYC' ii'.o^, isuer ? battc mit iun'bcMd)t tabin treibcn irollen? 31. Tn n?5r| wcfcu? 32. v ^ann batr' id) ^ac' ijcirollt? HMIUI Km' i tban? 33. (sviftfreunMtd) batte tvn^lai^ fie emrfvin^en? 34. Kittc Kiiu]ft erfabren l-cnnen, irer ^er frcmtc -vcrr ill. 3" ^lt roabr i^circfcu unD cjcri^c, XHlleo ft mire anTercs er batte nid>t frac 3dn'cct'iid)e i^etban; Tie (SMI ten batten .draft bei ibm bebalten, nidu in Der ^vblad)tcu (sJarn irar' cr Befallen. 3a'tt' id) nimmer ticfeu Ia^ ^cfcbcn! 41. AUMIU mer 3 tab! o batt' id) nimmer mit rein ^b; . ce nie in frchteu ^irei^en, bcil'^e (vidu\ mir iV 1 . tn nimmer mir erfd)ienen, brbc .)>iinme!c4oiu ; ]in ! 42. rad^tcn OUIe , ivie id< iu^ ^br! 43. ^er mit (vncb irai^crte, mit ' fte! 44. Vlllev fiMintc Client niir ciii f^lubcy rid '"ein. 4.">. u\irc id) iu ten Ztmn ^efiiufcu. 4(i. ^ic elenD battet "sbr ten ftMinen ! (vner -vano irare leidu rou (ssnuit' any ab^cbrannt. 47. eit ^er ,^cit ift mir'y. ale- irare ter .oimmd mit ciiiem ubirars Alor iiber^o^eiu m^ bnuie bernnter b; !; ircini id) aiu 'Vllte. HKir ancb, m^ :: Kb nidt ivobin. 4l>. (Mire ^crfbbnnn^ irar ein n THE SYNTAX. $u fcfynell, al8 bag fie bancrfyaft batte fein foflen. 50. SBar'e nid)t aue.ieb' fur ben SBaflenfrein, bcr g-erbtnanb fyatte nn3 nimmer be* fontmen. 51. (*r fragte fo anajttid) , ob 3^ r nic^t erfel?rt roarer. 52. ae wa'rcn He $lancten, fagte mir ber gitfyrer, fie reajerten bae efd;icf. 53. a fd)rie id) ben ,ftned)ten, fyanblid) glt$tige$en, big ba n?ir iuu* bie Jelfenpfatte tauten. 54. 5lfle $amilien empfan* ben biefen Scrluft tyrer ^offuuna,, ale wcun fte ibn unrfltd) erlitten batten. 55. nt rotteft btc^ nut bcit fvcttenben, unb fvotteft bent bid) auorotteuben ; al^ bielte bid) nicl)t betm @c^opf bein Der %w\fy a,el)t ber in ben ^fubl, unb fa'|V er and) auf c^olbncm tul)l. 59. SJlenfc^en un'irben in ber (S5cfahr nidjt umfommen , foniDcrn SSecje bcr Otettiuiij auffinbcn, u>cnn fie Qtiftedgegcnwirt bcfa'feen. 60. ale l)iiffe fein 3lrbcitcn; arbettc, ale pillfe fein 53ctcn. The Imperative: 61. ^liMiimt an bie Slrbcit, fcnmil! 62. SBlctbt (vurem ueiten ftcrru getreuer, alg bem alien! &ommt! S^crfvrecl)t mir, bie ^anb gebt mir brauf, baft Jl)r fein 2eben be= fdn'i^en, wnjcrlcfclid) woflt bewaftreu. 63. ,,^0^1, fri^ ober fttrb!" faijt man 511 bem, ben man in fewer Gmvalt fyat. 64. @d)eret duc^ weiter! 65. 2Cuf, 6iH)nd)en! tel)' ivie bein JBater ftnnb, unb mad)' beinee ^erjene Secjeftren fuub ! 66. (Start SJiunb fagt man oft SDtal, 5.^. in bcr gcmeinen 8pred)art: ,,^alt bae 23RI." 67. Q3ete tcr bem ifymt bee 6d)n?cren , bann t^n' c^ mit 2uft. 68. >ier nimm I)in bie d)ale guteu Oiatbt' unb trinf 5 fd)Wad) madH 3itjjce, fta'rfe bid) am Bittern. 69. ^emiibe beinen greunb nid)t obue 9Zotl); bclaftige iBn nicfyt mit 511 ielen 9lftr&(jcn ; ivo bu bir fcl ber fyelfen fannft, uerlanije ntc^t $lnberer iilfe. The conjunctive: 70* er 2?ienfc^ erfud;e bie (Si? tier nid)t, unb be^eljre nimmer unb nimmer jn fe^anen, u>ae fte ^na'biv^ bebecfen mit (nad^t unb ranen. 71. 2>cr eble DJienfd) fet I)iilfreici) unb gut; nnermubet fcfyajf er bae 9tii^lid)e. 72. efefct, e^ fet, mie 3l)r i^en>unfd)t. 73, ott fitf)le beine Dhibcftatte! 74. 5>te SBiifte, bie id) burd)n>anbre, bcne^e, o ^immel, ba fte mid) let^e, nid)t serfejje. 75. 65cttee 9^ad)t ftii^e ben Dttc^ter, bag er ba $ed>t fd)u|e. 76. 2)er 5D^eufd) erfafyrt, er fet attc^, irer cr mag, ein Ic^teS lucf nub einen le^ten Xag. 77. l\t Iat fid) von ber 3fnft rciffen; bit fc^Spfeft 'brmtten an ber 5fle g-ltiffen, bn fd)opfeft an bem Ditell bee Sid)te. 79. (Sin 23olf, bem bae a,eboten irtrb, tft f^recflic^, ee ra'cfye ober bulbe bie S3el)anbhntg. 80. SSte fe()r and) (^ner Snnree unberftrebt, ge^orc^et ber 3 e ^ 81.JDod) je^t bleibt mir jn anfe 9lt$tS, was mid) erQi^e. 82. 5\i ftojjet Fein 9tad)eu PKKDICATIVK COM HI \ \ T I n \ . vom fluent 3trant, ter ibn fc^c an IMC- acuM'ir. S3. Tcr fcffir, tail aiKb UMC- unti tac XM:- / nidu ffir VI lie. f . ivo cr bleibe, nut ivcr ftcbt, tail or nidu fallc. s '>. ;:,luc< abbantcn t'oinin.. " .t'a.ir ilKanu ta* JeiduMt a,ebc. tttttaen, tail "semant a.efonncn fci, foiu -van* ^ s . ^orlaiKic nic, baf; alien ^dumeit (vii: 89. 2i>aclu\ ^aH from (vifer fiir ^av (^nre nulu einublaK. ^achtc nicbt, ^af? eo niieb ntciiie :){ubc t\MK\ ( .M. llin >u [ ocniai^ tort fct, bort mail oft in rev Uni^ii^uMv tbut ilMH fcin Jabit mebr ivch." ( J2. lint amurentcu, ^af? ^emai^ uarf. o^cr febr erfabven tit cincr acb; i"et , hort man oft i:> bat -vaavc an? i\'ii Jabnen/' ( .J!J. Alebt (sSott ait, iv erleiiibto. ^)4. ^liinni Did) in lUcbt, ^a^ rich Me :Kavbc nidu vev: ?ac- rcrlu'itc Tor alljcrcchte Center niiTcr la^o, raf; \o\ luii^ fci in joiner i s 3e(t. ( .)(K ^scb ^cbe ni.bt motn ^a , r ubebc. ( .)7. (vr oilt betnt init forgci^cr eele, ^amtt cr nidu rerfeble. ( .)S. Ten \verft ntir in Me -voile Tort, ta'~; or ;n 9 >\leid) inn'^ebo, nnD tbn moin XHiuV niebt ivoitor fobo. Ifti^' an, Damit ibr'o vllle iviffct/ 10,). Jbr ajanbt, ror ^ entfe^t. 101. ftraa,t man, ivober tor vconnc .viinntclvfenor flanune ' U)'2. $$M m n|l icb fvaa,ni. ob, iva mir bea.o : ]net, nicbt oin iranm= bilt fci. 103. CO lana,, ob fnr$ tao Vebcn foi, UMO fiintmort'v i: '.biiMiiton in tor :Kacljt bed fatten* r5en. Cb id) bcrloirct foi, ob naoft, n>a^ gcht'o mid) an? Ter lot tecft anf tie -yiiilon. bit iMiMlciu 1(14. .vento nnn criiof; !ul> tor :)ioto ^rnnft fiber Die ^vetcfiinft, itnt cinmiitbi^, cinmiintivu ftammelton alle tie bior rerfammeltou JHittcr tce< ^du'eibetieleo, nnt ilKetucr too ,{nn^en= UMoleo, ,511111 2obc tor _>cit, tor ^er^an^enen , nnt jui ncit an^cfaiu]enon : tail tor alton SHrifto Khav tftrfc bicton tic ^pifjc, nnt foinor jei.U in Cft nnt SB [* nnt biuiolfoft, tout foin :)io]l nic banme, nnt tor ten Mattel nic ranmc. 2Ber brccbc iu\-b none ^abnon mi: cnon :nY wcr fo'nnc ftd) mit ei^enon . iiuuten nnt biv: u'cmtc ancsnrftnofon? 105. (vini^e bobanoten, eo ^ebe in for ^uUnr ^ar Feincn locrcn :Hanm. KM). s Ji l er ta ibm oin Torn im IHn^e", tor fann iniob nidu Icite;:. Mi^cn, man miiffe anfborcn ,^t cffon , ivcnn ti iVbmocfo. ION. Ariet. ; tor 3duilc fo crnft nnt antadui^ ta, taf; man nidu mcinon folltc, or fonnc alber: abor man fa^t: ,, or babe c binter ten Cbren." 109. rann uboll ta:- .in ^fant foi rorfallon , n. lion. 110. Ti; ^.uinte foien iicbannt, fa^t or, nnt . tern iradifc K:. Lenten , ::!ni|lrofle :iidu mcbr feme foi tcr ^ THE SYNTAX. 127 112. 9iiw fpftrtc 3ebcr jinn erften 2Me, fra er nicl)t wijfe, tta3 er u fagen I;abe. He came too late ; the ship was under sail. Without a friend the world is but a wilderness. Is he come? Has he written to you? This tree bears fruit. Caesar has been in Britain. He speaks the truth. iMen are mortal. The bird can fly. You may remain at home. Have you writteif ? Were I not Alexander, 1 would be Diogenes. Oh that I knew where I might find him. I had rather hear you than dispute with you. Were he but here. If the boy were industrious, he would learn more. If he were dead, what would betide of thee. It seems as if he had forgotten it. He acts as if he were mad. Were the bat a bird , it would lay eggs. It might be difficult to persuade him. I had rather elf. Get you gone, you rogue. Be quick. Be attentive. . 103. ATTRIBUTIVE COMBINATION. Attributes are expressed by nearly the same forms in German as in English. Thus we have : a. The attri- butive adjective: e. g. filter Skin, old wine. Q3tttre $)tonbeln, bitter almonds, (gin mage re ^ferb, a lean horse. >er tolle 4;nmb, the mad dog. b. Attributive relational words: e. g. SMefer $38ein, this wine. 5ft ein $ferb, my horse. 2) ret (Sotytte, three sons. 2BeIcfye ilrfact)' gefcen fie, which cause do they assign. c The attributive genitive: e. g. >er lei beg (Stiller 3, the industry of the pupil. 3)a td;t beg 5ftonbe3, the light of the moon. er greunbe G'tfer ift'3, ber mid; git runbe ricfytet, nid;t ber g>af} ber getnbe, it is the zeal of my friends that ruins me, not the hatred of my enemies. ATTRIBUTIVE COMBINATION. //. Tin' f/cnilirr /' (he olijcct*): e. jr. ^ .t{ i U tor ^from : Winter onieK'll), the education nf children: lor ^eiMn'er too ^ n it e o , the ar.llivr of the book. rer Cvtanto an (* e n (from: an i^cit teuton.), tin- thought ol (iod n ait ^vi v i s , the j"!:nie> in I'iiri>. Tor lanf fur mcino ?S ii K,llir lluuiU.> I'm- my trnuhle. <'. The su/iiiic n> mi iillrilmle : e. Arniti\ ttit >ll folUMl, llu' pli-UMirr nf >ri-iiir yo siou in attack. /'. Preposition! iii>tend of tin nitiNe: e. jr. T( w kl ^ u u ^ a r i ? , the >iluatinn nf ildv >nm ^iutof i: LMI .UiMiftan^ 1 am i:(iiii<: tt Hit- bihnp nf Cnii.slnnee. Tcr tmtoftc : o u nicinon (Vroun = t)Cn / the nin.st faithful nf my friend>. lif (or nntor) ton 3dni(orn, the fourth nf the pupils. : o n iinoV >vbo of ns? //. Sitbstu/tticcs hi apposition: e. o. ^ilbcim, b 0V (v V C b r or , William the Conqueror. Silly, (v n o r 1 Ht r &cvt, Tilly, \our la>t support, oln* trnnet ibn , ton 2fluU'fi % r t'uhtor -Oooro, you know him, the creator nf bold armies. //. Titles and appellation* of affinity: e. g. -Oovr Wtllor, Mr. 3Iiller. leorcr ( ; \iu'c' ^orlcntn^en , l>r. (Jail's leelmcv. tfdifor ^arl'v -Oocro, the armies of the cmpemr Charle>. If appellations of jncd<;?trc. weiijht :nid ?nitnttcr b iicrted >vi!h a substaiilive follow in^, they are also to he enn>idered as allrihules of the Mibstanliu- that fed!- >i!(h they ure not declined: e.g. SSit tvoi S |HMV three pair of >!mc>. '^on ;iroi I nuont (Morn, (d't\\o of ''viiui mir oinon Jtrn^ ^oin, brinir u "f N^ii.'. 9)iit cilior ???01U]0 .^tintor, ^ilh a great number of children. ()b\. If .. itn r< .miration of an indefinite pronoun, il M;r in the -;i:nr CHSC a> thr other Mik-t.in- dr. -lined ;i! ;ie nut iveieben Jpaarcn bid)t bennid)fene $ant ber l)iere nennt man i}en?o(mlid) $el5. 7. >er 23ar fyat einen gotten, bay @d)af cineu ircllitjen ^3cl$. 8. (T fyat em qnecffilbcnte^ cfytnte itnb etne eberne @tirne. 9, (v ubcrficl unfi ein filter in ber alnie^menben ^raft, gefolflt Dit einem 39^t im jnne^menben aft. 10. llnb ber 9Ute t^at feinen rujj ivie ein gcroanbter (55efanbter, nic^t ivie ein fremb ^er^eraiutter. 11. 3*Jlein S3olf! bie ^acftbett in ber fatten 6tunbc gcb' inni ber ftrmutfy eudj bie bej^e ^litnbe. 3 U fd)licjjen anf bie innerfte (vmpfwbnng ermcgt i()r an^ bcm aujjcren ^efnnbe. 2)ieg aufjere l^eib ift nnr ein autlerft fteineo ror'm dutKrftcn in metne^ .>>cr5en mnbe. 12. (sin 3latbfel: @S ge&t etn uuDerniinfti^eS (S)efcbopf gcfiiln't Don htnb'ijer ^>anb anf fatten fttad)eii, nnb fein . ijcfpaltner $uf britcft 6pnren ein, woriiber SDenfer fid) ben ^opf ^crbrcdien ; nnb wcmi's anf feincni (5>aiu3e bnrftig n>irb , triinr't man fcawfcbcn e0 an cjriincn ^dd)en. 13. 3)ie 3 l ^M"G e ^ lcl * &cr$cn ift Die fidjcrfte JButijfc^aft nnferer ci^enen mpralij^en SBfirbc. 14. (^el)' nut langfamcn Sc^ritten bcm Cite 511, ivo bit g-rennbe anffnd)ft, nnb mit [d)ncllen, ivo bit Xrcfi 511 bringen I; aft. 1.5. ^id) fclbfl bcfa'mpfen, ift ber fd)ivcvftc $tit$ ; ftd) fclbft beficgcn, ift ber fcfyonfte iciv 16. 9lebmt mctnc -s^anb baranf, mit 2lflem, unty id) bab', bin id) ber (ynre. 17. 3n nnferer ^erberge ift Oiid)t alS @trcl). 18* I^crfclbc Jlampfplajj cr^ciujt benfelben s ^lan ber ajcrt&eibiguna, biefelbe 3 ll ^ ucl ) t ^cr Ser^wetfiurtg. 19. (*y finb ber JBolfcr breu 20. Unfer finb nnr 3^ci. 21. >n fcnbcft mir ber 6d)iner$en xncU 22. Unfer (yiner mu ron inelen Sorten s 3Jicnfd)cn leben. 23. 28ie met finb ibrer? 24. ^ie, nod) ber a'fte mcI)rV 25. 2Bii* Ijabcu fo ber gutcn Jyreunbe n^cuiij. 26. (y fei Qeniti] ber ra'nel. 27. ^ier ift meineS SSIetben^ nid)t 28. 2)er grojUe Winer 63rojjen fit()Ie fid) burd) beine ^paub gecl;rt. 29. ^erwei^'re nid)t G3erec^tii3* fcit itnb 63nabe bem ^e^ten beine 23olfy. 30. C?r tranf (C^tivae) bey 5>3ad)e^. 31. Sie nal)inen (einicjc) ber g-rnd)tc be^ Sivuibce. 32. (i)ott aflcin. JBetnaI;c ein 3^^' ^laiim cine 2Bod)e. Ohtr JBrob. 33. >es Sinven 6ta'rfc. 34. )er ltntcrtl)anen Irene wauft. 35. 9JJan tvirb bad Serf ber 9tad)t jertriimmcrn. 36 (S^ fd)itob ber 6tnrm beg Seibeo, eg grub ber 2fturm beg Dieibcy, nnb ber (iinfad ber Unfafle brad) fiber beg lucfeo @d)it>e(Ie. 37. ^ic^t v^teid) ifi bag 2oog ber Seligen nnb ber Skrbammten, ber trenen nnb ber ungetreuen ^Beamten. 38. 5lrmntl) be^ eifteg ott erfrent; ift unfereg otteg liebfte od)ter. 42. )ie frofyeften <8tnn* ben ber" 2Renfd;en fmb in 5tnbercr ^3(fief venvebt. 43. g-olcje nie 130 ATTRIBUTIVE COMBINATION*. bcm Watbe tee etolje* ofrer NT 9iaclmtcM. 44. er OUtcn 3Utb, t oW" ^ lMt ' ^ cr Banner IKutb furt alUeit ant. in .via. _*(>. rcr Gutter ibr .ttlci: tuna ibr em ^cluff tit or ;it i\\vlu 1111 "Heon- finhina, tea 6d)ieppult>er6 ifrom ^M. 1 '. rctntimg allcr flrafte. .")<. rnrdi XUbfdweih'... 51. rcr (vrbaner ter taM. 5:2. Tic iriercrboli \\tcit filer feme ("eroalt (itd) fiber (vtirao bcutvocrcn). ."> ncr;t tcincu Wlaiibcii an tc\\ SLVauu ;n ft. e^ ffir ten ^liivj^iiuv 55. Vvif; rou Iro^ ar.' >aoM, ten tcl; ouf ictnc ^iMcbt. 5(). Tor iHorlru^, ibni \\\ :>7. Tic ^ittc, ^e^ vnt alsn;iebi: C' ^11 ricncn. 5 ( J. !Tic .y>offiuui^ nabn't ^^, ibm iu\t rid ncibcr auuiiV'borcn. (JO. \T .Uolof? roil ;)ilu^uc>. (>1. Ivr bat ^vU' (ssificf von iaufenbat gfflrfintet, 62. ;Die (frobtntn^ IUMI .Uatix. (>3. Cs l iibrti^cn fu^ co Vcntc rent altcn (^Uuibcn, nicbt flit^ ivic ric 64(augen, ^ocb obnc Ao.l'Yb ivic Me lanbcu. t)4. Tie I ron ftarfen (snuraiifen, v v ^. rom ^cin, ^rannnvein riei^cM in rn ni^ ubiiMcben co. :Keineo Irinhraffcr hin^e^en nnt nir (sScuiif? IUMI s Ji\ibnnu^-niitteIn ftarfen NK (^ebr. ^er -verr roit 3achfeit, ^er ron ^aicrn, tcr rein :)(bcin: fctD ter reichfte. ()(>. Tie .UiMu^in ron ro^britannint. traf;en ron ii'icn (or ^ienv). ' OS. ^et>er ron Ticfen. ()9. Reiner ron Dillon. 70. s -^'er nnter ^tefen retcbt vin nnfern -v \. IMH O^ann ron Qlnfchn \\i\t ron (vinflnf?. 7*2. (vine Ivifel von farmer. 73. (vin Avibr^euij ron nn^ebenerer (^rofiC 111^ fcltcncr ^anavt. 74. -oeinricb rer' iu\^lcr. 75. ?litf tcr -vodscit nieineo ^uiMvUn .s^crrn, tec ^faU^Mfcn. 7(). o ^ l " Aabdlebre ter ^1: ron einein rieltorfi^en Itiu^ebener, cincr s Jlrt ScMaiifle. ircKbe man ^irra nannte, Tie ^tete. 77. ^nn> (vn^cn. 7S. ri^cr ? 1(1 v ^ater ^u\iK SI), (v^ ift rcr blnt'a,e 3d\uten ; .irn* lcii\ 81. Wit ,u>ei 8 d^cffd Kfiffcn. M\ ilVu urei O.Vau Ce!. 83. Jeter bat fiinf ^aar ^iftden ^elaten. 84. (snMinc tbner. fra* (etf$en ^Mut. S5. ricfe \Mrt dn. S6. (vine none Olrt .(torn. IMH ^aar tfubti^e I'liite. 88. -Vabt Jbr cin * n ab. 0erannt? He is ;i \\JM- man. Wise books ;n the only true friends. ljr>ih* thr fruitful shorr of muddy .Nile, upon ;\ Minny hank. oiit.stretehed l;iy, in inoii>troii.s lenntli, :i miulity rrorculilr. A and straiU miui lu-nd> only in the |ir(j, r ,-l of IIMIII: IILMIII. Ir youth alone, nnhiippy mortals li\e; hut ah! tlie inii;hly hh jui.nti\e; dixidonied Mckness, anxious lahour . I and death > incxomhlc dm. The hroiher of this hoy \\rot<' a leltei to hi> mother On the Hinimil of that inoiinlaii there, stands a hou-e, round the hnu-e you >ee many In <-. ;nn in that liou-e d\Nells n man x>ho kindlv THE SYNTAX. 131 t Many of the prisoners are innocent. The light of stars. The ! Gight of birds. The prince's garden. The father's house. The throne of the king. jVlarius was an implacable enemy to the nobles. The creation of the world. The oppression of the poor. The trust in providence. The joy at a happy event. The w r ay to be happy is to live according to nature. There is a time to sleep and a time to wake. My cousin, the miller, is very unlike his brother, the farmer. The soldier, a Hindoo, could not understand his officer, an Englishman. Alexander the Great. The deeds of prince Eugene. Mr. Wood's garden. The house of Mr. Hall. \t last Dudon, a French knight,, undertook the deliverance of the island. Plato the philosopher. Cicero the orator. Ferdinand and Isabella, rulers of Spain, recovered the great and rich kingdom Df Granada from the Moors. . 104. Adjective accessory sentences. The adjective sentences are connected with a demon- strative adjective pronoun which stands in the principal enteiice and is either expressed or understood , and in the accessory sentence by a relative adjective pronoun (ber or rodetyer). The relative agrees in gender, number and caso with the substantive understood in the accessory sentence : 2. g. u fyttctyft son 3citcn, bte (i. e. toeld)e 3*iten, nom.) :ercjancjen fhVD, you speak of times which are past. Obs. The demonstrative is expressed in the principal sentence ;only when the attribute contained in the accessory is emphatic : p. g. eu hi bier jiefcji, baS ift ber (that) ^arl nidjt meljr, fcer '.u Vffialqi turn bir Sibfcfyicb naljnu The predicate of an adjective sentence is often expressed an adjective or participle without any inflected auxiliary verb, the relative being omitted; it is then called an ab- breviated adjective sentence. In English, they are made use of much more frequently than in German: e. g. (>int> te nid)t unfer btefe @aaten, biefe Ulmen, mit iftefcen um = '^ounen (bte mit Oteben umfponnert ftnb)'? Adjective sentences can be abbreviated only w r hen the w^ord in the principal sentence to which the adjective sentence refers stands in the nominative or accusative. Obs. The adjective sentence is frequently, not only abbreviated nit reduced to a simple adjective attribute, the participle or ad- ATTRIHUTIYK ( < M HI N A T I O N . jective beini: tlini declined, tin* rclalise and ;m\ili;iry \erbs omitted, and the \\hole. together NNith the tth frets d-pendin<: on tin- par- ticiple or ad|ecti\e, in>erted fn-ttrrrji the t/rfir/r (pronoun or numeral) and the .\ub.\f //nfir? to \\hich the attribu' Thus the sentence ,, Tic (NH'tbcil , II' c I ib c I' 11 I* it -V 11 ll it c it a n : 1 b r c it s ^ o b it i" i u c it i* c v r r a it ^ t ir c r r c it w a r c it , nub* ten mb cine none .vctmatb," is in \\- (ihhi--ri it it it c it a it c t b r e it ^ o b it f i {\ o it v c r * Maiuit, fiu-btcit ficb cine none -vciinatb;" hut tin- \\liolr of tins adjective M'Mteuee reduced to a .simple adjective attribute h,i> the follow ini: forni : Tie r o it I* e n -v it n n e it a it c< t D b n * it rei^rdn^tcu Cootbcn fitcbtcn nd> cine neite A>cimatb." ^ lieu the luljiH-live sentence e\}ii-ees ;m individual attribute* the relative tor, t)ic, ba^ ift n>nl ; hut >Nlieii il expresses a generic attribute. ivoUtcr, ivoUto, irclcl employed. However, instead of nvelclvr, the relative tor (t)ic, ba^) may be used also: e.g. lev ^inn, ton ic^ nut mciiuT (vbcli bclobnc, nutf; oin -inn fcin, the man >vhom I reward vilh my Kboli must he a worthy man. (MU (^cKblcclu, trclcbcc (or to a 8) toanbern tiJtri nut bcr 3cnnc, a race which ill \\uii dtT with the MIII. Obs. 1. Hence also the relative "NT" is invariably emj when nn adjective sentence UMM! snhslantively .stands in appo-ition with * personal pronoun : e. :. x \ib, rer td> immer ^enei^t n>ar, nut altcrcn ^crfoncn innutiicbcn, bin^ ba^ viu tbin. Ivr lvir^ itnd 'Jllle, He ivir an (oin lud befcuuu futr, in fctncn Aa(l binab;tcbn. Obs. 2. The generic attribute is often indicated by a .\huila- rifi/. in \\hich case "UMe" is used instead of irclcbcr, corre- , sponding with the demonstrative [oUbcr in the principal .sent* If "folfbev" he not expressed , a ))frxuiml prouonu is ai connectrd \\ilh 1 MIMC": t'. JJ. ^011 fold>011 jeiu ^cbant ivcitcit, bat man fn'ibcr s jiubto v- '-i v .u7 cut Vlitann \\vti ciu SiNiDerftvii^ , UM e tbn fctn ^l(ictlid) V. Oh\. ',]. When the adjecti\e sentence i I oi an altributr, a tltunylit of tin- .\y^v//Tr , \\lnch >tauds \\ith tlie principal idea in a logical relation, the relati\e r r inu- used, and not ir c I d> e r : . 'aniiit rie ,eit nubr, rt. inciKit i't hvcil no ^cinciKit tu). So ivott ]cbt iKioiitanr, fccr i nntf? (ivoitit cr ittcbt If after an appellalinn of /octi/ilt/. tiinr or >h<>iil(l follow, in an R< iitcnce. n relative THE SYNTAX. 133 pronoun connected with a preposition indicating- some relation of locality, time, or manner, the relative adverbs too, foa, ttann, al, rcie are used instead of the relative pronoun: e.g. Jtennft bu bag anb> u? o (in bent) bie 3toonen biitfyn? Know ye the land where the citons blow? O fctyoner ag, toenn (an toelcfyem) enbliot; ber (Solbat ing eben fyeimfefyrt, in bie 3ftenfot)Ittf)f ett ! o fair day, when at last the soldier returns into life, into humanity, v0 fetyr tear man in >$\vetftl iiber bie 5lrt, Hue (auf tr>elct)e) ber fttieg geful;rt wetben follte, so much were they in doubt about the manner how the w r ar was to be conducted. 1. Jdj fafge ftern bem ebefn 33eifpiel, bag ber Jiimjrc ajbt. 2. ($ ift ber Stern, ber meinem Seben ftrablte. 3. )a fommt ber *palabm, ber nng befd)iii?te. 4 2)iefer SDJouarcl) ebrte ibn bitrd) ein 33ertraiten, rcetdjcS fiber feine 3 a ^ re C UI H* 5. fiinber, n?eld)e etnen Jyormunb Ijaben, I)eigen DJliinbel. 6. emetne ^dmcfrst*/ weldie auf 5)Mrften ibre ^lunft auofc^rctcn, nenut man 3^nbrecfter. SDafoer bte Dieben^* art: ,,(^r fd)retet cber lii^t n?ie ein 3al)nbred)cr/' 7. $Me $ant ber# jcmcjen Xbiere, weldje man ^1115 abftreift, oljne fie lumber aufjiifd)neu ben, ober Don folcfyen, bte ftc^ l)cinten, nennt man SI^. 8. 2Bic ift betn 93erfa^ren ge^en bte, bte nut bir fabren? 3 C ^' fyradj: J)en Un^iitt^en fuc^' tc^ bnrd) lite 511 begiitti]en ; id) bin a.efafli<\ bem llngefcini(jen ; flefcflia, bem Ungefefligen; fd) crtra(jc mid) mit bem, ber mid) betrii^t, nitb fa^e SSatjr^eit bem , ber 1ft gt. 3d) be^ rat^e ben, ber mid) erriet(), id) fd)abe nic^t bem, ber mid) ftbel be^ fc^ieb* %dj retofye I)ei(enbe0 SSunbfraut bem, beffen 9taa,el mid) irnnb frant; ic^ ent^iebe ntc^t metne ^ant bem, ber ftc bant, nnb ic^ laffe ben gnten s )?amen benen, bie mir t'fyn nabmen* 9. JBon einem 3DJen- fcben, ber cift nnb OJintb ^)at, pflegt man 511 fagen: ,,(fr bat >aare auf ben 3a'bneu." 10. )odj ic^ |)abe gefc^woren bet bem 5lbel, ber mit itn ift cjeboren; bet ber G:bre, bte nn$ nte gtncj Dcrloren, e-ljer 511 fierben, al^ mit bemiitbigen 5Jiicnen, ungromftt^igen jttnt Spctt git bienen. 11. (r ift ein SDiann, ber me, vpag er flebant, gcrftort, ber fte()t jiat auf biefer irb'fd)en 26elt, bie felbft nic^t ftat ftebt. 12. 2>a ift bte SSoIfe, bie SBeiefyeit regnet, unb ben ;Dur|iigen, ber fie anflebt, fc^net. 13. (B ift ein Setter, ber on fetter Seibe mid) ertretbt, unb mir basi ^>au erobet meiner 23a'ter. 14. SSeb' ber 5lel)re, bte nnr taube Corner into,, tuenn ber err gebietet feinen 6d)ntttern. 15. 25 a batte fid) untjermerft unferm teiS angef^toppm ein rete, bem au^e^angen fc^ien eBebarrnntj, nnb eingegangen ba* fiir drfabrnng; er war nne ein SD'lann, ber l)ort nnb ftefjt, n>a itm tbn i]efd)iebt. 16. ($.& c^ibt nur emenSlbel, ber miter aflen Solfern c^ea^tet wirb ben 9tbel be$ ^erjenS nnb beg 95erbien)ieg. 17. 5Reu* fc^en, el(^e trunfen finb, reben o^ne reiflic^e Ueberlegung nnb r>fme A pel's Gennan Grammar, 3d edition. 12 134 OBJ. COMB.: COMFL. OBJL< :;cbivort: Intufiicr 2Jhwt> rcbct au :ntV' IS. (via Kbo'nc* .vane, l\ic von ciiicm gn ten unijcbcn ift, lio^t in Tor iViirii vans, 'ron ciiicm ^uM~ hmir. kings who govern the states niu.st take care of the we!l-beiii_. the citizens. The kings that we consider happy are tho>e that arc loved by all their subjects. The kings lo whtnrtnnc. A pleasure shared with no one is but half a p!ca>uiv. \ \\ord fitly spoken is like apples of gold in d shes of nKcr. Of t wishes that they had formed none could be obtained. This a temptation the country-mouse was not able to resist. But the Being, said Nekayah. whom I fear lo name, the Beim: which made the soul, can destroy it! The place he had chosen foi hi> retreat was the monastery of St. Justus in the province of Kstmuadura. . 105. OBJECTIVE COMBINATION. A. COMPLETING OBJECTS. Genitive object. The genitive is governed : a. by the following mtransitive veil adjten crniangcln lacbcn Derfebleu bctiirfcn errodbncn ]cn rci\^c|Jcn begcbren nfcn fdjonen wabrcn brand)en gcnicfjcn n?altcn roatyrnebmcn entbc^rcn geroa^ren irartcn mtratben barren irctten THE SYNTAX. 135 Obs. In common speech, however , the accusative is more ge- nerally used with the verbs bebiirfen, be^efyven, braucfyen, entbefyren, envafyncn, geniejjcn, pflegen, fdjonen, serfeljlen, aergeffen, roafyrnebmen, tt>al)ren, warten (to foster) ; the preposition a it f with the accusative after acfyten, barren and warteu, and the preposition fiber with the accusative after lacfyen, fpotten, rcalten* b. by the following intransitives of the reflective arm: fy anmafjen jtdj entbloben fid? ((etroften , annefynten entbredjen riif)men , bebtenen entbalten /; fcfya'men , befleifien entfinnen iibert)eben , (befleijjigen ) entfd)Ia^en itnterfanc|en , begeben erbarmen , nntertvinben t er frecfyen , uermeffcn , bemeiftern erinnern , tterfc^en , befdjeiren erfii^nen , n?abrcn , be jinn en ern?ebren , iveii^crn , entauj^ern fren en , unutbern Obs. With the verbs ficb erbarmen, jic^ fren n, fid) fdjamcn, fid) mnbcrn is also used fiber with the accusative with fid) entfyalren, the preposition on, and with ficfy befinneit , and ji^ freuen the preposition aitf with the accusative is used, by which is disting- uished., however, a particular signiG cation. c. by the verbs eg geliiftet mid;, eg jammert eg tenet nttct;, eg lo(;nt ficfy. With eg gcliiftct nuc^ the preposition nac^ is also used. d. by the following transitive verbs which, besides the accusative of the person, govern the genitive expressing a thing: anflagen belebren bcrauben bcfdjultigen entbtnten entbeben entlaben entfleit>en entlaffcn loefprec^en ma^nen ftbertft^ren uertrcfien entfejjen Obs. With entbinben, entblojicn, entlaben, entlaffen, cntfletben, entfe^en, enttvobnen, loSfprecfyen , nberfiibren, iiber^engen, rerjtdiern, the preposition on is also used; with fcertroften , auf with the accusative; and with walnmi , an with the accusative 136 OBJ. (OMB.: < MMl'L. OBJECTS. e. by the following r////Vr// K^r fleiraytio, i'tuj rerlnflig benr: iV'iiMfi mure roll bnvinV geo6ni fatt :cnf funtio, -l^io, wurfrig fabiij Ictifl frob iibeir gcivafor loo .\btifl O/y\. With the adjectives ft-ruMbr, iVMVobitt, Io$, mil and ivertb the acrn\ntiri' i> now more commonly used. \Vilh ^enM|"; , leer and roll , the preposition v on , \\iih Mhi^, ; it , and with frob, liber with the accusative. u i*oll" is IIMM! \\ith the aeeiksative only when the object i> not connected vuth an attribute: e. jj. ^cr ^cutcl tit roll (^e^. Ivtit ^citcr voll ^ctn. Frequently too, t>ofl takes the ending "cr": e.g. ^ic ftul> roller The ycnitire has heon preserved also in some poniliar o\pressinn> : e. g-. (vincn t> o o ^ a n b e 3 octtt? eifen. o^ lobe Dcr Coffining, ganger 5 [tcrbon. I o -; tobefl bloidjcn. (Sine^ Jtinbe^ gcncfcn. ic jinb beo *an = ocU ciuig. C^r ift (cineS Ketietld nidu futor. Obs. The verb "fcin", when it signifies " to belong to " is used witli the f/enitirc only in a few expn bed $ e r r n. Wcbt ^cm .ft aijcr, u\U' ^ c .ft vit f c r o ill, nno (^ wa^ (^ o r t c v ift. In this manner, houever, the ncmine of the personal pronoun is still n>ed \\hen the })u\- 10 be forcibly expressed: e. g. ie 2)Ucl)t ift fcin. Tor ^rcic fct mciu. Ticfc ^clDcr futl) u ufer. 1. Oitcbt bcsi flemcffncn :K.it!',. I ! jtcieg and) iwbt fco .ftinMcino in r, :t(cit met. ner; $rin|! I f. (SI iviirte tie fdMiter^en. ; rer feblcn. 1". 'Mt iiic. 1ft. Tn iv iViiuv^. 17. O nimm ^er Stun^e u\ibr, c irarioii Toiiter. i ' fccnfct, taf; obr i bite it mtiffct nadn'abreit. -jn. fpradje nic^t. 21. O finger iyogcl trtnf im - : tein im TUB SYNTAX. 137 6d)itf bie i)ber fjarrt. 22, ^etn eHeter garret feiner. 23. Sir miiffen 2lfle bed eibed pflegen, urn gefnnb 311 bleiben; inbeffen, roenn n>ir fein gar gn forgfaliig pflegen, fo rcirb er traa,e, fdjtt>act) itnb iin gefunb. 24. 5ld)te nicfyt bee erebed, bad ernjie $fliit bir erfcfyrcert. 25. a get>ad)ten fie fcin (feiner) fcofl rimmed, itnb aergajjen fcin nted fiber fein @d)limmed. 26. er leere jtopf bebarf t)er ef)re. 27. SBcnn bu enter guten efnnbfycit genieJKft, fo pflege iftrer, imb I)a(te fie nid)t fur mt^erftorbar. 28. S&tflft bit nimmer biefer SSelt entratljen? (29. drljorung wartet aitf ben gntrc^tfamen. 30, 5luf feine SJnfprfi^e n?itrbe nicl)t geacfytct. 31. ilnferc 6eele wartet anf ben ^errn. 32. ^ernad) mujjt* ic^ lac^en iiber ben ^olggef^nijien (gmont). 33. Reiner focUigen 3eid)en, o Sa^r^eit, bat ber Se^ trug jtd) angema|3t. 34. SBofyl t>cni, ber be^ SDiirfttgen ftd) annimmt. 35. JBctitcnc btct) beiner SWacfct. 36. iBeftnnt (ud) eine^ 23effern. 37. SKu9 fin $arre SBeib jiic^ ibre^ ancjebcrnen 9ied)t eutan^ernV 38. 3^ benfe, 6ie erinnent fid) ber JBrtefe. 39. (^ntfcfelage bid) afler fcbwar3cu eDanfen. 40. 2Ber wei^, wefcfyer Jfjat fte freelnb fic^ erfitljncu. 41. (r wirb fic^ beiner erbarmcn. 42. (r ern?el)rt jjd) il;rer.^ 43. (Sure Sugenb frcwt fid) nod) be$ ^w^eg. 44. 9hm Jpcrr, ii?e foil id) mid) troften? 45. 2)er Sanbmann rii^me (id) be^ ^flnge. 46. >n barfft bid) beiner SBafyl nid)t fdjamen. 47. SSie tann id) folder Xl)at mid) nntenvinben? 48. SBenn ber cjitire fid) Hefcr Xf)at Dcrmcffen I;at. 49. 3()r werbet (A'it(^ fo fchitia, 9)?ad)t nid)t iiberl)eben. 50. SScffcn foil man fid) 511 ( 51. 3n ber g-aflen$eit entl)alten bie jlatfjolifen fid) 52* Sold)er g-e^en entfd)laget C^ud) 53. 2)cnfc beg te*o eiiMgen SkrberbenS, nnb beflcigige bid) reblid)en eiverbe^. 54.34) (cbame mid) feineei Umgangg nic^t. 1 55. C nimm bid) an be jlnec^te int ^arm, imb feiner f)ranen bid) erbarm'* 56, >ie finb e^, bie o^ne ein ^Idrlein 511 ftrenen, jlc^ be$ tagtidjen 33rote0 erfrenen. 57. (ntfd)Iaa,e bid) beine^ rimmed. (58. (i$ l)at fid) feiner baruber 311 freuen. "59. (^,r tt>nnberte fid) uidjt irenig iiber meine Oviicffefyr. 60. O entf)alte om 3Mnte beine ^a'nbe). 61. S>ajj n?ir nn? nic^t geliiften laffen be0 S3ofen. 62. 31)n jammerte bed SSoIt'^. 63. ol)nt ftcfy'd Der ^iifte 311 Ijoffcn imb 311 fterben? 64. )u Iciffeft tic^ bed Uebeld renen. (65. SDMd) geliiftet nic^t nac^ bem tfyenern |p|n. 66. 2Benn bid) fo nad) ^a'mpfen litftete). 67. SDed (ibed gegen mid) entlaff ic^ jte. 68. >u bift bed ^oc^Derratt)d er!Iagt. 69. Selc^ anbrer eiinbe flagt bad er$ tic^ an? 70. ftatur Iat I fic^ bed Died SP^anifeft frrid)t lod bad eer on bed e^orfamd $pflid)ten. 80. 3c^ tin Don feiner llnfd)Ib itber^engt. 81, Saf bie efdjledster, 138 OBJ. COMB.: COM!'!.. OBJECTS. He iievanflOijattfloit fim\ Mcf) niahncn an ten ti^. rem . r 'rduct : crfeMcn, ^ie (v;:: iviiiti^ i'r I, ftinor fuitoit fid) bcivujit, fd>lu^ an fctuc ^rnfj, lul^ fr fci mir 8 nut or $\\toi\\. (98. (viucn iviMtu'ii ^liiHicf fatt, mur: o^nt werben. 99. ^Die tube W ofl 9lau(^. HMI. .(Ifuiftlcr unit man nicbt gowabr. 101. ^o(l IHMI ^cintoit lit tic fficit. 101. (?iucn Nultcn ivcrtb. lo-j. I bin). I delight in the odoriferous plant. He did not m;i of you. Refrain from trouldt ! him of a theft, but he has not been convicted of it. Faithful fr are \vorlh gold and silver in the troubles of life. Have pity on me and my daughter. He assured me of his friendship. Be mind- ful of thy duties. Oh great Pompejus, thy deeds are worthy of an overlaying fame. A bad hour causes on* The works of the ancient urti>ts are worthy of admiration. is ashamed of his weakness. \Ve delight in the beauty of the days of spring. The vain man boasts of his (leetN. He refrains from VUMC. The unhappy one was weary of his life, lie remembers the occurrence. Let us be mindful of death I Ktiou that you remember me even during my absence, loi^t in< - mercy on us. Then only will the soul enjoy a happy life, when it shall have left the body. The enemy has taken .n of the ships. The tree is deprived of all its leave>. He re.; our assistance. He cannot di>pen>e v, iih su^ar. He i> tired of travelling. H< is ashamed of his work. The strong do not require the phyMeian. He enjoys life. He got rid of it. lie is a>hamcd I of his ignorance. He was con -nilt. Tin- of hiuh IriMM.n. He laughed at him. I innr , )S . api.ljiu;; hiin>elf to the study of jnrisprudn-. recollect that'." I t-armot remember him. \> hat You compelled ihe Judge to acquit the guilty om -irder. THE SYNTAX. 139 . 106. The genitive relation expressed by prepositions. a. - - 1. A separation is indicated by the preposition son with the verbs befreien, erretten, erlofen, ^etlen, fid) erfyolen, and with the adjectives fret, rein. 2. A loss is indicated by um after fommen, brtngen and others of a similar sense. In this case, the predicate is often expressed by the verb fein alone, the participle of fommen or fcrtn= gen being understood (e. g. 3d) bin u m meirien drummer). 3. Dominion is indicated by iiber with the accusative after gebteten, fyerrfcfyen, fd)alten, ftegen jc. b. 1. By an with the dative after 1) inherit, leiben, flerben, fid) serfitnbigen , ftd) fattigen, gletd)cn, iibertreffen, nad)ftef)en/ junefymen, abnefymen, and after the adjectives arm, retd), leer, grof?, lletn, gletd;, a'1)nltcfy, ftar?, fd;trac^, iiberlegen, franf, Mint), lafym, frud)tbar K. To this cate- gory also belong the locutions "(S3 fefylt, e mangelt a etner ac^e." 2. By in with the dative after irett= etfern, ftd) irren, fid) ii&en, and with gefcfytctr, erfa(;ren, Be= ivanbert, i^erftocft, einfad;, gro^, !(ein, genau, a^nltct^, gletcfy, tnntg, nnterfd;ict>cn K. 3. By i?on with the adjectives fcfyon, fya'jHtd;, btetd), rot() K. - 4. By um with compa- ratives, with the adverb of intensity 3 u too , and after : fid) serredinen. c. Cognition and the act of judging are indicated by son after benfen, meinen, glauben, tjra'itmen, fpred)en, er^al;len, f;oren, erfa()ren jc. After miffen by the preposition um, and after jtpetfeln, ber^etfeln and irre trerben by an with the dative. d. -- 1. The object of fear and horror is indicated by fcor with the dative after Betoafyren, fcertra^ren, fc^ii|en, Bitten, fd;euen, fiirc^ten, erfd;recfen, grauen, fliel;en, Bergen, efetn, ftd;ern K. 2. The object of vexation, sorrow, joy and ivonder is indicated by izBer with the accusative after jiirnen, fd)etten, trauern, tlagen, toetnen, ftcl^ argern, fid) Betriiben, fic^ 6efd)tt>eren, ftc^ entriiften, fro^Iotfen, er= ftaunen, ent^iicft. With eiferfitd)tig ; neibtfd;, ertoji, arg= 14<) OBJ. COMB.: (OMI'L. OBJK irobuifeb, the i>re|Miliith the accusative is used. - 3. The (diirrt /' I'nr a Inss i- indicated |.y u in after U-jon, traumi, ftct) betritbni, ^ramon, fut tinnmcvn, :;. 4. Tic of ////>/ HIM! roti/itl< is indicated by auf wilh the accu>atiN rtraitni, reel'iicn, -mrcfton, trenni, vc ovUffen, and vvilh the ndjrc! Hie oltjeet nl' /i/rusu/'l tCHStitioiis is indiented hy v l n NNilli the dali\e after ircitcn, ficb cr.v^ni, iboil nehncn, and >>ilh ^rn; mMt babni lan oiiu-v ac^e). ^ n \>iih the is used after fccnten, glaubcu, P fe^rcn. 6. The object of (Jcsirc and volition is indicated : 1. by naoi) >viih the verbs ftrcbni, tcdangcn, traction, iut iVbnon, forfdicn, fmgen, lu\y'criij and others of similar nilicalion. 2. by urn >vith bitten, flobcn, trorbcn, bublen, rut bciniibon, frtolon, ftrcitcn, jut bor'iimmcrn. - l> uf >vith the accusative after befTcn, Himui, baltcn, bcftt ' vcr^idjtcn, gcfajjt. Obs. Amonjr the forms of the genitive relation are also coin- prised the locutions ,,aitv cincv 3ad'c bcucbcu", ,, Tub in c: nl^cit, fiii^cn, cr^cbcn", ,, fid) auf cine -on ciucr 3acbc abhoiujen ," ,,an c;; \K\t,cn Ktit," ,,ait tt\ SluuoH nebnien," auf ciuc Sacbc anfcmmcn," ,,a\ bcrubcu," ,,ficb auf ciuc 8ad;c gviiufcu, ftiiucu," ,. bci ciucr bc^arrcu." (. ].) 1. Son Hcfcr orgc \vill icb Mcb bcfrctcn. 2.J8ii VIMII S.i^cC'froft i^clofi , t^tc irarmcu 3ircru iric ; Midi bin id) qcbcilt ton alien ;5)veifcl*qHalcn. ' von vcttct babeu ivtr rom 11. 6. SBebl ^elu / ^er frci vou 3 (bull* i . :lid> rcinc \ ^lncb vou 8dMiiiuc iin^ (ciit. ( 2.) 8. (vr iu nut fcincn ani .: trnimcn. ( J. Tit hi tbn urn fcincn (srcMt. 10. Urn i 11. (vc- ill urn ibu fl :nicr nic, taf; id; uiu cm \\u^ Qcfonuuen. 14. llut^ tic 5Ulc flub inn ibv stood). l' ^fitf-, ^cr iibcr allc (> ; 3br IMC- Oic.v'mciit iibcr Q :ii mrt iraltcn. 18. ^fr raj;cr ilbcr nnfi rci]trt, bat tae cin ^utc. 19. Jcb fanu THE SYNTAX. 141 j fiber biefe tejjte Sd)ttad)e fiegen. (b. 1.) 20. >od) Ijmbern bie d)Ieppen am an$e. 21. >er5oa, 33ernbarbt ftarb an ciner peftartiijen i,ftranfbeit. 22. Me $ad)gter an beinem alten ftetnbe $n tercptiigen. . 23. 3$ freple an ber S 3tatnr. 24. ^lein SSertreter ift fur bie Ueber* rtreter; eg finben nid)t Jyiirbeter an ifereu obncn bte ^Better. 25. ($r iradjtc fid) an U;m. 26. (ST abnbete bie fcinterUft'ge bat an fcinera 1 eig'nen 5liube. 27. 2Btr jleben iteit ton etnanber ab an Jafyrcn, an gepriiftem SSertb : an fro&em SKntfe nnb SBiflen iteid)' id) ^einem. 28. 2tit 2Bimfd)en leer, bod) nid)t an 5?-rcubeit arm. 29. Setn 5leu* l^ereg war <^ar ntcbt arm an 5lnnuitl), bod) nitr ^itm 53 5 fen war fein i3nn're reid) an ^ntf). 30. 5ln tfeben reid) ift t>ie s )tatnr. 31. SBir Citnb einanber an eftalt, an rofje, an garbe bi^o 511111 &ern?ed)fefa abnlid).^ 32. 6ie ift bie Jfntftere an 3al;ren. 33. S 3ln welder 33cr* itdjt Itejleft bn'^ ermatu^dit? 34-. Xetdjen fit|len iJBaffere fc^t'S an [A'ifd)en ntd)t; Bitten Dcfen fel)It e^ nie an Xeii^cn. 35. S 3lt^t an :)Utf) gebrid)t'^ ber 9Jintterltebe. 36. ie mtr bie 9ivid}ften ftnb am hBIut, verlaffeii mid). ( 2.) 37* 6ie irrte ftd) in mir, wie 2)tarta in C^'ud). 38* 3 feinen ^offiuin^en fab er fid) geta'nfcbt. 39. S)u foflft bid) in ber djivefter ntdjt betrot]cn baben. 40. 3ft $&b' mid) jtn bir erred)itet. 41. ffiobl beivanbert feib 3^ in (lureg Sanbe* (5.broniL 42. 3^ biefem etiig'gcn SSunfdje finb fie (?in3, in aden janbern trennt jte blnt'ger Streit. 43. 3 U 'Xapferfeit bin id), rote bn, erfabren. 44. 9hir in (?ntiviirfen bift bit tapfer, fcii3 in Xbaten. ( 3.) 45. C^r ift nidjt f)a'tl(id) ton eftalt. 46. ^unt cn g-arben auf ben (Sarben liegt ber ^raitg. 47* Slngenejm ton eftalt. ( 4.) 48. 6ie fel)en fid) nm $roanjig 3 a ^ r ^ fpciter, id) 6ie urn eben fo t>iel jftitgcr. 49. 9hir fitrdjt' id), fantcn ftc nm wenicje 3 a ^ r& tanfenbe 311 $eitia;. 50. Urn ein efjeimni rctcber mid) n wiffen* 51. 3^ Kbe inn etnen ftrennb i$ reid)er. 52. 3br troftet C5;nd), wir fcien nm ein fti'inftet nnr geringer. 53. )a ift nm einen g-njj mi lang. (c. ) 54. SBa6 benft bie 2)iajeftat *>on ibren Xruppen? 55* (^ reben nnb tranmen bie 9Jienfd)en t>tel r-on beffent, fiinftigen la^en. 56. 3D?an fprid)t baton. 57. 5)ian wirb fel)r ba(b on 3^rcn >iea,en bb'ren. 58. cbweigt mir ton biefem Xaij. 59. 3^) ipeijl baton. 60. 3 c ^tcijj barnm. 61. Stiffen 'Sie nm bte Sacfye? 62. @o mnjj and) tc^ an feiner ?tcbe gwetfeht. 63. Die grennbc roerben irr an bir. 64. (r ter^iteifelte am (rfoig. 65. 2Sa ^a'ttft, Ittanbft bit ton ber@ad)e? (d. 1.) 66. 3d)' it er be bid) tor 2etb bewa^reiu 67. 93or Scrra't^ern, tor Ueberfafl finb itir bo^ fid)er? 68. ^Beitafir' unS tor benen, bie (oben, el)' fie unfern SBertf) erpro* ben, wte tor benen, bie fdjelten, ef)' fie ttiffen, ttq^ ittr gelten. 69. @cbii^' nn^ tor ber (Sintner tteberfdja'^ung, ttie tor ber 9!fti* gonner ^eninterfe^ung. 70. S3etjut' un8 tor ber ftolpernben 6te(je ber ^tol^en, wie tor ber SBijjboIbe ftnmpfen iBol^en, 71* 3d) fliel)e md)t tor bent g-lefyenren, 72. ^ewa^ret 3fyr nic()t ba^ 2oog (Inrer efa&rten , nm ^nd) git warren tor efd()rben. 73* djirrne mid) tor bent 2?efncl) ber 23erfnd)er, nnb tor bem efnd) ber 23efnd)er. OBJ. COMH.I COMPI.. OBJECTS. 73. 2?or cinem brei&irigen SRoifdjen mnji man mb iu OUtt nebmcn: er ift liuia,, fdMlfbaft, Nirdnruben. 7 mer eignen l\\i -:;r a,ranct tor t>< .:,. 77. 't'*or ecr ^cnndMiiM. 718, v v cr binfommt, flicbt man for ibm. 79. ZHa Wiajcitat mnf? i\ic< ("ciVbel-'ne billia,cn, ivcnn fie ficb ancb NUUT cut* . (2.) 80. Jcb cn'cbvcctc fiber (5 urc lint ,;L>C irarcn anfa.cbracbr iil'er rcn Wtniftcr. 8 ivirb cr fid) frariibcr bcriaa,cn. 83. (^ittc >1'<\T. r he fori'crlicben ("ebrccbcn XMnNTcr. S4. Ubcrort^etlen HM^ ich nubt, mil) iibcr x .)iad)tbcilc fki^' id) nidu. S5. \ In, l"o iMcl fie iiio^cu. Ni. ric froMorfcn fiber Ktncu Jviil'l. x cifcrfi:d>tt^ anf iiuiVrc iViad't. ss. (vr iu iiciM'"^ anf ilui. 89. \Uf ^clt cuiencu ^ortbcil ni^ tic llionubcn UMcbfam iKiui^; niodu-;. mir auf Da, II\K- cinco xHi^orn ift, cm ebon fo iv .i^e habcn. 90. 2)arfibcr fduMiicu Tie crjtaimtV ( 3.) ( M. 8Sein' urn ^c^ ^n^cr, tocb iiivbt lint ecu (^cliebtcn ivcinc. 9'J. IM* iu cc- , iiMnun id> ibn bcucitc. 93. d)v^c ivar'o nm (vurc fdumcii -vanrc. t nm ticfc tbnt's mir Icto. 95. iiMc cr nm mid) 6. (v funmicrr fid) nm it it*. 97. "s^ f^i^c nidjt nm (2 ' s Mir, nod urn l*c* (sMiicteo ^suifclmntb, fcntern nm .lobri famfcit iniD ibrcr fallen, nm ^ac ^crfinftcrn ibrcr llKoutc nnr roiu eu, wnb bad Sfrftc^en i^rtr Oncflcn imb 5?ronnen. - Tic JUMii^in fcrlafu fid) anf ibn; m^ id) vcrlaffc mid) anf mid) ni^ mcinc offcncn 5ln.^cn. 99. 5i>cb' tcucii, Tie anf iMd> rertranen. KM). \a trautc anf fcinc Irene. 1(1 1. rrcbe, ivebe ^em ^cenfebenfiitf ! c trail t anf tas, ivoranf nid)t ;n trannt, unc bant anf Tac-, ivoranf nubt 511 banen. 10*J. ^sd) recbnc anf tid\ 1M3. ie rocben anf reid) AM'tlfe. 1(14. Ter (^^fanaene ift uoU anf iVine 105. ^\d) bernfe mid) anf meineo Arem^co Jena,nif;. HXi. 8ic anf micb. ( 5.) Id7. (vr lrci^ct fid) an nicincr.: 108. 3ic baben ibre Vnft ^ran , mid) 511 a.nalen. 1<9. (vr civ fid) au Tern Gdpattfpief. 110. ^Tn nabmeft Ibeil an nuinem tiefcn ^dMitcrv 111. Vln Tie 2lna,u rcr .y>aiifran ^enfu IMI nid>t. 1 \'2. ubaftiijt mtt ^ciMcr t^iitcr ^cnvcfnn^. ^cnh"t ^n m\-bt an ^ie Derive* fmuv ' 113. ("Maiibft ^n an ^e^ OvicbtenVnu-b-: ^irertVr.-d-lMifiitr 114. Tenfe i '^rab, nub nod) offer ^ariibcr binanc. 115. "sbr ^elcirct r iu^ ceuft i nnr an Tao ^aarc. 1 Hi. \/r feiil :.d>fuiji, imb tenff nnr an fein ^erma\-bfnii";. 117. I irid>t, fer an fcine .<>olle ^lanbf, tra^t Tod) cine im 'V.:; tl, 1 I s irerten fu'b an il'iancbcc- nod) ^eivobnen miiffen. [19, nicbt an mcinc Ibvanen. ( < l.i rjn. \.b 'ebn; ibm. \'2\. (^ci^eft Mi nad :.lm^ nadi ^enl ^ortbeil r . ' ' : : :i v viii.i nacb NT ter SdMiicr;. TJ4. (vr nu-bf na^b rir. \'2 VIMC nicbt 1 , fonrern nad' (^riii.C im I bittc in ricfcm ^ncc nm cine arcjic i^y.r.u. 12 h nm rrei THE SYNTAX. 143 Rage 3cit 128. 3$ mug urn ba3 Sob bet gjtaige fallen. 129. (* bejM um'd Seben. 130. "Ski) urn be3 tf'aiferS 'Bart firctten", jcijjt: ftcfy um cine <5ad)e [treiten, bie feiner on ben Strettenben befommeu faun. 131. 3fyr fucbtet barnm uad). 132. "Jlicfyt um mid? (par mtr'3 $u tfyuu. 133. dl'cintpf um bemer Setter throne. 134. (r jcfiimmert fid) um ungelegte (fter. 135. SSir roerbett mtS wel um lm Barren fcl)eeren. (3.) 136. 2luf mid), auf 3f) re Gutter fcoffen fete? 137. 3d) roerbe aufdrfuttung btefeS (tDe fatten. 138. @ie fatten uid)t auf 3l)re SRettuua, beufeu? 139. 2Cuf 9HdjtS, aid blu* Jttgc JBergcltiin^ null id) bcufeu. 140. J)er >crjoc( fiunt auf 23errat(). 1141. ^tarto^ briiujt auf 2Cutwcrt. 142. 3d) befteV barauf , baj; ftc^ per orb cntfernc. 143. 3luf fotdje 53otfd)aft war tc^ uid)t gcfaft. 1144. JDarauf ivar icf) nid)t Dorbercitet. 145. 2Bett ait (uropa' progcm 93cftcn Uwt mebr Itegt, dti an em ^3aar ^ufcn 2aube3. [146. Reiner nnrb barau 9lnfto ne^men. 147. 35 u ntngt bid) tit ba$ r^otbtveub'^e fiigeu. 148. @o fommt 2tfle^ auf feinc 65romut^ an. 1149. IDarcutf fommt'3 uicf)t au. 150. 3 c b blcibc bei metiter ^luflage. ,151. (^r blieb babci. 152. 2Borauf griiubct fid) biefcr neue g-iebcr* aumV 153. 9tur auf ber !ffial;rbeit rul^t bte [ Do you think of him? They did not think of it. They could [not believe in his innocence. You will be obliged to accustom [yourself yet to many things. He died of the plague. The man jwas great of mind. The cat resembles the tiger in cruelty. The [country abounds (tit reid)) in mice and owls. Does any one doubt |he immortality of the soul ? my boys, rejoice in the study of Ihe sciences ! I accustom myself to the thought of death. We [are not to doubt of divine providence. I believe in the immor- Itality of the soul. Trust in God, and place your hopes in him. [Do not rely upon thine understanding. He relied on his strength. file is wailing for his friend. He is proud of it. He is envious lof the happiness of others. Hope for a better future. A pleasing [speech is compared to honey. Wisdom fills the whole house with mer gifts. She is content with little. They are satisfied with the [mere necessaries of life. We are not provided with it. Wild [beasts are greedy for raw meat. In the gloomy days of autumn jand winter we long for cheerful spring. Strive first after the [kingdom of God. The weary one desires rest. The ambitious are desirous of glory. The wise man searches after truth. The wanderer longs for the goal of his journey. Do not mind my concerns. They envy him his fortune. The poor one is asking for bread. The vanquished begged for his life. They were playing for money. They have deprived me of sleep. He has lost his good reputation. You will rob him of his credit. Do not separate thyself from pious wife, for she is more precious than gold. He cannot be free from sin who often swears. Justice saves from death. She was talking of you. What are you thinking of him? The phy- 144 OBJ. (OMB.: roui'L. OBJK- <1 him from death, lit i- : ''mm his illness. Have you cominced vuir>ell of the truth? 1 .mi not afraid of him. \Yhat are you afraid of? Flee from sin a> from a serpent. A heart which is Mire of its cau>e dread> no terror. \Mi' secure from a slanderer? The coward .soldier llees Irom tin- rnemy. The fearful one is afraid of his oun shadow \ N horrified at the sight of a ti:_ r Ve were astonished at his boldness. . 107. Accusative Object. All transitive verbs govern the accusative: e. | Utlvi^t bcu Jlnabcn, he is MriUintol iBiffon intktte (Sic boKlMroron , to know much might be troublesome to you. $8ir iiborftolon t)cn ffeint), we surprised the enemy). Obs. Causative are called those derived transitive verbs expressive of an activity which causes in the o/yrrf the activity contained in the radical word: e. p. (vr fallt ^c^ ^ a u m , I felling the tree (fallen to make fall, from fallen to fall), (vr trauft ^eu Cdjfen he gives the ox to drink ( tranfcn to make drink, from trinfcn to drink.) ^ta'ifen to make strong, from uarf strong. Sdjroactjen to make weak, from fdnvacl; ^^ With reflect ire verbs, the reflective pronoun always stands in the accusative: e. g. o,t> orinnoro in i ct\ I re- member. Xu froiioft t> i ft) , Ihou rcjon - In the ex- pressions ,,otf frion mid", ,,o^ bun^ovt iimt mic^", ,,c^ fvtant.M-t mt\t" ; ,,o$ -rrlan^t r. mict)", the //;///r. IN put. as a MilVerinji nln into the aecn> with the accn '\ibt m i -t irollrn? THE SYNTAX. 145 I you wished to speak to me? The verb ,,Iefjren" has I the person as well as the thing in the accusative: e. g. Bei* f;at bid; biefe (Spracfye geleljrt? who taught you this language? The accusative is further employed, when some relation of magnitude is to be indicated after the in- transitive verbs uneven, f often, gelten, and with the adjec- tives frerti), fd)iuer, reicl;, grog, lang, fcrett, tief, fyod;, aunt: e. g. 2)iefer Jtriecj fyat ben @taat bide Sftilltoneu gefoftet, this war cost the state many millions. >ie tfi fed? 3 5u f)od;, this wall is six feet high. 1. @r ^abrnre ba$ $ferb. 2. $efanftia,c ben ftrennb. 3. (fttt3lanb fcera.ottcrt feinc .ftoniajn. 4. a$ firttifdje (SelfiObe crneur' icb jet a(3 Qftaim. 5. 3d) erb'ffne ba$ (Pentad). 6. Dctue 2Better reinfgeii bte 28c(t. 7. ^aun bte i^ittc Sac^c fd)limme 2)?tttel abeln? 8. 3d) bewuuberc be^ JliMiiijs (liftmen ^cid)tigcr. 9. Wan Dcwac^t mid). 10. (Sine ^rviu bcftiU fce$ 9)(anne .^015. 11. SSen Ocwcincu te? 12. 5lu ^iid)cru fcblt'v, ten ftjeift 511 itntcrluiltcu, 13. ^or Chi cm Slii^eu licO cr (S'\\dj ten ^icblim] f burd)bobrcn. 14. icfcr fttfle unb fcicrltdjc Summer f)at Reiner s D(ajcftat (d)ou nicmdjc forfeit' o(Ic 5lad)t cjcfoftct fdjon mand)e Ibrcine Jljrcr Gutter. 15. SBa foil bie SSctte gelten? 16. ^tnD aiif ben OJinnb ; ber Untcrt()an fiijjt feincm Jperrn bie .^aub ; fiirftlidjcn $erfonen ffit ber Untenvntrfiije_ ben eainn bee jlleibcs, bem $apftc fnffen felbft ^lontije bie Jyii^e. 21. (r wirft Don Sraten roe^, nnb brat ba^ ^ret. 22. ;Ter (i'ine bat eine breite, ber 2lnberc cine fd)male 58rnft. 23. Tie 53ntft bem Scinbe cntije^enfe^cn , tft cbrenuofl; ben SRficfcu ibm jeigcu, fd)tmpflid\ 24. 3hu]ft beftepnnt bte ^rnft; ^enf5er fdjwellcn bie ^nift; g-renbe bebt bie S3rnft. 25. 5ln tern 5trm bc^ merfe id) bie ftdrfel, n?eld)e mit ber 8ci; niter ^itfammcnbdngt, ben Cberann, ben (iObogen, ben llnterarm nnb bie ^>anb. 26. 9luf 9iid)te auttvcrten, uerrcitl) Unvcrftanb; auf ^Uley anhiH>rten, Itnflng? l)ctt. 27. SStllft bit ntd)t mem &au$ beefjren, nnb mit mtr eine ^tafd)e lecren? 28. 2Btrf 5yrnd)t l)erab, o ^aimi! wenn man bid) fd)iittelt. 29. >er 5>vobterftctn priift bas 6)ciD imb bae 63olb ben Sbaractcr bee SD^anne^. 30. 2)er ^inujcr ^alnnt wtlbe Xbiere; ber Hunger beftegt gejiunaen; ber ^>imger mad)t aits ftatUen g-leifii^e; im Jpnnger iffeft bn 5^enfc^enf(eif(^. 31. 2-a^ bas ltrtl)ett ber SSelt ntd)t Iiu^enb, nur ^lu^bett bid) lel)ren. 32. (*in rcdjter 9)iann bat $n>ei (A>efid)ter, bie er i)d(t; ba3 eine auf feiu .paniv ba anbre auf A pel's German Grammar, 3d edition. 13 146 OBJ. COMB.: CO.MPL. Mo 99 frcimNu-lv Vi ii>:< , taj cniftc aber tvbn cv in Tic 2i>clt binanc. M, ("reif on i: rutfeit f jo UMru ht fu bollc^cu. ,ianberbriMinen \\\ ^abcl .r, ir o tic beircn ^CMU^CIUMI (vnaol -varnt mtf iViar;;: nnt friejenijun, Me fie iHTt bcfragen, Janberct 1.. The boy if beating the dog. Hi- planted B ti ;< \\aterini: I hi* Ihmers. He made the hor>es drink. I lie enemy MirpriM-d us. She is instrurlin^ tlie rhihlren. 'I he incii \\en- felling 1 ('->;ir suhdued (i;iiil. They Killed the \\o\\'. He drml\> ln-er. Take the pen. A eert;iin \\oniiin had u hen tlr.it laid her golden r:us. He .sold his hor>e. The rhild i> MX \i-,ir> old. 'I'he 1-t hundred feet lonjf. Behold the golden ha>in. I >\%allo\v the frojjs. A hijh \\all Mirroun(l> the lo\\n The n>! plundered the traveller. What are you >eekinj? 'Ihe Mldier pursues the enemy. The phy.-ic'ian examines the \\ouuds. ^ e >hall, oh hoys, cknowleota the truth. The teacher punMies tin- laz.y pupil. The length ol time \vill allexiate thy L f iief. T! jiuirdiiiff the IONMI. Sot-rales .surpassed all philosopher*. The had often pcr>'C'ite the food. Seipio di 1 am leading the hoy. He hroke the irla.ss. He luirnt the t" Jra\elling itrengthens the body. The lightning >plit the tree. . 108. Fuclitire The real faclilivc is evpn-SM-d - t) b> Ihe ,,}it" nller the vcrhs und adjectives signifying ivrr^cn, ct-en, ivaMcn, erncnncn, ^ciYuten, niiftcn, t.iuoon : e. g. lae ^L'affor trirb ju (v t ^ , the \v;iier IKTOMIO 2) by the preposition ,,111" >>ilh the jirrn>;li\e Jiller the verbs tonrantoln, tln'ilcn, jcrloQcn, mid nihei- c : e. g. gdMtoll tvirft : teln fcbon, quickly you Mill see riihl ch - 3) by the nnminiili\e after blnbcn mid irviini: e. g. (vr bltcb incin /vretinr, lie remmiM -.1 m\ friend. - - 4) by an adjrt'tirc after irortcn, maitrn, bloi; c. g. ,\br niadU tas? -On; mir f 1'irn , ynu make my h 5) by the |M-e|M).siiioi, /; ; \\ " afi, ^inreivtont, ; '.Hi the iul\erl> \ inln too, e. jr. (s c . v ;ibt iionii^ uimVobon, abor ;u n ',11111 3attoffoil, there i^ ei)oui:li lu live with, but too little !o be THE SYNTAX. 147 The moral factitive is expressed by the prepositions $u, nacfy, auf: e. g. (r nottyigte img jum $ tint en, he made us drink. (r ftnnt auf S 4jerratfy, he meditates treachery. 3um Jlam^fe nuifi er ftd; fceteiten, he must prepare for battle. The logical factitive is expressed - - 1) by the prepo- sition fiir after fyalten, erflaren, aitgcjeben, fd;elten, ad)ten, etc.: e. g. (She gibt fid; fiir e inert -2lrjt au8, he pretends to be a physician. 2) by the accusative with the verbs J)eijjen, nennen, fdjelten, and if these verbs stand in the passive voice, by the nominative: e. g. (gt nannte mid) f ein en (Sotyn, he called me his son. (r ttnrb bet ute Qenannt, he is called the good one. by the adverbial pronouns tone, fo and an bet 3 after fyeifim, nenncn, an= fefyn, betraduen, erfdwncn, barftellen: e.g. (Bo ^ab' id) bid? nie gefel;en, I never saw you thus. $3te foil man (ucfy benn nenncn? how are we to call you then? 3d? nninfdje <5ie immer fo, unb ntemalg anbere ju fe(;en r I always wish to see you thus, never otherwise. 4) by the conjunction a 1 3, which in some degree here assumes the sense of a preposition, after anfefyen, betrad)tcn, erfd)ei= nen, barftclicn, gehen, etc.; (yr gttt aW cin rcid;er SWann, he passes for a rich man. 1. er Return, ber fid) jur crte bog. 2. >er 3^itnfl ber 3^iten mad)t micfy 511 (urem 65cancr. 3. Sfor niac^t il)n jum C^ntporer. 4. 5?erratber wcrDe utd)t. 5. ;Da? foil (?uc^ jur 2Barmm$ geret 6. C5-r taitt^t iiicbt 511 nnfcrm Rii^rcr. 7. (ir ift 511 fd)nmcl) jur bett 8. ^u btjt ,311 ftdj ^itr iTcmutl) , id) jiir ^iii^e. 9, fd)ciut mir ra^it td 511 rcdjtlicb iu^ befcfeciten. 10. 5l(lc tic ncten tcutfdien !i'aiii>cr fiitt) ycrtebrt wo^cn in C^lenl). 11. SSenn ^ie Cjlocf' [ell auferftcfm , muj^ Me ^orm in 6tilcfcn gebn. 12. 2Bemt t*er getb in taub gerfallen, lebt ier grone 9Zvime nocft. 13. $Da^ wtrb ewig ein (SefyettnutH bletbcn. 14. SBerten ie son Sftiflioneti Jlcnt^en ein Jlontij. 15. $iw fill)!' id), ta id) bitter rcerfce. 16. SiBirt) e* tint gliirflid) macljcn? 17. (ST arbettet jtd) miite. 18. tel) bid) mtr fatt* 19. (*r bat fief) fatt i^e^effen. 20. (Sr ftnnt auf inter? l)orte X^at. 21. (ir ermal)nt 511111 g-rtefeen. 22. (5r ift sur Slrbett wtllti]. 23. Da5 n?irt> aud) anterc^ ivert^en. 24. Sie febu* id) mid) nacl) frer enxn'tnfd)ten 2- a ft 25. 50iir francljt, ic^ n>eiS. trae ete baju bcreebtigt; Die ^Dienfcben gwaiiijon 6ie ba^n. 26. SStr ^altcn' blo fiir 8ng nnb Jrug. 27. Sir' fonnen gelten fiir eiu 148 OBJ. (OMB.: COMPL. OKJ1 * 28. Mrnrn c* fur cincii Iranm, UM* Mr bca.ea.net i'"t. -'). WM fur micron adu' ub'v. IJO. '.Mount "sbr ciiMicb IviKb fir libenvnnDcn? ill. Tu bereft ibncn mir cine Wanbcrin Do* Il-von -:laf;t 1Kb ncnnen Ton ^alleiwein. .'M. (< fain mir aiub fo iun\ U4. bain mid uetc al* AOtiiriu mir betraobtet. :r>. >b KU- ale- ^ieDorinann erfnnDen. 3<>. (*r lea.tc niciu Ivntannen alc Jvnrdit ar.v. ;i7. il'u-tn Hotter ( au^cfchcit ) alo Dor otmi^o (vrbo. iVitort o ale- cine (HMIUU. licivahv' co ibv a!v ctno trat\ Ni ak niiif;i\]or ^,nfc(Miior. 40. 3mobt alo (^cbictcr. -41 fiiMt fu1> Derjftngt. -i'J. ;svb babe ibu boianfcbt ^ofobcu. 4ii. iV'l'o Oiiv-r-tC' vcrliH-cn ale- tic lottoii. 44. "\ch bcfouiic nticb fcbniri^. 4."). x Y;b fobc Don \MH^ lauKit itnD bore ibu bcllcn. 4<>. ^orDou Sic sr Viuvioriu mid) madvu? 47. "sd^ ivill ibn uun maclu'ii. 4S. Vaf; rir tio ^ur ^arnin^ Diouoii. 49. TH baltu ibu fiir cincii Ticb. 50. Wan iianntc xHttila Dio (^oinol (^ottco. 1"). Tit nuu-bft tbn roicb. 'r2. I s u nuubft ibn 511 otucin .Urofu*. 53. (viu UMiiDolnDcC' (^oviuvc ncnnt man oincu fcbr nia^crn WcniVbcn, an ivoU'bom nid>tv ale- A>ant iinb .UnoduMi iu. 54. ^bv vHuac maduc 3iMin' iinD WiMtr ^nr Aabcl, iinD ;nr ^abrbcit ric ^a^c rom JanborbriMinon ^u s ^abol. 55. !Tcr fduMn'ro, iVblanfc Vcib i\-i nad> cini^cn "sabrcn, uitf ivirD fn rtaitb. "',. <- ;^ mad't ciu ;n toin n nD (vr;. 57. .^offcn iinD .\\irron inad^t Wand^cn 511111 Barren. 5S. ^cr cr,i\icn ivii^, bcif;t cin ,US\iin^; itnD u^cr oin .vanhvevf lornt, boifu oin Vobrliiuv 5!). Turd) ^dMDon irirD man flng. 60. ^sd) biclt fotn cr$ fiir cincn lantern Dalian ; tr. u\u cin 3 duff mit lanter ^allaft. 01. ?a- v .lKcnub flaat fiber oin Ucbol (o leiebt, itnD Dcnft nid)!, Dan eo ibm ,^n Soften ^ereid^t. 0*2. Tor Crt, ivo Tic Jvlotfd)er (WoUiior, Aleifd^baner) r Dor ijciVbladiteteit Ibiore i^eil'anfeii, bcifU Die AleiKbbanf. DniUTj Dor ili>elt ift ^loiobc (^ovra\V anf vcrfdMoDencn llKotallcn ; abor Die abnlid;ftc Aonn ftemvelt fie .Unpfer 511 ' The caterpillar becomes a butterfly. The corn i> ri[>r for the harvest. He that teaches himself has a fool for his maMer. He is too old for such tin Dodeitakiug. lie is HIOXMUL: \\i-c. He liecame tired. His hope -i-.s lor a countess. He repre.-ented him a> liis brother. 'I his las i-onsilere a L r "o ( J omen, llu- liiil into \\atrr. lie made ihe Kit. hen a sitting- room. The \varmth ehan:e.s the ice into Wafer. A >|ark liecomes a ll.ime. >he remained a model of {[enlieiiev.. h often niaki's man bold. He ;i|\\;i\- n-ady lo. I he fea-'her i-all> the I.I/N !M.\> |.;i. I he soldiers called ."Napo- leon the liltle rorporal. The child takes the bat for a hi. <1. Sleep i- rightly con>idere(l an agreeable re-o\ery from care. heath \N e considered a Mire end of our mi-forttmo. I >hall consiiicr him THK SYNTAX. 149 as my friend. My neighbour passes for a rich man. He held it his daty to do so. They think him a patriot. I wish for peace. I think him to be ill. . 109. The supine as completing object. The supine (i. e. the infinitive with ,,311") can be used only when the subject of the supine is one and the same either with the subject of the governing verb, or with an object of it in the dative or accusative : e. g. $Berfaumen @ie (subject) nid;t, (SImtm jii befuctyen (ba ^te ($:lmren befuct;en), do not neglect to visit Elvira. (r bittet bie Umftefyenben (accus.) il;n emeu -^u^enblicf allein 311 laffen (bag fie bie Umjh1)eriben if;n eineu $liiQen= bite! allein laffen), he begs of the persons standing by to leave him alone for a moment. (Sr gebtetet ben Qfttttcrn (dat.), feine ^efefyle ju mrarten (bag fie - bie fitter - foine kfe(;le enrartcn), he commands the knights to await his orders. 1. 3d) M 8 fter&en bereit. 2. 9ftan Inttet mid? , bet 3I;ucu fur* jnfprecfyeu. 3. >arf id) mid; unterftefyen , ^ic 511 erflaren , u>tc ic^ nnfl? 4. 2Ba$ fie auc^ SStllcnS fmt> 511 tl)itn, t>erfpred)en nici)t cjemaci)t, unfcrc (Sewiffen ttiranuijtren 511 laffen. 7. QJicinc 9lert?en fan^en an 511 reijjen. 8. SSenn id) ctnmal $u fiird)ten angefaugen, ^ab' ic^ 511 furdjten aufge^crt. 9. Jc^ wetjj ben 9)iann Don feinem 5lmt 511 untev* fc^eiDen. 10. Jc^ bin ntc^t jjinggenng, or (Soljen mid)^n bengen ; nnt) Xrc^ nut Xro^ 511 bd'ni'^n, alt geuitg. 11. (?r tfi 511 ftol$, flc^ 511 erbergen 12. (*r ift fo Ieid)t 511 fennen. 13. 6d)wer 511 nntcrfc^eiten, ncc^ fcfjmerer 511 ergn'inben finb bie Sftenfcfyen. 14. $Der $rin^ frofylocft, ^intangefe^t ^n fein. 15. )n Jdttd^jejl, ber S3elei= bigtc 5n fein. 16. @ie t>ermeinen , ifym 511 bienen. 17. 3fyn S be* bcrrfcl)en ,_ rca'Bnten ie ganj baju a,eeia,net, 3D ren @o^n in ben Xempel be 9ftnf)me^ cinjitfiifereit. 22. eib 3l)t nid)t nngefjalten, einen nngelabenen aft ^n erbaltenV 23. >Die Spracfy forfeit fnc^en ben Urf^rnng, bie ($efee nnb t l>er 6prac^e 511 ergninben* 150 OBJ. (OMH.: (OMI'I.. OHJKCTS. Hi 1 endeavours to speak correctly. lie hopes to livelong. '1 he Mck man l(inr> to drink wine. I hope to eoimnee xou of that. This iireidi'iit may Mrve to >\arn yon. The liashaxx threatened to punish the rohhcrs, hut did not attempt to catch them (me me >oinetliiiiL r to eat. lie ready at all times in \oiir \\onU an<: lions to >ho\v your loyally to the >o>ereii:ii that reinu.s oxer The tree l>e<_ r m> to hlooin. The nii:litiiJi:ale lu-:in> to MDJ:. He xciitiired to >x\ im through the rixer. lo learu a foreiiiu lan_ i> u>eful. I Iteliexe I understand him. He is too old to do that. lie endeaxour.s to >jeak xxithout uu.>taK . 110. Dative Object. The dative is governed: a. by the following simple htfransiltrc ^cr\)s - antivcrteii frobncu bclfcn fdMitc: tanfcu ^cbiiM-cn iMiiri^on Mi 1 . Hencii gefoflen ntait^cln trri. Irchcit 5 f ^ ren itabcu ivcbvcit fcl)lcu ^obovd>ou nfijjcu wctcbcit flitcbcit gcrciilu'it fdmecn ;icntou fd^ciucu b. by Hie following simple transitive ^c^l)s \xhuli, besides the dathe of the person, govern nn i\cnisati\e expressing a thing : - bictcn flcucficn licfcnt nfcn bcnjcu (\cu\ibrcu me^cn KI^CII brin^cii ^laubcn rffcnbarcn ftcblcu ^cbcit ftdmten rvfcnt irctdu-it (\cbtctcn lafKit ration nicu gfiobeH Icibcn rauboii jci^cn ^cuattcn Iciftcu rcicbou c. by many cowpnuitil rcr/ts . e.spcnally such us are ( ompoundnl \vitli the prefixes fr, i:cr, Cllt, and vxilh the x-panihle pre|'(.Miiuns an, iib, nuf, boi, IM - bcfcblen ;iitcn rcv^cbcu :!>cn MICH muter cut ibcn >cn cnvi roiM^cit Hitmen bcLMinncii vcrbictcn vcvi'v; nitirci^cn crlaubcit uhcu l^lcit cut;; rcrniaMfii rcrmtcrit THE SYNTAX. 151 miffimfrigeu eiuleitctjten fctberfh^en flujtmien aufburfren eintratjen S u f at 3 eu anfel)en auflegcu nacbgeben $ubcren ftnfte&en beifuflen nadjftdlen gunifen antraijen fcetlecjen nacfoftetyen jumutljen anfacjen beinitfd)en iu>rftebeii $ufcbrctbcn abfdjlageit betftefycn Dorlegcn jufteljeu abtrctcn beifvnittfcu vm^iefyen gufommcu abfagen beifttmmcn vorfagcn ginvcnt^cn auftragcn bcta>ol;nen d. by the following adjectives: ejgen (jnatij] trcu abtriinm^ freutt) betifam fibcrtc^cu angeboreu gemaS k>^ an^enebm gcmcin abho^ cmftojjtg gcmeinfara Icifttij bcfanut gneigt K?b befd^ieben (JCUU\KU nabe wiflfomtnen beuntgt gcu>ad;fcn fd;^tfi and other adjectives formed from Yerhs which govern the dative, as auftciiVDig (verb anftcfycn), bicnftbar, gefyorfam, ergebcn, gleict), niigU^, fvi;dt>Uc^ ; etc. e. by many compound cspressions such as ,,Ietb i{;im", ,,iue^e tlntn' 7 , /; fimb t'^un", ,,311 $iilfe fommcn", ,,ba^ Sort reben", ,,bm of ma^cn' 7 , ,,^o^n fyrecfyen", ;/ 5u ^feeil trcrben" (or simply ^irerfcen")/ ,,5Bort (;alten": e. g. : ($$ t^ut in t r Ictt) um meine Cberften , I am sorry for my colonels. f. with the verbs used impersonally e3 a^net (mir), c0 fcihrft, e^ tand>t, c^ grauct (mtr), c^ efelt, eg fdjtrinbelt , e3 traumct (mtr), c^ ift (mtr) ju 9J?ut(;e, the logical subject is expressed by the dative: e. g. 9Kir graitet, Better fort^ufragcn, I dread further to inquire. - With ,,e3 fciintt", c^ bciuc(;t", the accusative is used some- times e. g. Sfttd; bciucfyte, ivnr bcinben ar6en auf tem gelbe. If an object not completing be connected with the pre- dicate, and with which it stands only in a personal relation, it is also expressed by the dative, in English generally by ,,for": e. g. & macfyt mir cfymerj, it gives me pain. OPJ. COMB.: lO.MI'L. OHJI" In German, the datne is frequently employed in a pecu- liar manner in-lead of an nftri/n/firc form, i e, instead of a f)ftsst l *sirr jirnunint . or a /y\.s<'.s\//v t/cit/l irr : e.g. a (asc of Hie JH comprises the aeli\e objiri eMiip!etiiiir Hie notion of the passive verb and expressed in (ierinan hy the prepn>ili(n ? o n (*'%" in English): e.g. Tor -^nnt) trivt* : o n tern gcffl;lagen, the dog is being beaten by the ho\. Obs. This same relation is indicated hy the dative with the adjectives ending in bar and ltd), and \\hit h ha\e a pas>ive sig- nification : e. sr. Tor Momct i(t uuo uidjt fid? t bar. tyt i\t i I) m uubci3rctflid>. The dative form of relation is further 1 hy the prepositions mtt, fiir, gcgcn, anf: e.g. ucl) mit fcinem ^ruter terhmtcn, he has n!!ied himself vith his brother. Tu Hft frountiict) flcgcn \Ullc, yon are friendly towards all. Sic ft nt) cqiirnt (bofc) auf mill;, angry with me. 3d; fortre ticfc^ XHmt f iir mid;, 1 den this office for myself. Obs. i. With some verbs is used now ihe fltitirr* then the acctixtttirv , vuth a difference of signification !MN\ 1) vclfcn is also used with the u \\\M-I\ n -toin-nil id biilfc c? ^cu OJicnKbcit, fo or tic ^anje" 9 V\CIVIMIHC. 2) JUcrficbcrn , when i! ;i " has the, (httir, : nun mi v ware mciii (vliicf , fray Mrfce llcbcl fon'ibor fct; but \\hen it : or ntvU'bcil" , it is n>ed \\\\\\ ^iilii-e: .L^at intb ItoKiibv^-b 3) >Viih liadjabmcil to imitate, the person is indicated hy the tliifirr . and the thing hy the accusative: e. IT. (lt. 5. 2^ag ^ang gcbort ibm. 6. Btc fount' id) ol)ue mid) ibv na()ii ? 7- ltut> tie G5cbi^e ter 9tacbt wctdKii u 8id)t. 8. SWciucm d)iva^cr ^icmt's, fid) groji intt fiirftlid) jit bewcifen. 9. (Mar Ietd)t gcbordjt man ctnent eHen ^crnt , frer erQCit^t, inbcni cr line gcbietct. 10. (vr fd)nint>en Ur ift 511 fcicneu, fo ftcl)en wir tir 511 ieuftat mtt i()iicn. 20. ;Tie ut gleidjt eincnt 9Je^e. 21. Iraue tern (^liirfe ittd)t. 22. 6ei tu riilm bereit, tie 2Bai)rbcit nut ta6 9icd)t mit cfaljr tee tfebeiu? ju vertbcidijen. c 9 ef a II ft tn 65ott ^dat.); ein Xbcr ift, wcr bent tttned>t 511 ^fallen, unfl ben $tm\ befdti^en. 23. -Danfbarfcit detd)t einem QiUcn 51cfcr, ber meljr nnb 33effcrec> juriicfgibt, ale er tDWjfangen bat. 24. 2Ben befd)ivmen Gunteo l^itaten, tern fann bie $i$ nut ter %w\t nicbt fcbaten. 25. 3d) fol^te ibm auf ter gerfe. t^6* (5c fliubte tern ^eicbtfinn. 27. ^cr 3 l>rn a^ntt mir nnb bir nid)t. 28. gohje tern guten ^eifptcl, ntd>t tern bcfen. 29. 9Jad)t* c, : fen fd)abet ten 3Uta,en, ivenn eg au;b tern 9)iagen mat^ taiujcn. 30. ^ie Slnttrcrt bnngt er f ctnent 4>emu 31. 9)iein ^5efan0 foil ibm bag 3dcl)en geben. 32. 58 cr (vinem einen ctanfen ftieblt ftieblt il)m tie eele. 33. (yin bofcg cwiffcn ift tfla'a.er, Olicbter nut ^enfer in (s-iner $erfi?n; eg gibt jetem 2eitcn eiimt l.>4 OBJ. COMB.: CO.Ml'I.. OBJECTS. jet^cr JKofc ctncn ^Tern. 34. \d> iriil Mr'o jcht ^eni ^c' : 3">. ric '^cKbaiHinifl flo'imf id) ibr. 36. '.Vicircu -sic rac- tcr,; iii^e. :r \ic ivill ich rir fcbciifcn. :, uMctf niir ;i. 39. (vr ivcibt, ren ctlcni (MUT ivarm , l>cr '.h'-abrbett fcincii trcr.cn ?lrnu 4(1. ,',civt (vneb ;nm ?lb\bii^ tent ^UMiitcn. 4l. cr tir nicbt bc^nct fcin v -rJ. JBaS tn Mr bier crhuil": nndi mir. n3. Tir iu ric IIMT"C triaftcn. 44. ^ci\u\\c:: uiit; i\yb cc ilMii. 4(>. i*n\i.ib "r, d^ iinifouft bcmiibtc. 47. (vr foil Tcni i^ucvlii^ cntfa^cn. 4^. ffiamm ci "sl>r (vitcb nicincni TaufY 4 ( .). ^ol'iitct obr Tciu rliittcrfnclc .">(). ( icin iiTaniicn. 52. vEic tvci^ct niir ^vK' -Vcn rein (virlcii ^i'.. an;uc bc^ciiuotc niir ticfc s JJacbt. 54. Tic .UiMiiiv'ii Hb rcm .Uanivu 55. l*r iff nut cincni blaucii 8nge batongef emmen , bciiu: (vr n't uiit (\cuaucr 9ictb cincr (s>cfabr eut^angen. 56. rcn -iilcrn cnt^cbt fcltcn cin iDicufcb. 57. Iti^ al? bcr ^K'l IHMH ^o^cu irar, Tac- ^i'ort rcm .Uaficb cntflo^cii ivar, fani ^ic ^cruutiui^ n il^abit, nub lief; niicb fcbcu, UMC libel icb i^ctban, ric -vctnilicbfc' mcincr Vicl'c ciu;iuiicfuii ciucm ^icbc. ;bcn ibm ..C'jinii^. 59. Zcit icb Icrute l!^tcr|'cbci^cu auf mcinr; Vid>t rent ^cbattcn, 111^ Mt ^cbnu voni -^cbi^cit, nivbtc i ftctS 511 bordKii Bitten ^cbvou, iu^ bofcu :Kc^cll niub urn aii^cncbuic ittoit aii;iiiicl-mcii, mil* niicb \\\ ciitiicbnicn allcm ilugcnebntcn. 60. Tic :Kcifci^cn bc^cjvicn ;mvcilcn rctf;ci^cn 3 rciu 61. ^ic .Uiinft ^cr :Kcrc ift torn Finnic frcn^. t 1 co ivcbl bctanut fciu. 63. (vr abaut m~b cine -V'ittc jciier 1Mb. 64. (vr blicb ^cm ArciuiTc trc; ii\u 4 niir wcrtb. (i6. ^lu cb u\ir ^cr ^iiMn^ tbrcu ^i'Mi-'cbcn fci^ nicbt riefer .UiMiitlin nntcrtban. 68. Tic nuiftcn fii^ in r - tban (cr^cbcn). (i9. Tcr .Uoui^ ift mi* aualMii. 70. 2cincn gcrare baltcn, ift fdunt m^ ber 63cfm^bcit ^iitra^lid fcfmfen ftd) ^ic Settler i]lcid), ivcnn fie tnuifcn fub ric .vaitf ^ jinn :Kfii]en. T2. (vicbcn luibcn fcfte ii>nr;clii tier im (^rnnr ; nnr tern 3d)ilfrobr ift ^af' cbu\iiifcn ci.icn. 73. (vr blicb nnc- boir. 74. 3 cin 9lnblicf tbat niir ini ^rr^eii ivc: rctc id^ tac- Siu-rt. 76. 9Jiir u\ur cin (vls'cf, UMC c* nnr (;u Ibcil) ^cirerrcn. 77. .-en- miiV fcincm ^tcrblicbcn ut Il-cil. >. ! nfcn iitcbt v i : r !:-. 7 ( .>. Strafloft r\vcdbcit fvrid't ^aI titcn i. SO. ^isu- viluict imrr s|. ^:i !\u TLMI rid'cn ^ blcf? ^ctrvii:n;t. rfnft niir IMC- '^cffcr n?cnn id) ibn fJibe, u\u' nur irobl. S4. OJiir ibnct cin UH.T: teller 9liiiKHblict. s.-). ^bncn K- cntct Ti Unranf babcn ic ^dMiit. 87. AIM in rein 88- Tie Arcnnrc b/.u rn niir ivnY. ! : I f. '.Ml. rcn. 91. Cl'i; . Tn liivjft THE SYNTAX. 155 I from ett'oten 2id)t. 93. SSftan jtel)t btr'S an ben 5tu^en an; ge* junjj birbaft (jerocuit. 94. 9Jitr tobtete ein d)ii|t frag ^ferb. 195. >er 6k>tt beg Sieves wanbelt mtS $nr '8ette. 96. Sftir blntet I iu ber iBruft ras tcivfre $er$. 97. 3l)r foabt bae ^erj mir be$wmta.cn. 198. 3ebem (yin5dncn wacbft ba* emittb (^* cmiitb jebes (in* 13 el n en) im Strom ber 9)tena,e. 99. Sie roaren mein, im jSlngcficfyt ber 2Belt mir ^ugofprocben ou jwet grojleu .Xbronen, mtr Ijucrfauut on ^tmmei ituD OJatur. 100. SKtfl ein $olf nid)t licber Inact) fetucr Slrt ton ben 3eim^cnrecjirt iverten, aid on Srcmocn? 1101. Son eiftern tr& ter 'SBe^ Da^n befcbugt. 102. -Der IjVnabe fancit an mir fiirefjterltd) 511 wercen. 103. Jvii^Ibar ijl mtr lafletn ber fedjmer^, ber mir ben QMtfcn ^errcint. 104. dine 6ee(e, Ibte ber Suft nnb ber yicbe gleic^ nnbetretbar tvar. 105. 2)u If auu jl bid) md)t mtt ibm oerglei^en. 106. Ste finb fitr i^n ba* Ibm, ie fiub fitr mid) perloren. 107. ie 2Babrbcit tft Dorbanben fur ben SBeifett, bie d)onbeit fiir cin ffiblcnb &cr5. 108. 3$ Imbte mtt ben CHUtcrn ittcfyt. 109. 2Benn id) mid) iUG en fj e **** |vflid)ten foil, fo miiffen fic'cs ancb ^e^en mid>. 110. (fr tft fe^r Ibofe auf bic^. 111. C^-y ftuo' (iitd; ijar tro^t^e jlameraben. 1 112. 2)a0 war btr cine &ift! The princess made them no answer. She is abandoned to her [sorrow. Whom does the garden belong to? Obey him. Submit to Cesar. He \\ill not yield to his uncle. The wine ascends linto his brain. He remained faithful to the l>ing. Be obedient | to the laws. This may be useful to us. The storks are hostile | to the frogs. 1 prefer the blue dove to the white. I prefer the I tender cabbage to the bitter aloes. The people obey the orators. Lightnings precede the thunders. Bright days are followed hy I gloomy days. The wise man does not succumb to misfortune. IPlato does not yield to Socrates in wisdom. This poem pleases Ime. This book belongs to him. They thanked him. He threa- Itened me. Follow her. He does not resemble his brother. He I will help us. They injured me much. He was flattering her. iThey did not trust him. Bring me the nosegay. Fetch him a I chair. Give us the wine. Show them the way. I offered him I my house. It was announced to us. His conduct did not please I me. Lend me that book. Believe me. He confessed it to me. I The hour was known to no one. . 111. Substantive accessory sentences. The completing object of the genitive, accusative and factitive relations is, just like the subject, often expressed by a substantive sentence. 156 OBJ. COMB.: eOMPI. ORJKCTS. lubstantive sentences >\hich express a t/tomj/tt (/im(t those \\hich e\pre the abstract no- tion of an iH'ttritt/. are eoniieeled \\ilh tlie conjunction ,,tMK", cxceptii'ii- Hie inlcrroirat i\ e sentences \\hich are Connected Without the conjunction ,, : \Mlh the mn- jnnetion ,, Ob " , ^hen the nssfition is put in question : e.g. obr Ki^tot fdlMt, taf; or von 3innon u\ir , \mi >;iid yourself Ihul lie \\us out of mind. x ut> irill luijToH, vo cr t|1, I \vill know \>here lie is, llrtbciloii Sic, el 1 ftanfc , Jiidyi', \\lK-lliiT I nnder>to(ul. When in lho>e Mil)>(;uiti\e si'iitenee> e\|rein commoiil\ con- tracted >Nith the demonstrative snhstanli\e |)ronoun M tvir" into baran , tarauf, t^aritbor, "Dii^ii jc. : e n. UTCH nur tvirauf, ( \erh. ,,auf \\nitm_ a |)o\verfnl lord iii\in^ the example. - - \\ hen the \-rh of the principal sentence ao\crns the (iccHstitire . tip live of the jiersonal pronoun ,,co" is often made to cede the Mibslanliu' sentence: e that >he s| the Inilh. \Vhen the speech f/t/o/rff in a >iillanh\e -enh indicated by the cottjinn'th'c , the conjiincli. generally omitted, the >enlei;ee aumini; Hie order "| >truclion of a principal >ciilcin id) fci ibr Acint*, (instead of NIK i.i> il'r /vn'nt al>va>s tells me that I am her cnem\. O/rv The >;um- form i> fn-p:. ences >t;indint: after the verbs iMttnt, . f'liulvn. bi fllnhtiH, I'or'Vrcchi'll, ele. , \\hrn the \eih of the Mib>t;uili\- trnrr i- roniiiM-lcd \\ith an tin.i-iliurtf irrh i>/ HHHH! , or . and pirvbtcn \\i\\\ the auxiliaiy NT!) ,,ivcitcit": l^cnVrach, cr ir iM I o fiMiuncii , he pmmi>ciJ that l: oine. .orftc. cv iviirr o niir bciucbcn , I hoped that he \\iib>tan' lion ol an w Hie >nb:>lanti\ I doifl THE SYNTAX. 157 know whom you mean. $ergi ntcfyt, to a 3 em greunb iriegt in bet 9loti), forget not what a friend is worth in necessity. Obs. When in substantive sentences of this kind the complet- ing relation is expressed by a preposition, the letter is not contracted with the demonstrative in the principal sentence : e. g. (Sr fprad) tcrfd)tebenemal nut mir it ber t>as (not 1) a r fiber), wag cr fiir fie uut> tfyre .Rmber 511 tl)im ftebenfe. 5Rein SSater facjte rair wenta, ton bent (not baton), wag er mit il;m a,erebet fyatte* 1. 6ie meinen, bag bte Unterfcfyrift ton ncnltd), bte abgcftoijlene, fie 511 9ttd)tg terbtnbe. 2. (iinft liegeft )n mid) ajanben, bag >tr mem Sebeu tbener feu 3. JBer$etl;t, bag id) (ud) gleid) 311 Slufaiuj mo 2Sort fatten mujj. 4. 2Ber fann t>er Jylamme bcfel)(en, ba fte nid)t anc^ turc^ tie (jefea,neten Saaten n>ut()eV 5. 9Jlan wei nid)t cn n>annen er fommt unb brauf't* 6. 2Ber fie fct, wtfl fte attetn bent Jloitt^ offcnbarcn. 7. @ai3t'5 ruitb Ijeraii^, weffir n)ir (fnd) ^u ^alten. 8. C^'y nwjj fid) crflamt, ob id) ben g-renub, ob id) ben S3ater foil entbe^rcn. 8. 3^ r frUt erflaren , ob 3^) r Sucto &ernt errat()en wottt, ober tren tl)in bienen. 10. 3d) beftetye baraitf, bajj ber 2orb entferne (verb: ,,auf Cftwag bcficfycn"). 11. X)er $og for^t bafiir, bag and) ivac> ^olbeo inw ba^ Stng' erge^e. 12. (r blteb babet, bag er bet mir anfragen n?nrbe, ob tc^ fein tud mit i^m tfjetten woflto. 13. 3d) bttte^banun, fa|! fte ben JBertc^t enben. 14 5^td)t rnf)tg bnlbet eg, bag (s;nre 8d)n)eftcr bc^ freemen tebeS S3eute fct. 15. 3d) fiU)l'*, bag id) ber bin. 16. @ag' ntd)t, ;Tn miiffeft ber 9?ot(n>ent)iafeit i]cl)ord)en. 17* (fr fei bier anf bent 3d)log, bebanpten fte. 18* 3^ (3laubt, ber ^erjog fei entfejjt. 19. (5:r bat, tct) ntoije ()ter bietben, 20. (vr befabl, man fofltc tbnt fo(a,en. 21. ^agt mid) wtffen, wag id) ^n fiircftten ^abe. 22. &ammere nid)t falteg C^tfen ; fane ntd)t, wag j)n ntd)t fannft bcigen. 23. ^aud)' ang,'wag X)td) encjet; fprtd) ang, wag )id) braiigct. 24. 2Ben man ant (tebften bat, ^ent lebt man gerit 511 3BtI(en* 25. SBergebeng ertnnerte ber Slbgefanbte ben Probes rer \\ th;it my ! ...!\ i> moiliil. l>ut that my >i>iii ;ifter death \\ill lu- immortal. He |inuni>rci,uu>ly [\\\\{ he \NUiild meiul. He is tjlatl that you \\ill \i>it him. I UDOU that >ou are imln.-triniis. I >ee that the MIM is r >iiiL, r . I do not Kno\v \\hiTL- he re.-ide>. A>l\ him \\helher he \Nill come \\ilh us. I don't Know \\hetlier you nndt'r>tood m-. I hope that you \\ill protect me. I hrlirve that this pain \\ill al\\;;\^ rnii;iia in my mind. The teacher in>i>ts upon all his pupils appearing at > hoed at the riijht time. I am jrlad that >ou are comm<:. Hie r|:|,. rejoiced that the father returned, ('olmidms did not douhl th;tt he \\ouM dixdvrr the iiiikno\M) land. lit- i^ a>hamed of \Nh;i >aid. lie rffu>e> (that) \\\\i\[ he promi>ed to do. K\rry h hi-mi: thinUs of pre>er\iii'j il>elf. lie i> >a:i>licd \\itli receiMU^ half of tin- inheritance, liemeinher \>hat I have told you. I'roplr helie\e thai \\ar \Nill arise. My friend \\rote to me that he had leen ill. I perceive that you eoidd not act olher\\i>e. I hear from my brother that you are going on a journey. The \\ i believe that there is no God. . 113. B. Avi-:iiHiAL OB.IKCTS. Objects of locality. Objects of locality arc expressed by atfrn'/ts and pre- positions: e.g. 3c^ faun IM o r ni.M Kinder Moil stay here no longer. Tor s i ; rier fiibrto mia> in ron (^ar = teu, the prior took me into the garden. In a f v linns only, the yenilivc. nr acrt/.\titirf iiased: e. %. s ?}?viil UlCtt ibn allor Crton, he is benu; looked lor in e\ery p!a he x -es proceeding along the road. The rtirnp/ffinf/ relation oflocali'N -ed by )>r, positions : e ?. *(\* cr ten AilrbciTiiilal' in ni o i n when he pla< ed the eommandei - .stall' into my hand-. : ; itdj a it f Den Itfd>, put the book upon the tablr. 1. $or tic r rcr ' v fibn 511 lint hcrutcr. 4 THE SYNTAX. 159 efyt in$ ftelb, imb wofynt imtcr 3eftcn. 5. iefe I)icre Icben ira S&affer* 6, 3d) foil fyier erfc&mad)tenfc serberben? 7. (i'inen a,olbnen 33ecl)cr werf id) I)inab. 8. rojle baten bort gefdjetyen. 9. 5ln bem Setie frf)cn giefyt man ben g-rennb empor. 10. Jd) fraa,re: *oit wanncn bee SBetjS? nnb wolnnans bes te$$V nnb wofyer bie ftuffrtttfyung Denies (s5epraa/3, bie Slnfrifcfyung SDeiiieS SEBci* fcegetyegS? 11. 3^ifd)en ben Stccfern fdjritt fte l)inbnrd) 12. (ir Vrc^t fie ftefttij in bie 3lrme, fd)UMn^t,nd) anf fein 9ioj}, fd)icft 511 feinen 2Rannen alien in bem ?anbe Sc^weij; nach bem beit'a/n s ^anb fie tvaflen, anf ber ^rnft baf> ^reitj. 13. S^cs 2Be^ fam er. 14. (S- jie^t 'ne Oiotte ba* unt're Xl)al I;eranf. 15. 3d) ivanb're fd)en fcit 3aj)ren bie ^anbe aiio nnb ein. ]6. ^eine geibenfc^aft woljnt in ben rabern bcr lobton. 17. Cs*in ^linb, trctdje^ a\\$ ber <8cfynle fommt, nui(3 ftill nnb ftttfam fciuer tra^e (feiuc^ 2Be(3ce) ^iebn. He stands here. He sleeps there. Go thither. Come hither. He remained behind. When my master comes , he will have an eye here, and there, and everywhere. Whither in surh haste? He dwells near the church. The coat is hanging on the nail. We shall go to Paris. The dog lay unter the " table. Throw it under the table. The hermit sat on a bench near the door. He put the lettre in the pocket. He resides in the country. He is coming that way. Go this way. They were dancing on the mea- dow. I shall breakfast in my bed-room. . 113. Adverbial sentences of locality. The adverbial sentences of locality are connected in the accessory sentence by the demonstrative adverb tt>o (trover, n> o () t n ) , and in the principal sentence by the demonstra- tive adverb t>a (bafyer, bafyin) which may be either expressed or understood: e. g. @ic rmtb (t>a) gericfytet, to o fte fre^eite, she is judged where she sinned. 1. >n rcirft l)ina,efm, u>o fein ag mefyr fdjeinet. 2. ^tcfyt itberatl, wo SBaffer ift, ftnb g-rofd)e; aber wo man grofdje ^ort, (ba) ift SBaffer. 3. efju ^ie, raf (babin), ivobin bie ipflic&t ie ruft. 4. (r get)t babin, trover id) fomme. 5. C^r fonnnt babcr, woljin id) tje^e. 6. Jn (S)otte^ tauten (^ci)', n>ol;m Hi'g erad)tcft; nnr f)offe nid)t, ba|] 2)n bci mtr iibernacbteft. 7. 25o einmal ^cil 5)ir wipers fnbr, babin nunrn nie bie 2BteberfaI)rt. 8. 3)a, wo gwtfdjen jwci 3abnen einer ober mel)rere anefaflcn, entftefet eine 3^1/nlucfe. 9. 2Bo e^ etwa^ 5teneg 511 feljen c^tbt, ba ntadjt Silt nnb 3 11 3 ^ an ^ e $&]* 10. n weifeft ben ab, ber or J)cinem Xl)or ftcl)et, nnb bebenfeft nid)t, wao ^Dir bcorftel;et, ba, wo jcbe^ ^)aar emporfte^ct. 11. KlO OBJ. CO.MH.: ADVERBIAL OBJECTS. UMiifet, \\ --.ibe Kbit. TJ. 2 liber k ill o,ctranM nub r-er* fd)laa.en , fo faun ec- Tir mcM* wfd ra. in Arbeit Tir (dngt 1(). H ^o ^a5> (Mefiibl ^te ^e.^el ubwcllt mir ::uiift lii^er bait, Ta i|l rao beiie Ktbeitfre^iaMt I I saw my friend \vhere I did not expert him. Hr ran \\ I. he saw li-rlit. lh(> sNvallow ^MM-S (tlirrc) \\lu-rr it finds its food. "Wild l)on.sts like to stay \Nhrre tht'y are not purMird. You cannot follo\v me \vhither I am jjoinjj. I received the letter from where I had resided last. Where you sow love, joy \NiII ^ro\\. \Nherc you did not .sow, you will not reap. Wherever he went, he met gaiety and kindness. Wherever I went, I found that poetry \vaa ouiMdered us the highest learning. . 114. Objects of Tune. The relations of time are expressed by tn/rcrfts offline, jWjiositioHS and the cases of the snbslantixc : e. ff. fommt jcnt, he is coming now. (v$ ^n'clMb an oincm SJlor^on, it happened on a morning. (5r arboita vMbon: he works in the evening. A. The /toint of time, i.e. the trheit.' is expressed by the prepositions an on (with the dative), it in at, about, 9 eg en towards, in in, iMitnen and inn orb alb \\ithm, bei at, unter under, durinjr, ivabrcnt) during, a it f for, after, at (with the accusative ), ^u at, for m>ed Mith the siil)slanli\es ^cil and 9}?al , a> ^ell as in a peculiar expressions) i? r before f \Mtli the dali\ej, n a dj ;illrr, it b e r dnriiiff, after. The /ittuit of time i> further e\preed by the (HVttsiitirc and t/eniti- the laller particulary \\hen the acli\ily i> poinli-d out a> a custom. l>. The duration of time of the predicate, i. e. i lit- lioir'f \> commonly expressed by the acci/sntirc , but 1>> Hie |repo>ilions in in, fiMt since, and bi v iinli'. ^ cr iinf% - (troi '8 jin'^Ki^cn. \ r et .i. Tic uluMtcu Aaae IUMI s Jlraii]iio> fu^ nun ; ijebe, niiv. THE SYNTAX. 161 eute mir gclogen. 6. 9Jn einem SjJtorgen ift ber ergog fort. 7. (r fam inn Dftern. 8. (vr wellte crft gegen etff U&r abreifen. 9, (Srjt gegen 9lbenb fam cr an. 10. 2Ber Ijorre ntd)t gent ten d)lag ber 2&ad)teln am frfil)en SDZorgen, nnb ben <8d)lag ber 9Ud)ttgallen in ber title ber S 3iad)t? 11. 5lm 3: age fdjreibt er; in ber 9t'ad)t licft er. 12. 91 m tenbe erltcren wir ben Sikg. 13. 3m Qinfange fling SlfleS gut. 14. 8te babcn in fd)wad)en Stmiben mid) gefel)en. 15. JDie JBriefe lantcn, i>a|] HarlOiS binnen SJittternadjt nnb s i^orgen SJlatrtD crlaffen fell. 16. ^r .frer^cg laubete innerljalb ad)t iajjcn in 6Jenna. 17. 53et jcbem 2lbfcl)ict> jitt^rt mir ba^ er$. 18. ii^ir fiub gcboren nuter glcid)cn @tcrncu. 19. iBa()renb bcc ^eijnftiinbigen .Hampfeo famcn aflc 9{cgtmeuter 5iim 9liu]rtff. 20. ^lommen @ic bci 3etteu (bci Xagc bet 9iacl;t). 21. SDi; er(ierft mid), j^ail anf viele Jabre Xb^ren nennen e^ anf ewig. 22. 2Cuf ben jwaii^tg* ften mil [fen alk Officicrc beim plcgtmeut fcin. 13. Cn* fam nm incr lU)r anf ben Scljlag. 24. Sei anf bie tnnbc ba. 25. 9U6 wir im 8mirc 511111 leijten SWal un faljen. 26. Sie mafyncn mid) gur reel) ten $nt. 27. Itnb (er) i?erlaf?t fie gur fciben 6tnnbe. 28. 5pcr ?yriebe unrD fommcn fiber Oiad)t. 29. .Jtefyrct bocf) etn nnb bleibet iiber s Jiad)t. 30. (vr ft^t ben lag fiber 511 anfe. 31. >e 2)ior* geu^ mit bem ^rfi()cften fteigt (sber^avbt 511 4>fe r ^ 32, S>a er bef> anbern lage in bie SD^effe fling, vafrt' ic^ meine 3^it ab. 33. $Don^ ncrftag nad) S3etoet>ere, grettag gel)t'^ nad) 3ta fort. 34. lageii 5lrbeit, Slbenbs 0>)a'fte 35. 8te fprec^en tl;n nod) btefen Qlbehb. 36. 5Dte[lcfont fann ben Slugeubiicf I)ier fcin. 37. @ie treffen biefen JBormittag ein. 38. 23or cincr 6tunbe ging er iveg. 39. 3d) tl)dt'y ror ^lurgem felbft erlebcn. 40. 11)11, tvae uor 3Dir fetu SiJeib gc- tl;an, nad) )ir fcin SBcib mel)r tf)nn roirb. 42. 9lnf bhtf ge >d;ladj ten fclgt efang nnb Xang. 43. 2lnf ba^ Unrcd;t ba folgt^bay llebel. 44. Slnf mem eljeij} entfernte fid) bie giirftin. 45. fiber fnrg ober lang finb te 9lmbaffabcnr. 46. 3u wenig latjen fann fid) vie! ereigncn. 47. ^ei 91ad;t finb alie ^la^en gran. 48. ie gen?of)nlic^e &it, ba 9}ienfd>en effen, ift gn 9}Jorgen / 511 9}itttag, gn 5U>enb, cber gn 9Ud)t. SDjtan^e effen and) nod) ptfc^en SDiorgen unt> 5DZittag (ba3 gwcite grfijftutf) nnb gwifdjen TOtag nnb 5lbenb (ba^ ^Befperbrot). 49. SQlein ^perg n?ar eine^ lage ion Summer befangcn, ber mir roieberfcfyicn ron ben SBangen. 50. (r war beim ^lonig gwei olle tnnben. 51. (ir benft ben gangen lag,. 52. vln bem lifer ftef)' id) lange lage, ba^ Sanb ber iy)ried)en mit ben 9lngcn fnc^enb, 53. (.i\\ ^Ingeenblitf gertrihnmerte, wa wir in 3a^)ren banteiu 54. @eit geftern finb nnr beg gewi. 55. SDer $ote ift f;erein feit mel)reren tnnben. 56. ;Der jtonig I;atte ben ftelbgng bi^ tief in ben SBinter uerlangert 57. S31eibt bi^ gnm 5lbenb. 58. 33i^ jef$t mu id) in panien ein grembling fein, 59. S3i l)ier()er bin id) o^ne d)iilb. 60* $r wobnt im anf bem anbe. 61. ;Der Sttorcfy fommt fd;on im g-cbrnar. OBJ. COMU.: ABVKB1AL OBJECTS. myself daily. To-morm\\ we shall L f f> to the coun- try. To -morrow week there \\ill be ;i holiday. The In :i^ IK>\\. init he will soon lea\e ell. He ram, . he will MHt yon to-day, and >et out a^ain to-morrow . I shall follow !y. llu 1 Dightingtlt >in;s in the evening. The lark sin^s in tin- iimniinu. He \i>ited me one day. Hi- :!xin: this mornini:, and will \i>it you this evening. The p. Iieen sleeping all day. Hi- wa> lorn (perl , tlu- tliird of Aiiiiu.st. He died on the second of >o\eiuher. Id out on the first of June on a Sunday. Come next Thursday. I am invited for the evening. After rain folln\\> >uu->hine. He slept durinj; the sermon. He came at the rijlit time. He set out before the break of day. They arrived at the minute. Fortune often comes durinj: ni^hl. After some time I >aw him iij;;iiii. She i- iroinir to stay v*ith us till easier. !Mnch snow falls in winter. Durmir the reiun of the emperor IN'apoleon, almost the \\lml Kurope WHS luirnin? with war. Life on earth la>t> hut n short time. For three days we waited for the arrival of the friend. . 11."). Atlrcrhinl sentences of tlwc. Adverbial sentences of time are connected with I he con- junctions ba when, alu when, irnw when, intern and iiu toffon whilst, \rcil while, iviibrcub whilst, irio n>. IUM after, cl'o d^:er) before, [cittern (fein >ince , mid bio till. Obs. The conjunction ,,lveim" points out the time as an oc- currence of intlcfrrtiii/ifitu tlurt/fiun and frt't/m nri/ : 't, uuMtn (whenever) bcr Hater aitcsi^ , ^a u\u ei \voitu cr UMeterfam. The conjunctions ,^v\" and the time as a tlrtrrntintttc event of the past ; r o ' i> . ho\> u>ed also when the time is in the pre.M-ut li , riahly points out an iittliriiluiil acti\ity irit limit duruti iiocb XHIlev tu setter Acntc, ^a hattcu ^lt mil* jcut, ta rcr (vrfi'l^ ^e tuber t ift, r.: :. ;ivait;i^ "sabre, alo uiid> tie uiibejir;:. biuaitC'tneb anf tao fcire Vaut*. onue aitf^ina, rctfete cr ab. 2 viitf^CvVin^cn war, reiueu wir H fommeit tO\ : fnf nift, weuii cni\: ivcnii nut iMunicit He (vrre fid> Hciret licit, uviu; ;i;lcitt it im liebl: ointc auf^i. , arm mi^ retten fan. an, ta nu\ THE SYNTAX. 163 Sort entfd)Iitpfte. 5, 23ie nwrbe mir, al id) in 3 cre ^ -ftirdje trat. 8, >u nnrft bteomal nod) ein alteS 3(mt senvalten, inbejj rcir f)ter be &erru (S)efd)afte treiben. 9. 3 u beffen >n auf mciuc ^orberfyiitfe fyojfft, fo iverben nrir 5111* 9lettung Jyvift gcwiuucn. 10. as (iifen mujj gefdjmteeet wcrben, et{ e gliifyct. 11. Unt> iveil id) fern bin, fiifyre J)ii mit flugem a fpielen bte SBajfer ibm inn bie ^Brnft. 14* SBte er unnft nut bem finger, auf tfynt fic^ ber weite 3wingcr. 15. 3 l tbem id) ^ier uern?eile, bimjt er fd)cn bte Berber. 16. cr jlouti] crltc 9Uhmbetg, nacfybcm er e^ jnr gitrforge mit eincr biuldngli^en ^efamuuj uetfe^en I)atte. 17. (s'l)' biefe^ Xa^e^ omtc fiuft, pfeii and) ton (Eefar feine atttn Sir cutgcgciu 18. (iinige donate erftrid)en, ef)e an^ SDiabrib eine Slnt# a^ort fam. 19. o fd)5ne Xage bai bieS C^ttanb nie gcfet)n, feit etgne g-iirften e^ rcgtcrcn. 20. 6ettbcm bcr Sivni$ fciucu 3o()n er* loren, oertraut er SBcni^en ber >eiuen mcl)r. 21. 3^ r fdjwetgt, bi man dud) anruft. 22. 2)od) UMfl er mtr gomtcn brci Xage 3 C ^' bi^ id) bic 6d)\ve|]er bem (fatten gefrctt; fo blctb J)u bem ^t'outcj ^nm $fanbc, bi^ id) fommc 511 lofcu bte siBanbc. 23. 2)ann (trecff cr flc^ auf bem >eibenvful)f, uub trvinf bte JBedjer untcr attcnfpiel, big er tnmten auf bie @eiten fid. 24. 2Benn ba^ ^aupt feiucu Jlovf ^at, fo ift bie cfetff^aft ubcl baran. X)er 5Vovf ijl intmcr bie ^>anptfa^e. 25. U IK < i d . 1 i \\\ tin' in-exeiit /tiirttci/t/e i i. c. the tjertnttl vre i am v r out* , lint tamvfo iv\;on otiic SBelt), Mr.:> i msl n \\orld. - J ;ui uuileclhtetl uiljec ricben Sanfentc auc obvni Vantorn freb unt arm, tliou- v.uids already lied from your dominion* happy and p 3) by a su/tst(intirc \\\(\\ one of the pr L'd, mit, in, untcr nnd C(MIC: c. c. 3ie Haotc ciJ tern .^voni^c mtr tln'ancnrnn (MOU lie, she complained of it to the Kniir >vilh a (earful counleiionee. 4) by the t/enilivc: c. <:. ^i>irft tifo ^cvmc^cn, vitlMqcn @ i ju trctcnV NNiil yon bo able to appear before thLs man \vith a tranquil countenance. ? Qbs. Frequently a past parti -iple A\iih an ; is used in the sense of a gerund: e. ii. 3t: fillet lunanfr til tic fur }{acbt , t a c> ?l n i] c IUMI Sciucu c\ c t r li (' c t. iviUcrt, (vl^ Del* ^chottc ^a. Sometiiues a!>o the gerund is omitted and only an object expressed referring to lli* r t c . a u ^ a in ^ cb ir c r t c ( haltcue under ftcfy an. 1. I'ic cMiin^culHicirc folnittcfnb umfrcbcn niicb ^ic Icn^ciftcr. "2. llni> bamit fcbrt' cr KubcitD mir IcctV ibn fcljmctdjclut' in t cmftcfd)loffcn , ivic feint t' ; l.n^cu niid> U-r nabn > eft, mcin initcr, fvib icb fdMmretb uti^a. bin. 7. s ^uf mefne 9firgf$aft fcln\^ cr fici^i^or von binit. licbc ebitc .voffiuuu^, liiit i T iiirt niu M. T.i ':.: ib iu fill d>tcrlic!)cr (viufaniFcit. 10. Ta lobt' ic^ ebuc 'vEcbnuicbt, ebuc \\nni. II .ten unvcn: be jiinlrf. TJ. (vc- ivirt (viitcm faucr . :.aitfcn trecfucn i rurdsiifennncn. 13. (vnMub i autcnvefl |i \Hu^cn ;n: :i. 1 1. Da femml (ic fcllM't, rcii C^h'tuuc- in ;nft in ^cl:; ! | ll(j. THE SYNTAX* 165 He went away laughing. The child came crying. He lived in his native town , loved by many , respected by all. I stood loo- king at the bird. It ran fluttering to the other side. He heard with surprise of your refusal. He is growing rich without trouble. He said it in anger. He went away in silence. He eats without appetite. The boy walks with his head bare. She is lying in bed awake. He sleeps standing. He walks about thoughtfully. They went away furious. She wrote her name in haste. . 117. Objects of manner. The relation of manner are expressed by adverbs of I manner, by the adverbial forms of adjectives, by the * genitive of substantives, and by the prepositions mit, o()ne, jp an, auf, nad), $u. 1. (fncf) gtemt eg, fo ju beu!en, fo 511 Ijanbcfn mir. 2. te SBelt ; famt anberg ricfyten. 3. SBie 3)n ba$u a,elana,en maa,ft, ift eine j : Sacfye. 4. 9Jhiu (vrfiHwcn biijH' id) tljeitcr. ' 5. So offcn biirfen I nnr bag 2Ber! nid)t tveiben. 6. em fvommcn 5D?ond) a,ib reid)lid). i, 7. 3d) erl)ob mid) fdjnell. 8. 3(> re s ^ippen Bittern fieberbaft. 9. 2Bte I fdjrecfltd) fpteleu 8te mit mir. 10. S 3iac^ Uri fal)r' id) ftebenben I ft'iijjeg. 11. ^>orft X)n bag Mftl)orn fltngcn nta'd)tti]cn Ohtfeg. 12. s )Zid)t f letd)ten .(lamvfeg fteo,t ber laube. 13. ^djuclieu SMicfo erfannt' fie I i^n. 14. 6pred)t mit C^claffenbcit. 15. Sie glanbte, ba^ eg mit &orbcbad)t gcfd)el)en. 16. (vr tan^t o^ne Slnmutl). 17. (r iffet [, obne abel. 18. ^Bir ocvle^cn am meiften , bic nnr am garteften I lieben. 19. Unter alien Dvtttcrn gefallt er mir am beften. 20. 5lm I liebften fprad)' ic^ t{m aflein. 21. 9^ir Dergonue, bajj id) anf meine i| SBeife mid) betrage. 22. 2Bir btenen t^m anf unfere 5lrt. 23. >u 5 I)aft bie SSacfyen t)ertl)etlt unb beorbert?- 2lufg ^enanefte. 24. !^aj;t n ling tagen nad) ben altcn 33ra'ud)en beg Saubeg. 25. 3^ ar tet mel)r I nad) (ureg Saterg etft* 26. Cf,r reift u g-uje, ^u SBaffer, gu ^anbe. 27. Saf^ ung obn' 7(nfto uub 5lnftanb l)inn>anbeln mit 3ln# ntutfo unb 5inftanb bie 33abn, bie ju tvanbeln ung anftanb, mit tit* I)ia,er elaffenf)eit, obne ^uggelafjenfyeit, mit geioanbter ^-erti ol)ite Cvilfertii]feit. 28. 3eber toeij^ am beften, nne'g i^m nm'g ift. 29. ,,3^) will mid) fret uub ajiicflid) tranmen" fo l)ab' in etnem ^tcl)ter gelefen. $ld), ba^ ift ivol leid)t a,efa$t, aber fd)wer c^etljan ! 2lud) tm Sd)lafe Dcrlajit ung bag Unglncf uid)t. 30. 3^ faun mcine cbaitfeu miinMich unb 'fcfyriftlidj auobn'icfen. 31. 5Be* fcf)eibentltd) befd)etb' id) mid) mit bent, wag jte befdjicten; on il)r nid)t fc^etD' tc^ ; ob tc^ foil fcerfd)eit>en, fie eutfc^eib' eo. 32. 2ftit bcr ;DitutmI;ett t'ampfen otter felbft Dergebeng. 1G6 OBJ. (iiMH.: .MlVF.KF I \1. OBJK. !)( li IVople \Nlll judge olher\MM*. He >poK. 1 paid dearK for it. Hi- perform* hi> duty con>cicnliou>ly. He aiiiindiiiitly to tin- poor. She \Mi'r> hraiittt'nlly. >o man can lit' peifcrlly happy. She ndts \\ell. lit- Uha\e> \\ith pm- llvs \\itliont M'ii>c. She .! tin- nc\\f>t fa>hion. llu-y arc tra\ellm<: on hoi -rkn L I he |, ( ,\ r;ui Ho\\ >hail I do thi>? 1 sm>\\uvd him hy \\ritini:. I he hild \\i-pl I'lllnly. Mir xddirr ddnidcd hinisrll luiiNcly. I he child roiilr-.-t tl iis limit opt-illy. '1 hr im;i\oid;dlf niu>l IT IM.IIH- \\iih diiinity. \\orU c;n-c!ully. Oh, lutli r >-n>jilion of .sidnc^ . ho\N \iolfiilly dor-t (lion toiincnt n>> miiid ! He \\tiil out \\ithoiit liat. 'I his pupil rc;ids hot. Which colour do you like best? lie \Ncnt ly set. 1 shall travel on foot. My liiend made the joi, on horseback. $. 118. Adverbial scjtlotccs of ir.mincr. the moniicr is indicated ly ;m effect, th< has the conjiinciion r/ ba" corresponding with the (k'ni(iii>liali\c ndxcil) ]$" in the principal M-ntc-mv : e.g. (M* iicbartot fid) fo, t? a f? man ?or ibm m>ridr, he !.- ha\es so that people are frightened at him. The <- il\ir nicl>t niobr p.ofobon , as spirits \anish into air, she dis- appeared and Mas seen no more. Obs. The rompnrative adverhial sentences are ofd : \Nith the principal scnlein Dll rcN'U, \v i c tin irannici^cr (i. e. llMC tin iriumenbCT ri^Cf.) When an ' t maniur IN to he reprcx nted , the acco-ory >culeii o it ^ c r v , a 1 v : e. g. (vr fvrid;t a u I* c r c- , a 1 cr ^cu^t. A particular Kind of cotti/xinif trc setitei/ccs has the conjunction ,, a 1 j? c b " or also //v ili? ironn", the lal hm\r\cr, nid> NN hen the M-ih viands in the conditional: e. g. ob or hMnt .1110, iv on u or tiMiif UMV-:, 1> Bfl if he \\crc ill. 'I he cn//>/. i:rfif /ri (his Kind frequently assume the ords of an intern THE SYNTAX. 167 the conjunctions icenn and ofc being omitted : e. g. (?t u3, al3 rmire er franf, he looks as if he were ill. 1. (r bewifligte ben truppen tie SBtnterqnartiere , bed) fo, bap fie anf$ fdnteflfte fonnten tterfammett werben. 2. Die Slbfdjrift ift bod) fo oerfailt, ba man fie (cid)t t>erwed)felt? 3. >o tine ber Sktbraiul) bas Seben enter ^loMc crfrifdjet, fo erfrffd)et baS d>ebet bie Jpoffumujcn bes .er$en$. 4. 2Mt nimmft bte (d)iiffet ram Jlo* nigs ifd), wie man 3lepfel bridjt om 33anm. 5. tfr banbelt an* r^, al^ fciit 33ruber. 6, 3ft c nicfet ftlS ob btefe^ 53olf mid) jitm otte macbe? 7. (^ war, af$ ob bte Cvrb' tbn etngefdjlucft. 8. I^ut, ^ roenn 3& r d u ^^"f^ wcirct. 9. SSerfnnfen in 5)td) felber ftebfl n ba, alc> ware uur >Dctu Scib jugeiicn, ^Teine 'Seete fern. 10* 9Jitr ivtrb, al$ rowcfyte l)tnter mir Tie fecit in Jylammcn anf. 11, ($ tvar, al^ war' er Berfmifcn in bie SBogcn, obcr in bte SBolfen empor* geflogen. 12. $ran$ ift ein ^afcnfn|V; roemt er einen ^>nnb fte^t fo lauft er, als ob ibm ber jlopf brenne. 13. )erjcnia,e, welder Vinbere beaufjtdjtigt, tbnt ^nweilcn, al^ ob er einen ft-ehlcr nid)t be* ntcrfe, er bat 9ad)fid)t , bn'lcft ein Singe 511. 14. S8on weld)en 23erglcid)itngcn fagt man wo(: ,,X)ao pafjt ivie bie Sauft aufy 9lnge"? 15. ^r war fiibn' wte ber 2lar, bcrebt wte ber -Staar, Hfttg wie ber c^^, fd)arfnct)tig wie ber ^nd)y , glatt wte ber 9lal, nni feft wie 8tabl. 16. (yr war an jebcm ^ccfe in feincm ^ano wie bie 8d)itecfe. 17* iiMe bie Slrbeit, fo ber 2-ol)n. 18. ^cte licfen wie mit Jyliigeln an ben Soblen, alo fatten fie gcjto^Ien, ober (alw ob fie) (jingeu fiber Speak so that one may understand you. He writes so that no one can read it. She speaks as she thinks. You look as if you were ill* As peace is the end of war, so to be idle is the ulti- mate purpose of the busy. My preface looks as if 1 were afraid of my reader. As a worm destroys the healthy growth of a plant, a bad conscience annihilates the happiness of man. God loves men as a father his children. The life of man passes away as the grass in the field. As the question so the answer. As the deeds so the reward. The boy lies there as if he were sleeping. The stone shines as if it were a diamond. He behaves as if he were mad. Act always so as if you were seen and heard by others. He walks as if he were lame. The young man behaves so that all people find pleasure in him. The book is so compo- sed that every one easily understands it. The enemies marched out of the town as if they had obtained a victory. 168 OBJ. COMB.l ADVKIIRIAL OBJECTS. . 119. Objects of causality. A. - - The real i/eroiitf is indicated by the prt'p :cn , t:or , turd), 'jmnittelft , auo , an, nact) , bftmi ge, la lit. n and >: e r indicate the act ire ground of an effect suffered b\ the Mihjecl. Tlie preposition : r with the dalire is u>cd >\ hen the ell'eel is represented a> a .vr//- actirity of the suhjeet intjtcricil or orercnnie by the ground ( cause): e.g. Sterben muf; i: LMI unKVi'v -Oant lobcn^c v2ooK\ by our hand every living soul must ( ? T t'onnto cor 3Wub(gfcll unt? 4>un^cr taitni (vnvas? brin^cn, he could, from \\eurine mid hunger, scar- say anything:. lurch and cormittolft indieale the means for an end, i. e. for an effect iiifcmletl by the subject: e. g. lur.b falKhoo 3^m l M~5 ^laubt or HI! rcttOlt, by false testimony he think* to >a\e himself. 'Jlu 3 represents a ground (inherent in the Mibjn action, free in itself, as a real ground: e. r. lio.Koni^iu faiunt noct> au< arqor Vift , niclu aue (^ufubl bcr SKcr. Itct^feit, the queen still delays from wicked treachery, not from a feeling of humanity. "Jills' further indicates the material* of which something is made: e. g. Tor 9JK bfftclu ail!? irfr'fcliem 3toff, man is made of earthly matter. 'Jin indicates a real ground of fterce/ttion kikcn from external appearances : e. g. SO? an tcnnt ton v lu\ioi a n fccn ACtorn, the bird is known by its feathers. The prcp- silions nad; after, accordinn in, bernidgC h> \irtue. gufol^O ill coiiseciuence of, indicate the same rel the corresponding Mniriish oin->. 11. The moral jjround or tnollve \> ind'n-ated by tvegcn, balbon (balber), um--iiMllcn on of: e.g. (NT tbnt Pit .oqon ( ,,Wn\\ balbcr", ,,um tor (vl'rc trill en"), be doe> it for the >ake of honour. - The prepoMlion ftafi -nforce> the uioi, '\ ijiNcu with it irround: e. g. .Kraft inoinoC' 'Jlinid bcfcHo i-;l\ it. f.fo., by \irluc nf nr '-ommand \\hcn the real or moral irround i> ail rrsui h . il H indicated by the prcpo>ilions d ;-.i:ain>l . in THE SYNTAX. 169 opposition to, ungead)tet notwithstanding 1 , and tro| in spite of. e. g. (r ttjat e unferem 0}at(;e junnber, he did it against our advice. $r reifte aB tro| ber tyeftigen Jta'Ite, he set out in spite of the intense cold. C. The purpose is commonly indicated by the pre- position ,,311": e. g. jtommen ie 311 fewer folofyen Unter= rebung rricber, don't come again for such a conversation. The purpose is particularly often expressed by the supine commonly connected with the preposition urn (in order to); e. g. 3d; fortune ntci)t 311 Hetben, $(bfd;ieb 311 net) men f omrne id; , I do not come to remain ; but I am coming to take leave. Ba3 l;abt 3fyr benn getftan, um fie 311 ret = ten, what then have you done in order to save her? The advantage of a person as the purpose of an activity is indicated by fur, its disadvantage by irtber and 9 eg en: e. g. $Ba3 fann id; fiir (ie tfjun? what can I do for you? 3d; fect;te ntd;t g eg en >id;, I shall not fight against you. Ob.s. The preposition "511" sometimes indicates an effect, by which the intensity of an activity is to be indicated : e. gr. Die Halite Itcb' ict) bt$ $ur Diaferet, the lute I love even to madness. A. 1. (Sr ift fcon fielder SBonne trunfen, er tft Don fii|lcu rnatt. 2* 8d)int fct)' id) ciue Cpfcr ebrcn? 10. 5luf btefe 5lrt, nnb vernuttelft ber gcl)cimcu 33erjidnbntffe bofftc ber ^erjo^ btcfe Stable nad) imb nad) gu erfd)opfcn. 11* 3ie bciviflt^t auc> frcicr (s5nnft f was fte beet) ntcfyt gebtlliy]t 12. 3d) ftdtt anfl .>>a|l bcr tdbtc* 13. Da^ betvtey er (^nd) 2lfle3 au ber StbeL 14. 3e(w trtr ntd)t wte ans (5inem Spabn?. 15. QJiicb fdnif and groberm Stoffe bic Dtatur. 16. 33aber erfemtt man an ber duir^e. 17. Oiad) bent nennt jicb's big biefen Xacj. 18. 3d) barf Ijojfen, baij id; ntd)t nacb bent Scheme ^crtcfatct irerbe. 19. SSernunje fetner 3|Ud)t* Iid)r'eit and ber Dentfdje ^{temanbcn in feinent reo[;Ienr>orbenen (ft^cn* tbnm ftiJren; DermiJge fetner ^Befonnen^eit Idjjt er ftct; ntcfyt bnrd) A pel's German Grammar. 3d edition. ^ 5 170 OBJ. COMB.: ADVERBIAL OBJK< Gbimaren noren ; nnr iermoa.e feiner <- i aflc nation ( >V. v (i,.;!, ,\in entirarf cincn 'JMan, tt If nciic ;Kttrcr in ren raat*rat. ircrrcn follten. 21. I s :. Aii'trc fdmian* roar auftgelattfeu, 0011 .lien lant re* a/fobloffcnen 3 nubt erfannt an rcr ublancn 9lrt, ntiniii fannt am a,rancn ^art. -2 ; a nnr ivcKbcn Aarcn, rie oft riinner al* Jroirn*farcn finr. /t an* rent innern nnr anfuTii Cbr. . :, rent fann man'* ancb an rcr :Vafe anfeben, Nil? er cm btireter, boebmiitbia,cr 3)ieimb ift. *2(>. 2 cm ("craf; flam] mit reiiu uem lone, rocb irar c* a,eforint an* nnrcmcm I bone, i all$nlaiu]cn f oblaf irerren ric Wierer re* .Uorr nn* recht febr riirftct, fo favjen UMr, ,, ivir ledsen vor rnrft," ,,ivir nerben Ifommen nm) oor ritn't." B. -2 ( .). (",M\\ befonr;r rfibmt man ibn ive^en feiner rta'rfe im ri*rntiren. 3<. Sine ]cre iViabh iravr ein Acft, ra* foroobl ive^en feiner .Uoucn, al* irea.cn rcr lUt^quentii^feit nid>t oft iviercrbolt ivcrrcn fonnte. 31. Um meiner Otnbc ivillen erflaren 2ie Tub rentier. 3*2. Um feinets nnr ivillen miiffcn 3ie Ollle* ira^en. 33. ^cin s ^: , roarnm fein ^licf fo faltV 34. ^arnni nennt er t I? 35. Tie Aamilie re* (suafen crbielt nad^ber alle ibre '- ;nri'ui, rie fraft re* 1 Itrtbei!^ rem fonii]lid>en Ai*fn* beinuicfallen iraren. 36. Tie 3terne Ifiijen nidit; ra* aber ift ; ]cubcpcn roircr (cternenlanf nnr 3d>icffal. 37. cr .Uonftitntion ^mvirer fiibrte er fremce Irnppon in ibr (s>ebict. 3S. Tie .\>anr ift ftarf iiemifl , ibn 511 erbalten tro|5 .Uaifern nnr OJiiniftenu 3<>. Reiner nabm fvbarcn iin^cad^tet rcr ricfcn AinfterniH. (\ 41). .Uomit x \br'* la: rajj jenc "Jlcte 511 ineinem Unterjjan^ erfonnen i't'^ 41. ^ nnr fo ijefa^t ibm ^iim f cbimof nnr .y>obn. 4*2. X'IHMI but ; rufen? 43. ra* (^eiriffen bat ;nr ^cin rcr 3 fmrcr ein ^LM: .bn;u~:. 44. (^cir mir >nt irt ein foftli\t ; aber man nun; ^rotanc-tbcilcn i]ebrancbcn , niibt win ^enrnirten. Tic Waft rient 511111 Oiied^it nnr ^mii ^Itbembolen. erne ^raut 511 fnd^cn t vn] id> an*. 47. fie nnr a.cubuft ;n tareln nnr ^n ubcltcn. 4S. ^^ir Kbniirtcn fnavo ren inncn , \\\\\ gn crfticfen tee .vnn^cr* Alammcn. bie flaffen, nm oit ren s ^arteien fie Iccrcn \\\ lafui;. 5(1. Tcincn ^Ir^wobn ein! ^dj babe Tub in ror.jncntbaiten , fonrern nm id> ;n erbalten nnr w nntcrbalten. renn bei mir '"o ar ; i irobnen ''. irarmn iril. 1 : 51. ra bat id) ibn, mir feincn Xiamen ;n ncnncn, nidt nm ren ^ia men w fcnnen, fonrern nm ar :'ilMma ; feben, ob fie gea/n feinc fcbone (^e'ubtc-biirnn^ minbt "orac^ njeter nbel nod) gut, er ftanr UMC ein Ml: : t ren nr anftbnt. Jd> rir ra Tn ftnmm bi't. orer mebr renn Tn rnnim bin. 5 % 2. /vfir feint Iborbeit fchtcft ibm r| THE SYNTAX. 171 Mb, fiir feine Safter $tel)t fcin of ifym XenfeL 53 3cfy #&* fiir bie g-reifyett, fiir bte tcfy feOte nnb fod)t. 54. Grin Jlompfctt, ba unber Sie gcfptclt irirb. 55. 2)er fran^Sftfcfee llntertbau 5tel)t ba3 @cf)wert ftetjen etn JBaterlanb , baS tint inijlhanbelt; je^t jtefyt man >cl)wet$er a,ea,en @cl)wei$er, Deutfdje gccjcn )entfd)e in ,Rampf a,c? riiflet. 56. (y war em ^offenfpiel gum 3viifyren. 57. >a$ >cer war 5um drfcarmcn. We became wet from the rain. She trembles from cold. She could not speak for sobbing. He is tired from working. I can understand nothing for the noise. The mother wept for joy. He could not stand from fatigue. The fearful one may die of terror. My hands grew stiff from fear. Many window-panes have been broken by the hail. On account of its weight , the stone sinks into the water. He could not raise the load on account of its weight. He conquered his enemy by stratagem. They (man) have bound him by an oath. She gained a fortune by her industry. By prudence danger may often be avoided. She amused us by her tale. He escaped by means of a leap from the window. Man grows wiser by age. By virtue of his love of truth he con- fessed his fault. He is eligible by virtue of his age. The celestial bodies move by virtue of their mutual attraction. Beer is brewed from malt. Paper is made of rags. What is made out of glass? He forms an image out of clay. They make sugar from beet- root. He is carving a goblet out of wood. The fleet of the enemy consisted of many ships and boats. Many things are made of brass. I warn you from friendship. He assists poor people from compassion. He calumniates his neighbour from envy. She is silent from fear. I have given up my project for many reasons. They did it from ignorance. The girl adorned herself from va- nity. The boy was industrious from ambition. The mother re- mained at home for the sake of her sick child. He deserves in- dulgence on account of his youth. We did it for the sake of honour. She wore a cloak on account of the cold. The obedient servant acts according to the will of his master. They did not act according to their conviction. He reads for his amusement. I do not travel for my pleasure , but for the sake of instruction. I accompany him for his protection. He applied his fortune to good purposes. The warrior fights for his country. The parents work for their children. It is sweet and befitting, says Horace, to die for one's country. The beauties of nature are created for all mankind. What can I do for you ? The king sent the general against the hostile army. They were going to unite against him. We sow in order to reap.. He goes to market in order to buy a horse. We eat in order to live. We do not live in order to eat. He rushed into the flames in order to save the child. He said it to console me. OBJ. ro.Mii.: \1>\M>!!IAL OBJK< a. Ad\erbial >cntcnc. jly e\preiiiir tli- a D u r v~l\ and the r-al ground of perception by f a r a u o and tar an: e.g. ift t a : LMI t'ran t" ^o >vi?r ^ l%n ^ ^ a H w j -Jfl l\it , he became ill from esitiny too much fruit. ( ; r IM: t>arur^ flcmtct, t> a f; or aiio roin ^on': .;iu^ni tft, he saved himself by jumping out of tlie ^^iIld(^^. : nil ibu t> aran, t> a f; or iMiit'ot, 1 know him by his limping, Pt franf tft, i>iio^o ivt KirauS, t a T; or nl fcmiuon ijl, that he is ill, 1 conclude from hi> not ha\in come. >\ hen , without distinguishing the particular kin< of ground, the loijictil rclntittn nu the conjunction iv i 1 l)ecaiise, is used. If, at the lime, the f/rouiifl is to be emphatic, i! is commonly indi- cated in the principal sentence by a preposition < tMrum, .uoo/n , tofjlMlb ) : e. g. 2) c ^ ir o ^ o n bioib' i<(\ iv o i I oy lib iHTrdoiU, I remain just because it aim lag tto ^iKbor, treil ftc von HMH tamon, I read the 1 heraiiM' they came from him. ;/ ^i?oil " is a!\\ n an answer to a question for a reason: e. g. ^arum burfon irir ibvor la;bon '.' ^oil mv oinon fin\tubaron ^aufon inavton, NNhy may >ve laugh at them ? - sliliite a formidable body. \Vhen from a rctit irronnd its ellcet i . and if the real ground be, at the same time, a Iinjh-nl ground. ad\erbial x-iilence has the conjunction ,,IM" lioee NMien in lhi> C8e UK- principal sentence fol|o\Nslhe- . (lie former has the demonstrative ,,fo" either e\precd or under- '1: e. i:. $tf) fann fri>Miih I'-t^oiron, ta inci:: ttofoil i.1.1 oofobon, I can >o\fiilly depart. 11006 m> - ha\e seen this da\. Instead of ,,Da" the ad\erb ,,111111" 'ii : e. tf. >); i. 0111= !o, ft orb' id; rul.MiJ, now that I commend hei I die tranquilly. THE SVNTAX. 6. - - Adverbial sentences expressing a purpose are con- nected wilh the principal sentence by the conjunction ,/Dcimit" in order that, or simply by ,/fcajj" (,,auf ba" is rather obsolete): e. g. (fuel; fiiub' tel;' an, bam it 3fyt' $(lle ttngt, to you I announce it , in order that you all may know it. $erbtect;t mir bag ebciubc, ba ftct) >er$ unb Qiitgeu tretbe , now break the structure in order that heart and eyes may be delighted. a. 1. (*iner fftrbt nid;t bason, ba er cincn ag faftet. 2. (n* tit bat>on franf gercorben , baft er cm falter *-8ab genommen I) at. 3. Olid)clieu nwjjte fid) babnrol) 511 Ijeffen, bag er ben gcinbfeltgfctten ein fcbnelleS (s-nbe mad)te. 4. )en 2ft angel an Ovettcrci antjue er baburd) 511 erfe^en, fcajj er JugSnaer gunfc^en bie Dlciter ftellte. 5. 3^ crfanntc U;n baran, bajj er ftammclte. 6. 3$ ntugtc bie t Dollbrhujcu, n?cil id) fie gebacbt? 7. SDtad) bluti^ Xreffen urn S 3itc^t k o gefoc^ten, \rctl etnen te$ ber junge 5yelbl)err brand)!. 8. SDariuu eben, tvcil id) ben Jvricbcu fitdjc, mnf; id) fallen. 9. (Sr bte SDienfte fetney ^ofes befiwegen vcvlaffen, weil nid)t 5l(le^ fciucnt 8 tune ajna,. 10. Jd) batte ben grennb ntd)t erfannt ) , wcil in )er bnnfeln 9lad)t tunt fetncm ^aar tngwifdjen 9J?onb= lid)t geworben war. 11. 5 it geboreft 511 ben ^Ijtlologen, weil ie(e loijen. 12. (^in *^rcpbct gilt 9iid)t3 in f ein em SSaterlanbe. SSifit and) wanim? SBeif er ba geboren nnb erjogen ift. 13. SDir blii^t gewtj^ ba^ fc^onftc liict ber (frbe, ba -Dn fo fromm nnb beiltg bifi. 14. -Du bift bod) gtMltd) ? Ja , m mitt e^ fetn , ba fo gro bift nnb geefyrt ! 3d) bin's , ba id) (?nd) roteberfefye , C^nre timme ernef)me. 15. SBarnm noc^ Idnger abge* fonbert leben, ba tvnr ereinigt 3 e ^ er reiser werben? SBarum an^fd)Iteenb @igentbum befi^en, ba bie !per5en einig finb? 16. SDvt er nid)t gefommen ift, fo mu er franf fetn. 17. *Da ic^ nut ibm wobute, fo geivobnte id) micf) balb an i()n. 18. Unb nnn g-riebc tm 3"ncrn ift, fouuen wir 2Micfe rtcf)ten auf ba 5Inelanb. 19. 2Ba fann >Dtcb a'ngfttgen, nun JDw mid) fennft? b. 20. 5amit fie anbere anbe nicbt erfaufe, bot id) )ir meine an. 21* SSon ben g-ujun jiebt cr bie arauflieB id) mid; nieber, ba id) fofte, nid)t feine ^ofi, fon* bern wa3 er fod)te He endeavoured to save himself by betaking himself to flight. He has become ill by waking many nights through. The noble 174 OBJ. rn.MH. : \D\KKHI\I. OHJI-- one f iiD.M-lf by (loin^T i. r <>' will not conic hecau>e the\ ;irr afraid. 1 (UK I promised it him. lie drinks water. bed : hy.sieian has forbidden him wine. 'I he erow allowed In: !y the l'o\ . because he felt hiiiorir llatl* \\ill not L r <> N\ill him. lu'caiiM- >lu- i> iii. V^ lu- i a (i.-rinan. hr nm>t nndi-r.sland the (ierinan lanii'iairr. liie power ol' \irti; \ery _K-.>t. a> it adorn> the xmLs ol men \\ith tlie line>t orna- ment. My \i>it cannot Mirpri.se him. a^ he Unous that I to >ee him. IIo\\ can you hi;, the fault> oftii: heiiiiT yonr>elf a .sinful man? Ho\\ can you con-h: ; in- fallihle hein^ hut n man? You lo\e us in order that \\e m.iy love you auaiii. The in\ineihle llamiil'al WBfl M'cidled I'rom Italy by his fellow -citizens, in order that he mi:ht dee hi> coiinlry from the eneinio. He industrious in order that >oii may learn some- thing. '1'he air ient> said : ". speak, that I may 8CC yu". IIe\\a- W8 that the irra>s may ha\e nomi>hmeiit II. . to sleep early in order that he may jjet up early. . 121. Conditionial scute m A romlition, i. e. a possible yroHtttf . is t\ by the conditional adverbial sentences, beiny eonneeled with the principal by the relative ad\erb ,,ivonn" if, n dinif wilh the demonstrative ,,JV either ( \ stood in the principal sentence: e. . ^Jenn tit ft-.. in'rft tu gelpbt/ if you are industrious, >ou vi\\ be praised. Instead of ,, U'OHU " are fatW, or im SaUo, (t.;^ . : . torn 'immcl boffcft, or^oi^ fie uno, if >on hope for jn -how it In The conditional .senleii- interrogation 9 especially when the logical rclnt'n>-> the t emphatic: e. g. [ Den ol u'oitu tih niivt I'lin'.t'cirni n: 11 Sl'or, v-jolM! le, 1 bad rather In i g. ltd. THE SYNTAX. 175 Obs. The demonstrative fo " is always omitted , when the accessory sentence follows the principal, but it is never omitted when the accessory sentence has the form of an interrogation. 1. SSemt Cntcr (55cn?iffen rein tft, fo feib 3& r frei. 2. SBcbltfyatig ift beS g-euers SWacbt, tvenn fie ber 9Jienfd> be$abmt, bcwadjt; bod) fnrdjtbar ivirb tie iromel$fraft, weuu fie ber geffel fid) entrant* 3* (** nriijjt* gefd>el)u, ivo moajid), ef)' fte ir ^uiuni'ommen. 4. (i)ib mir, rcofern e* ir gcfaflt, beS eben3 9M)' nnb greit&cu. 5. galls e rennet, gefye id) wdjt auS* 6. 2Beuu eS gliicft, fo ift eS and) r>er5ie()iu 7. SBeim id) foil blcibeu, ge()t 8. SBcnu id) woflte, id) fonut" it)m red)t ml 23ofcS bafitr tl;iuu 9. SSemt Me Slrjnci I)eiU fam tjl, fo ift ec^ cjlcidnncl, tviemau jte bem ,(lmbc bcibrtmjt. 10. 2Benn fein gutcy ,^paar an ^tr tjl, fo bift Tit ein XaiujcuidjtS. 11. (ia ijefpielter SSctrug ift wcuig auTtb, ivciut ibu ntdjt'ber iBetrogcnc er* |ai)rt. 12. ^Bemt 2)it t>te 2Ba()rl)cit liebft, fo lieb' and) t?ie grcunbe ber 2Ba^r()eit 13. 2Billft J)u bid) felbcr erfenncn, fo ftc^, wte bie 5lubern e treiben; willft J)u bie Slnbcrn terftclju, bltcf in 2)em ei^eueS ^er5. 14. SGBarc id) ntein eiiVner ^oerr gewcfcn , fo batte id) gewt Saterlanb uub grciinbc inrlaffcu. 15. 3ft b^ $*M ftcif nub feft, fo ncnnt man co ^ovften, une 5. 33. bie el; went e baben, ober 6tad)eln, ivie ber 3gc( ()at. 16. SBillft >n 2>tc() rii^nen, fo riU)ine 5>ic^ beineS @uts, nic^t beine^ Sluts. 17. 3ft baS Sliuje gefnnb, fo begegnet eS au^en bem d)b'pfer; ijl cS baS &erj, barm a,etw fpte^ett'eS innen bie SSelt. 18. 3tcW man etne 6ad)e, wclc^e ^e^en^ wcirtig ober jiiffmftig ift, in (vnva'guug , fo faa.t man ,,in ^tiijtcfet"; ift jte aber t>era,ana,en, fo fagt man ,,in Oiiicffu^t"; 5. S. in ^tn^ fid)t auf bciu mir gcijcbcncS 23crfpred)en, u. f. m. unb in 3iitcffid)t auf beine mir gctciftctcu JDtcufte, u. f. n?. (l)inftc^ttic^ ritcf|ld)tlid)). 19. X()ite bem>geinbe wol;I, fo fcgnct ber geinb nnb ber g-rennb 2)ic^. 20. 6ei im ^Beft^e, nnb 2)n wojnft im 9Rec^t. 21. gorbrc nnfre ^auptcr, fo ift cS auf ein 2)M getban. 20. @ctb gerecfyt, feib gewiffenfjaft, ivanbelt nnftraflid) ; fo iverben wir wnS in ber (s-nngfeit unebcr bcgeguen. 23. 5luS bcm aatforn befttmmft J)u fuubeub bie fommeubc ^Pflaujc; tvidft )n bie 3 l ^ u P crftel;n, priife ber (&egenn?art If you work with care, you shall be praised. If you work badly, you will be blamed. If you are well, it is good : we are well. If you give way, you will be vanquished. If you do not obey, you will be punished. If pleasure is too great and too long, it extinguishes the whole life of the soul. If you are industrious, you shall be praised; but if you are lazy, you shall be blamed and punished. If you are content with your destiny, you are happy. If you are virtuous, you will be loved. If you jump over a ditch, jump rather too far than too short. In case it should rain, we shall stay at home. If air be withdrawn from man, he must die. If one link breaks, the whole chain will break. If you will not obey instantly, you shall be punished. Should you go there, will 176 OBJ, (0\IH.: AOSKKIUM. IIHJK' yon take me N\ith you'.' Had he not been idle, he \\uuld have [eaml more. Keep together, iiiid \e arc Wife; dixidc, atid \ undone. >a\c a thirl' li om the <:;dlo\\s, and lie \\ill cut your t! $. 1'2 '2. The cull. ntenees are connected with (he principal one by I lie conjunctions iv e n n (luenn ii I : ivenii fel'on, iveuu a iulM and e b >or\ . the tnili\e fc und at the MUMC time (be adverb of mood t^ cb or t) c n iu e. g. ^ e n n or 9 1 o i ch foiu froinir fiolu or'o tool) ijorn, ironu man tlMi bn'iutt, tlioui:li he m no friendly face, still he likes if he he >i>itc.i. -/oil or tranf ift, (o i^obt or t o ch taijliil; au^, though he be ill, he still jrot's out daily. Like the conditional, the concessive adverbial often assume the form of an interrogation^ e. L vl I o i cl> :Kvutt ( ,, o b ^ I o t ol' co :Kavtt ift " , fe loucluot unfor Stedjt, thoii-h it be ninht, our rii:h!> are .shining. \Mien the principal notion of tlie COIICC^INC .scntei. to be represented in its tjrralcsl //ussi///r r.rlrnt . II: indicated by an intcn'oijutire /tro/ttntn, the ; tence bein foi , loinVobon . whatever it he, I guarantee your life. lino irott tie v lMtifo tra^on, nolhiiiij itself to however far my looks do carry me. Instead of an interro^atiNe conce>M\e scntcno used a /trlnct/m/ sentence, the verb of \\hich stand- the cfHijunctirc or hiijterntire : e. %. roin Orator ftorbo ot)er fio^e, or ift torloren, though thy brother die or con- quer, lie is lost. Ohs. The drintrali\e ,j"e" is often omitted. It is , however, wlirti the preredmir con- of un interrogation, or that of an in' I. -liich Mcfon Irurrcii ui Invferfcit ^cbi fie tech rnvcb cincit iilaii;;nrcii XHufni^ lie Vliuu". - ^ ; onii n aiid^ nicbt u\ir, tcr Tie ,id-'"i]i n.uh \l'va^ U\itc; fo u\: fcin Sktra^cn, IIM? ilMicn Tic (MniKibntc Mcfc; , cb nil-: ric v l*a\je uhcircit, nut jctce THE SYNTAX. 177 ftd) fur fid? fetbfi revert; fo ftnb ttir dines Grammes bod) intb 53tnt3. 4, CO man ajeid) iibcr ben erfodjtenen 8iea, ein eb emit anftimmte; fo geftanb bod) SSallenftein felbft fcine 9iieberlage. 5. 2Bcnn er and) alt ift, fo ijt bod) fein eift nod) jiujcnblid). 6, 2lbr wenn aitd) bie tteHfianfttain nidjt erbarmlos rid)ten \verben, tvaS icf) a,es bid)tet barmlo*; fo werben bod) bie mifwottenben, groflcnten, bie nid)t febenben, itnb bte nid)t feben rooflenben, (jeruujfdja'&iij blicfcn auf biefc Saefyen , nub fid) $unna,en, an fciucr 3te(le 511 Iad)cn. 7. (fin *pfctl, gcfd)lcubert x^on bee SSanbcdcbene 33ogen, fam i^ Derirrt t;icr in bie 8tabt tjcflo^en, nub cjhu^ al bie ^unfeU)ett cin* brad) , ob nur (\Ieid) or (vnnattnncj bas 8ein brad) , eiue a,aftfrcie ^lud)e 511 fnd)cn, cinen died) nub eincn ^ud)cn. 8 5Dkin Jpcrj blcibt gugewanbt ben JBerivaubtcn, iveuiujletcl) fte mir ben Oviicfeu wanbten, ivenn fd)on fie mid) rerfanuten. 9. Cb^leid) ber g-eforer ben ^linbern oft bie 2Sorte ,,in ben '3Jiunb " le^t, fo unffen jic bod) uidit immcr bie rccfctc Stntirort ,511 ijebcn. 10. ^tro'mt ce mir gletd) nid)t fo bcrcbt iu>m aJinube; (fo) fd^Ia^t in ber $ruft ^ciu minber trcuce ^cq. 11. 3ft ijjcid) btc fr\bl imbt toll, bao ^erj tft bier boo ganfttt SSoIfce, fiub and) bie alteu ^iirfjcr nid)t 511: ^anb; jtc ftnb in mifre cr$cn cin^efd)rteben. 12. .s>att' and) a,leid:> ein 3 l 'f^tt ber s Jlatur ftc btn^crafft; uMr Meficu bod) bie 3ftorfccr. 13. ^iijjt' id) jcbu 9ietd)e mtt bent Oviicfcn fcbaitn; id) rettc mic^ uid)t mtt bct^ g-reunbeo Scbcn. U. itnb fain' bie ^ode felber in bie d)ranfen, mir foil ber 9Jhttb utdjt ivetd)en nub utd)t ivanfcn. 15. SBie gro^ 2)id) and) bie JUhtt^in ^n mad)cn uerfvrid)t, trail tfcrer @d)ineid)clrebe nid)t. 16. 3d) bin (nd) ein X^ont in ben ^lu^ ^en, fo t'lein id) bin. 17. SBfe fl(ari$enfc and) bie (8ad)fen ben gclb* 31113 eroffnet batten ; fo red)tfertigte ber (yrfolfl fetucc'ire^e bie C?p roartnng. 18. 2Ba^ 3^ r auc ^) 5 U bercnen babt, in (fiitjlanb fetD 3fyr nic^t fd)itlbivV 19. 2Bcid) tapfres ^aitpt and) btefer clnt bebecft, er faun fein wiirbujerc^ 5ieren. 20. 2Bie febr and) (uer Snnere^ nnbcrftrebe , ge()ord)ct ber 3t. 21. <&d)iver tft ber ^iampf cjegen ben 8d)(af; tva n?tr and), tl)itn mogcn, bie 2lngen fallen nn^ boc^ enblic^ 511. 22. 2Ber J)n immer feicft , o SKcnfd) , 2)n bift ba^ ^ttnb 2)ctnes eut allein, nid)t JDeines eftern. ffikrum bift ^)u tiifternnad) erlanc^tem3tamm, be|l 23erDicuft nur Deine Rafter laftern? ^oc^^eboren ift, wer and) fetn 23ater fci, wer ber Xiitjcnb Xod)ter fy\t ^u 6d)weftern. 23. SB cradle feinen fttiiti, fo fd)led)t er immer fc^eint. 24. 2Bort mug id) ^altcn, fu^r'g, rooljm c ivifl. 25. @ei 2)11 ein Bitter etft, fci ein ttcroammter Jlobolb; brutijc SDufte bee ftimmtU mit J)ir, ober Dampfc ber ^olle; fci (BnteS ober 58 of eg 2)etn 33eginuen: 5n fommft in einer fo rourbigen C^e* ftalt, ja id) rebe mtt ;Dir, id) nenne Did) Camlet, ^voni^, ^ater, o antuun-te nur! 26. s )lid)t^ SBabre^ la'jH fic^ Don ber 3ithtuft tviffen; Dn fd)opfeft brnuten an ber otte g-liiffen , 3^u fcfyopfeft broben an bem Gncfl beci gicbtg. 27. ^er tft am gliicfltcbften , er fei ein Jlo* ni^ ober ein ^erin^er (iver cr and) fei), bem in feinent ^anfe 2 berettet tft. 178 OBJ. (OMH.: ABVRB1AI. MHJMTS. Many complain of their destiny , although they enjoy the L T treasures. Although the body be depri\ed of life .still the Mini is net extmfjui.shed. Although the soldiers >ull'ered many hardships, yet they did not eomphiin. I he elf upon his enemies, though he have found oppor- tunity of a\enj. r inu hiin>elf. Hi\\eNer of \irtne, though thrN >ee no i, r aiu. He \\ant> to L r <> out, although it i He learn.s little, though lie tak deal of pain>. ^ ou are afraid, although yon \\ill not eonfe it. \\hoe\rr he may he. he shall ohey the la\\s. \Vhale\er man may ha\e to Milicr, he nin>t not despair. Ho\\e\er hi*: !>' ^s> 1'*' >till l>ad no courage. lhoiii. r h the had one |>os>e>>ed all earlhly ijood.s. he yet \\onld not he happy. Though the diM'ontented had e\ery tiling that he \>i>hed, he still ould not he sHli>ficd. Though a tree >honld hear <:ood fruit, it yet \vill he cut do>vri , if it stands in an improper place. 'I hon^h he \vcre rich, he yet would not lie happy. All this i- but though it be strange, it is not new. Though thi> may he play to you, 't is death to us. Though >le he hut htlN However little he uas, he &till posseed jreat >lreiii,Mh. \Miate\er it may be, 1 will know it. . 123. Kilution of Intensity. a. The equality of two compared aclmlii-s is. in the accessory sentence, indicated by I be nd\crb of intensity ,/alo", corresponding ^itb Ibe denionsliati\e ,,fe" in the principal sentence: e. \ilh tbe former: e . 2e l>o,b dcmoiislrali\ e ' . and mparatlTC in the iCCeMOr) ^-iilem-e \\ilh I re- lative): e.g. 3e mobr cor 'luTratb uiMin lidMT iur r, the more pro\i Ued, the moiv fcarfnllN hur THE SYNTAX. 179 Obs Instead of "befto" is also used " je" : e. g. 3 la'nger, je lieber. With "Defto", the preposition "urn" is now frequently connected: e.g. Um befto beffer. Urn befto mefyr bin id) fiber* b. The inequality of two compared activities is in- dicated by ,,al3" than, used as a relative in the accessory sentence after a comparative in the principal: e. g. ^etn lite! tear grower, a 13 man berecfynet, grower, al3 man germinfd)t ijatte, his fortune was greater than they had calculated upon , greater than they had wished for. The relation of intensity is, moreover, in a particular manner, represented in the form of a causal relation, the intensity of an activity being indicated by its relation to an effect expressed in the accessory sentence. 1) The intensity is represented as in a equal relation with an effect conceived as real. The effect is then expres- by an accesory sentence with the conjunction ,,t) a #", pre- ceded by the demonstrative ,,fo" in the principal sentence: e.g. (t tft fo frant, ba er mct)t mef;r fpreetyen faun, he is so ill that he can speak no more. 2) The intensity is too great to produce a certain effect. The accessory sentence has in this case ,,bajJ!" connected with the conjunction ,,al", corresponding in the principal sentence, with the adverb of intensity ,,311" in union with an adjective or adverb: e g. 3d) auir 311 ermiibet, a (3 ba id; fca'tte au3gel)en fouucu , I was too much fatigued to go out. 1. ^o Bod), al8 tor 3 rn ail f kn cwt fa^rcn. 5. o WtS^titje Urfacf)en Subwig batte , biefe 91entratitcit 511 tanbe gebrac^t 511 feljen , fo triftit^e rfmbt batte (S5uftat) 5lbolp() , bag ea^cittbeil ^u n?iinfd)en. 6. o t)tei ^inbtfc^e^ in bem 23or$ang war, fo Diet ttUij er $ur ^ilbuncj meineg ^ergcnS bet. 7. So ernften runb Xnt baft, bie^ Sid)t 511 flteben, fo brtn(\enben I)ab' ic^, bag id) )tr'3 c^ebe. 8. 3e wetter man in ber (iTfabntna, vorriidt, befto na'lier fommt man bem ltnerforfd)ltd)en; je me()r man bie (rfa()nma, 311 nu^en tueip, befto mebr fte^t man, ba ba^ Unerforfd)tid)e feinen praftifdien bat. 9. 3e fanfter biefe (^rfa^rungen nwen, befto oftcr 180 OBJ. COMH. : ADVKRBIAL OBJRf ;u ernenern. 10. Je mebr ihm feiu iron fam, tcuo mchr wm-bo fetn iVaitb. II. 3 jftigti :ut in, tcuo a.ro'i;cr til tie Velvr. l_. GN i'i tinnier rr. .:n man anc< ter cn'ten -vant fanfen faitu: tcnn tin mebr -vante eine s ^aare a,eht , tefto boher Ueia.t fie im 1 ; IX Stf fint Fvanfer a,ar, alc< ie uu ajanbcn madvn wollcii. 1 4. '.HrtoifcHC' Vob hat mteh mebr ero^t, ale- taf? eo nmb bcleitia.t 1"). N Vb muf;tc tnlteu nnt wirfen mebr, al meiii. jlraftc Jilt ertraaen iVbtencn. I- - .Itfamfeiten babe tcb erlebt itut v^etban mebr, ale- 2liia,cu fabn, otcr Virvcn fnnt ^cthviit. 17. Richer iut,ierJidu, al nn^eredU; lieber tent Aetnt erle^en ten Aeint crle^en. IS. ^itr war'* f ft bier im ^Int, al* einent in ter Alnth. 19. iMtlten tft nieht mtnter ^ron , vtk< -vaitteln. 20. (vr bat tinnier lieber mtt tent ,Uwe, alv mtt ter ^>ant a,ear= beitet (.Uoin'arbeit -vantarbeit). 21. x ^oblbeleibte iVieir leister rom Gaffer a,etraa,en wcrtcit, alo ma^crc. febrj hab' id> ibn erbohet, taj? meine Ttener IHT feinem 9lii' mebr, alo mciitiiit Bittern. tier fanf ter .Uatfer, taf; er mtt feinem beleitt^ten Tiener beiVbamente ^atra\], 24. (vr fd^ln^, taf; weit ter i^alt evflan^ , nnt \\ in 6tfi(fe fprang. 25. ^d war fo heifer, taf; id^ feinen lanten herrorbrtn^en Foiuitc. 2(i. (snntav tcrnt, taf; ibm ter .ftovf raiubt. 27. il'ianehcr llVenfd) tft jo ma^er, taf; man fa^t, c fei 'Jiut: iVant nnt cm an ibm. 2S. Ter ;ahlrcidu'rc Ibeil I fdu'it wirt tnrd) ten .UantiH* nut ter :Kotb viel \\\ febr ermntet nut abi^cuMuut, at* taf; er fid' 511 einem iieneu nnt harteru ,^amrf mit tent ^'^bnm anfraffeu folltc. 29. :Kur >n bci\-barti-- thn , alo tan er J-.tt nnt s l>inf;e fo'uutc habeu, an nnfer (^liief \\\ tenfen. 30. (vnre i^crfohititui] war ein weui^ 511 fdntell, alo ftc taucrhaft Kute fein follcit. ' He \vritfs juM as beautifully as his hrother. Yiee as \irtue i> beautiful. The iiiht \vas as cool as tli Many a man i> not so bad a- he appear> lo he. The time >mile> upon one, the more lrieiid> ha> he. I - a yonnjr \\oman i> , the more >he plea>e>. The longer the the .shorter the niirlit. 1'he greater the -tniL r L r h'. the mute .splendid the \ielory. The higher the tree, the deeper the tail. II ill than he appears to be. II ilii'il than violet. Hi.- >on i> younger than his daiiiili: that he cannot \\all\. INo one i.- >o old that he could learn no more. He i- loo Imm-.sl In deeeiNe me ( alv I I hi> man old to he >et able to \\oiU. I lie cold at tl lor man to Im- there. He \\a> so looii ru-h into It \\as MI dark that thou could.st no! thy hand. I !n- ii\ i , t< \\adc throi nan eirtgs /ttbeht. 1* 3n ber einfamften iefe jene3 $Balbe3, too id) fdjon mand)e rebenbe $fyier fcelaufdjt, lag id? an einem fauftcn affer= fade unb tear fcemiifyt, cittern nteinct 3Raf;rd)en ben letdjtm oetifd;en @d?muc! 511 gcBett, in toelctyem am liebpen ju cr= fd^einen, la gontaine btc Sa6el faft t>ertDo(;nt I;at. 3c^ fann, ic^ lua^Itc, ic^ bcrtrarf, bie Bin nicfyt ber erfte, unb irerbe ni($t ber Ie|te fein, ber feme riden ju Drafelfpriic^en etner gottlic^en dr= fc^einung mac^t. A p e I's German Grammar, 3d edition. 16 183 2. Tcr .fiamftcr unb btc Slmcifc. u vHmoijVn, fa,.] to oin ^amfier. , rap il>r fen a.an;en 3'ommer arbeiter, urn oin fo ^eniiies? ein}ufammeln'.' ii?enn tbr moinon ^iM-rarb febon felltot! .'re, annrcrtote cine VMmcife, trenn t\ ift, alct tu ibn braiutft, fo ift oet fvton roitt, t>af? tio ! I tir naiti^rabon, toino 3vtonorn auelooren, unt? t)iot; boinon raubo-- viuton eij mit bom Vobon bufjon laffon ! 3. J)cr Siiwc unb bcr ^afc. a Sb'irc unirbiflte oinon brollt^on -Oafon fotnor niiborn .inniKlMft. xHbor ift oe bonn ira: ibn oinit tor Jpafe, baf? oiut Voiuon otn clonbov frabontor -Oabn fo loiitt : or j avion fann? xHUorbingg ijl eg toatjr, antirortotc bor J^oiro; nnb og t|l cine allgemcine ^(nmorfung, bap irtr gropon ibioro bi:; ga'ngig cine gctrtjTe !(eine \Bdnr aol)boit an uns babon. trirji bn, ^nn (vvompol, i>on bom (vlopbanton a,obert babon, t)ap ibm bai5 runjcn oinoo 3ctMvotnc> 3vtaubor unb (vnt= fot>on onvoctot. ^^BabrbafttB? nntorbracb ibn bor ->afo. oa, win boa,roif id) aud>, tranim ivir ^afon une fo cntfc^Iid) ror bon -Cnnu Den furdnon. 4. 3cu8 unb ba^ ^ferb. $ater bet ^biore unb STOeir fpracf) bad s l unb na()te ftd) bom ibrone bee Joiiv, man trill, i,: ber fc^onuon (^ot^bb'vfe, tromit bit bio QQ unb nieino (vi]onliobo boi?";t micb cfl qlauben. Olbr. tt)O^I ntdu nod; i:orfdMODene^ an mir *,u ' Unb iraci moinft bit benn , bap an bir $u b Olebo; iv; incite. ii'onn moine ^otno bcbor unb fd iron; ein 183 langer <$toanenl)al8 itnirbe mid; nid;t entfMen ; eine Breitere 33rufl toiirbe meine 6tar!e sermefyren ; unb ba bit mid; bod) einmal Beftimmt fyaft, beinen ieBling, ben Sftenfdjen, ju tragen, (o fonnte mir ja tt>of;l ber Mattel anerfcfyajfen fein, ben mir ber toofyltfya'tige better auf(egt. ut, ^erfe|te 3^s ; gebulbe Diet) einen 5(ugenBItcf ! mit ernftem ejtc^te, f^rad) ba0 $8ott bet ^c^opfitng. quofi efcen in ben (Staub, ba berBanb jtd) organtjtrter unb ^Io|ltct) ftanb bor bem ^l;rone bag ^agltc ^3ferb fat;, fd;auberte unb jttterte sor entfe^enbem finb T;6^ere unb fcf)inacl)ttgere Seine, f^rac I;ter tft etn (anger <8cl)nninen()aI3; ^ter tft eine Brettere 33rujlt; ^ter ij^ ber anerfcfjaffene 6attel! 3BtQfi bu, ^ferb, ba^ id; bid? fo umBtlben foil? 3)a3 s j}ferb jitterte nod;. ef;, fu(;r 3^ 1 ^ fr^t; biefe^mal fei Bele^rt, ol;ne Beflraft ju iuerbcn. 5)id; beiner 33ermeffenf;ett aber bann unb irann reuenb 511 erinnern, fo baure bu fort, neue^ efd;opf! - 3eu^ tt>arf einen erfyaltenben 33Iid auf ba6 ^tameel - unb bag ^ferb erbltcfe bid; nie, ol;ne ju fd;aubern. 5, >er 26olf unb bet ^in @d;cifer I;atte burd; eine graufame euc^e feine gan^e $eerbe ^erloren. 2)a erfu(;r ber ffiolf, unb fam feine al^ufiatten. , f^rad; er, ijl eg to af;r, ba bic^ ein fo graufameg Unglitc! Betroffen? 2)u bift urn beine ganje ^eerbe gefommen? 2)te IteBe, fromme, fette ^eerbe! X)u bauerft mid^, unb id; mo^te Blutige $^rdnen toeinen. aBe 2)an!, 5Ketfter 3fegrim, ijerfefcte ^er d;afer. 3d; fe(;e, bu tyaft ein fe(;r nutleibtgeg er. )ag ^at er aud; toirfltcf) , fiigte beg (Sc^a'ferg <9la fitn^u, fo oft er unter bem Ungliitle feineg ^)iaci;ften felBfi leibet. 6. a$ Wof; unb frcr 3ticr. 184 9luf ctnem fcuria,en a uol-, cm treifler bafycr. Ta riff fin iriltcr 3ticr tc:n C){OMC ui : 3dMiitc! -on etnem ,Knaben lie|V id) mut nutt r \Hbcr ids 'jcnciue tv. (vbre fonnte e5 mir briiiicn , cincu .Huabfii ab;;invfrfcir. ; 7. 2>cr frtcgcrifdic Kolf. SRctn "Hater, ^lorreiiten ^(ntcnfen^, fa^te fin junker QSdf ;u etuem Aiutff, bag ivar fin n\tier -Oelt>! ^Uie f;; |at or fid; niitt in ber ^an^on (Me^enD ^fin. h.it uber mebr alo ;iretluinfcm S-ctnte nacl> unf nacl) trium= Vbtrt, unD ibre filMvar^en 3celen in ^aci OieiiT bens? i^efantt. SQag QBunber alfo, t)af? er cntl: :iem unterlie^en nu: 3o ivitrbc ftcl^ cin Vficf)fnrfbncr auSfcriicfen, fagte bfr guc^^ ; ber troctcnc We|M>tel>tfd)rctbcr aber triirte bin^nfe^en: tie vreilnni'Dert S'einte, iiber tie er nacb unt> nad; triunis Vfytrte, ivarcu 3dnife unb Cvfol; unb ter cine Seint, tern cr untcrlag, tratfcererjhStier, ten er fid; an$uf alien erfiibnte. 8. ^ct ^^onij. 01ac^ ttclen 3a()r(nmterten gefiel c3 tern ^bonir, jtd> trtcter ctnmal feben ju laffeu. (^r crfduen, unt alle ^! unb Q3egel betfammelten ftd; urn tbn. 3if gafften , flaunten, fte beirunterten unt bradu % u in en:: vob auo. il^alt aber tHTirantten tie beften unt Mefeliivifteit mi:. ibre ^licfe, untfeufuen: ler niuiliul. trart ta^ barte Voces ireter (^eliebre iuvb ^u baben; tenn er ift ter etnjige feiner xUrt! 9. 2>te an8. nten ten ueiiiieborn auf riefes? blenteute ( s u'Kbenf ter 'JJarur , olaubie fif u ctncm ^dnranc, alcf 511 tern, tra3 fte : :ren 185 $u fetn. @ic fonberte ftd) t^on ifyreg gletd)en aft, unb ctnfam unb maieftattfcfy auf bent eid;e Return. 3alb bef;nte fte ifyren al3, beffen bmattyeriftyet Jtitr^e fte mit after 5D?ad;t afcljelfen irotUe; fcalb fud)te fte tt;m bte :prdd;tige $ie= gung ju geBen, in tuelct^er ber (Scl^tran ba3 anirbtge 2lnfe^en etnei ^Bogel^ beef Q(pollo f;at. 5)oc^ bcrgeSen^; er teat ju pelt, unb mit after ifyrer ^Bemii^ung Bractite fte e3 ntcl;t ireiter, aU ba$ fte eine Idc^erlic^e an0 mrb, o^ne ein @c^n;an 311 tterben. 10. S)te 6id)e unb ba$ er @ttauf. Se^t toill tc^ fftegen, tief ber gtgantif^e 6trau^, unb bag gan^e 3Soll ber &ogel ftanb in ernper (Smmrtung um i^n Joerfammelt. 3et trid id? fltegen, rief er noc^malg; fcreitete bie geiraltigen gittige irett au3, unb fc^o^, gleic^ einem cfytffe mit aufgeft)annten (Segeln , auf bem 33oben otjne t^n mit einem ^ritte ju beriieren. 186 (ef)ct "Da etn pootii\foo v ^ilt> jener unpootiuton ,v tic in ben onion Jeilen ibrer unflcbeuren Cton mit fu @d)iriiu]cn vrablen, ftcl> iibor Helton unb 3tc: \bon Irobon, unl> torn 3taube bod) inimov potion bleibcn! 13. Tic (yufc unb bcr oonor 2u\Vo^rabor irar oin fobr unbilli^cr SD?ann. tragte fid) in t^ie Oiuincn cinoo alton OiaubfeMcfjYtf, unt> ivvirt) ba gctrabr, fcaj? tic (vule cine ma^crc 9Rau3 or unb i-or;oln-rc. 3olMrft ftcb tao, fvrad; cr, fiir ben ptyilo= fcV^iKiHMi Viobltiui 3??iner:-env^ SSarumntitt? -on'oiuo tie (vulc. ^L'oil ict> flillc ^- tinuion liobe, fann i^ toeivo^on ton bcr Vnft lol iretp jivar ivoH, baf? i(;r ???onfot;cn Co ton curon tcrlaitijt -- 14. J'ic jungc 5Ba6 mad)t i(;rba? fragtc cine @d>ira(bo ti ^on 9lmcifcn. HSir fammcln i>orrat(; auf ben Sinter, irar bie gcfdnrinbc ^intirort. 2)a3 ifl Hug, fagtc bie djtral&e; ba^ unU id; auc^ tbun. llnb foglcid; fing fte an, cine 5Wenge tobtcr ^vinnon unb iyiiciKn in t(;r Weft ^u tragcn. Ql6cr iroju fott bag? fraa.te cnblid? ibro SRuttcr. ,,Q3orratb auf ben bofon Winter, Itobo Gutter; faminle I aufy! Ito ^Imcifen iniben mid) bicfe ^c: vt. " D laf? ben irtif.ton ^lineifon biofe fleinc .'vhi^boit fe|te bie ^Uto; \ra fid) fiir ftc fiir . aniMlbon. line! l;at ti, \antr cin hoir atfal beftimmt. ^enn tor .minor fid? cntci, .: lunnen; auf biefer SRct| .'"on irir afl mac(\ unb ba empfangcn und irarmc ivo ivir i ;;rfniffe raftcn, bi^ unfl cin neucr ?: ; H cinem nenen Veben or. 187 15. 9W e t o M* 3d) mu bid) bod? etftag fragen, fprad; cm junger 'Kbler $u cincm tiefjtnnigen, grunbgelefyrten Ufjit, SWan fagt, eg gatk einen ^ogel, *ttamen8 2)cerog, ber, frenn er in bie uf* fteige, mit bent (Sc(;ttjanjc fcorauS, ben Jto^f gcgcn bte ^rbe ge!ef;rt, fltege. 3fl bag tra(;r? @t ntd;t bod)! anttrortete ber U^u; ba tjl etne alfcctne tbic^tung beg 9Kenfd)en. (?r mag felfcft ein folder 9Ke = ro))3 fein; toetl cr nur gar $u gern ben ^tmmel erfliegen tnod?te, ot;ne bie rbe aud; nur einen QdigenMic! au^ bent ejtcfyte 511 ijerlteren. 16. er Sottje unb bet Stcgcr. J)er ^otre unb ber *afe, fcetbe fd;Iafen mit offenen 5tugcn. llnb (o (d)ltef jener, ermitbet son ber getraittgen 3agb, etnjt sor bent ^tngange feiner fiird)terltd;en <&b'fyle. 5) a fprang ein Sieger borfcei, unb Iad;te be^ Ietd)ten @d?Iumme$. 2)er ntd;t^ fiird;tenbe ^otre! rtef er. (Sd^Ia'ft er nid;t mit offenen ^(ugen, naturlid; ane ber immc( unb 3uno erfraunton tariiber. Toinor /sotnttn, rtof man ibm ;n ; bo^o^noft tit fo bOTgfigHc^? 3a, i^rfolbft; enuietorte ^ert'uled. i^iitr ibro unt) eel, tie mir ^n ton i bat on (Molo^onboit vjo^obon, iromit ic^ ten immel tertient babo. lor Cbmp Mlligte tie 5(ntirort te0 neuen otteS, unt 3uno irart tcrfol;nt. f^tolte nut einer ja^men itlan X(nerd;en, fagte ter Jluabe, ioi> ivitrte mid? mit ttr fo gemcin ntcbt madden, in-nn tir tasi Onft nidu boncmmon irate. 31)t @$latlgett feit tie beybafteften, untant'ba: efc^o^fe! 3d? babo oe troM golefen, irto oc> einem armon Santmanne gtng, ter etne, tielleidu ren toinon Uraltorn, tie er Inilb orfrcron untor einer Jpecfe fant , mil. unt fto in feinen enra'rmenten ^ufen flor. ;nt fuMte fid; : luteter, alo fto ibren ^oblii ; unt ter gute freuntlid;c SJRanu mufue flerben. 3d; erftaune, fagte tie ^cMan^o. ^io rartoiiub euro I6et foin miuTon! I io unfri^on :rio iViiv, antoio. loin freuntliduT Wann ^laubto, tie :on, unt ivoil ton bunion Sd'lana/n ii'ar, fo flodto or fie 511 fut, tbr ,u ^aufe tic fd;6ne ^>aut at^uftreifcn. ilGar ta0 re 189 $ld), fdjtoetg nur; erttneberte bet Jlnabe. $Beld)er Unbanfs bare fyatte ftcl; nicfyt $u entfd;ulbigen getimfit! Sftecfyt, mein 6o(;n; fid ber $$ater, ber biefer llnterrebung 3ugef;ort Ijatte, bem Jtnaben ing 3Bort. 9lber gleidjtrofyi, toenn bu ctnmal son einem aiij;erorbentltd;en Unbanfe l;oren follteft, fo unterfud;e ja allc Umftcinbe genau, Bevjor bu einen SKenfc^en mit fo einem abfct;eultd;en <3d)anbf!ecfe branbmarfen laffeft. 2Bal;re ^l>o()Itt;ater fyaben felten Unbanfbarc ijer* Vfltcl)tet; fa, id; anil jur ^^)rc bet STOenfcfyljett i)offen, - niemall. ^Iber bie Qi3oi)Itl;dter mit flcinen eigenmi|igen ^bjtd^ten, bie ftnb ea irertlj, metn o(;n, ba fte Unbanf anftatt r!enntltd;!eit etntrud^ern. 21. $>cr SSolf auf bem !Der SBolf lag in ben lefcten 39^ , unb fd)ic!te einen ^ritfenben 331tcf auf fein fcergangcneS \?eben jurfid. 3d) bin fretltd; ein (Bimbev, fagte er; aber bod;, l;offe id;, leinet fcon ben grogtcn. 3d; t;abe 3?ofe getfjan ; aber auc^ biel ute^. (5'tnftmal^, erinnere id; mid;, fain mir ein blo= fenbeS fiamm, n?eld;e0 fid; i:on ber ^eerbe berirret l;atte, fo natje, ba^ id; eg gar leid;t t;atte anirgen fonnen; unb id) t^at U;m ntd;t^. 3^ eben btefer &it t;orte tc^ bie (S^ottereien unb @c^mat;ungen eine^ chafes mit ber be= irunbern^curbigjien leid;gitltig!eit an, ob ic^ fd;on !eine fd;iifeenben ^unbe ju fiird;ten fyatte. llnb bag afleg !ann id; bir be^eugen; 'fiel t^m ftreunb gud;g, ber ifyn jum $obe bcreiten t;alf, ing QBort. 3)enn td^ erinnere mid; noc^ gar too(;t aller llmflanbe babei. (g tt>ar ^u eben ber 3eit/ cilg bu bid) an bem Seitit fo jammer= lid; amrgteft, bag bir ber gut^erjige ^ranntc^ bem 6d;Iunbe jog. 22. >er 6fcl mit bem 9((S ber (Sfel mit bem 6toen beg 5lefo)3ug, ber tt;n f!att fetneg 3agerl;orng braud;te, nac^ bem QBalbe ging, begeg= nete il;m ein anberer (Sfel ton feiner *-Befanntfd;aft , unb rief U;m ju: @uten-ag, mein 33ruber! linger fd^amter! tuar bie 180 lint) trarum bae '{ fnbr jcner (MO! fort, ^tft tit toegen, troll tit nut etncm Voiron aoh't, ,1, mcl;t al$ cin ^ 23. Tic (vfcl. (vfcl fret'laa.tcn fut boi torn ^ons, baf; bio 9J?r. mit ibnen ju graufam uma.ina.en. llnfor ftart'er :)imton, fasten fie, tragt ibro Vafton, untor iroKtou no unt> i utiracboro ilMor orlio^on iniintou. UnD tocb irollon no line, bitrct) unbvirmbor^\io 301'Ia^c, ^n oinor (^oulMrinfi^foit notbi-- gcn, tic imtf tnrcb tio Van unino^lut iioma.tt irnrto, ironn ftc ung auol> tio iV u unr nictu \:ovu^t batto. ^ovbioto Ibnon, 3eu5, fo unbilliq ^t Kin, ironn nob tio s ?.VoiiKbon air otira -ovbioton laffon. s -Ii>ir trollon tbnon tionon, troll oe fd>oint, taf; ru unc ta^u orf I illnu ge* fitlaqon irollon trir obno llrfarbo ni-;bt foin. SRdli ( s VKbopf, anttrortoto $t\iz ibrom 3. rio 3?ittc tft nia t inuiorocbt; abov icb fobo r'oi: SKcnuton \n iibor^ou^on, taf; cure natitrliitc Van^famfoit foino ^aulbcit ift. lint fo lana,e fto tiofoo ^laubon, tr ibr qoKbla^on trortcn. oa> i;b fur.io, cuor 2cbivffal \u crlciittcrn. - - 2^tc Unemvfmtliobfeit foil i?cn nun an cucr ibctl foin; euro ^aut foil ficb go^cn tio I ;nen, unb ben ^(rm bo^ IreiberS crmiiDcn. 3cuet, fcbriccn bic (5'fol, bu bift aUc^ctt trcifc unb a.n^ : @ie gingcn crfrcut ton foinom :i(;ronc, ale torn ibronc tor aflgemclncn 24. ^aS Bcfc^u(Uc Vamm. ;v, aiisj bom (^outloitto tor ^^clrobiuito, bo:racbto cin fronnnoo Vamm. x ^bn orbliofto : falls an -Oar,; .;u;c unb Cbron cinom -.uar, a(3 cinom unte, unb fnbr anf ibn lod. ^Bolf, ' trae nuutft tit nut ti'-fom VamincV ilLiclf fdbj J.inntcn itct) boito ) i tit foUf) : >or bin! 191 3)od) Styfobeg nnfl bag amm bent ^laj mtt netjmen ; ^plaj trnfl eg mit etr>alt fcefyau^ten, unb bag arme amm $refflid)e 23efcfyu|er! totrb bariiber jerriffen. 25, 2>ie 98affcrfd)Iange. 3eug ^atte nunmefyr ben grofcfyen einen anbern Jtonig gegefcen; anftatt eineg friebltcfyen Jtlo^eg, cine gefrajjige 28afferfd;Iange. SBitlft bu unfer $6ntg fein, fc^rieen bte 8rofd)e, n?arum berfc^ltngft bu un^7 2)arum, anttcortete bte toeil t^r urn nitrt) geSeten fyafct. - 3(^ ^aBe ntc^t urn bic^ gebeten! tief einer bon ben fc^en, ben fte fcfton mtt ben 5(ugen bcrfcl^Iong. fagte bie SBafferfc^Iange. )efto fd;limmerl ^o m bid? S3 er feeling en, toeil bu ni^t um mid; gebeten ftajl 26. >er Otatc unb bcr ^u^8. (Sin 9tabe trug etn tiicf tergtftete3 gleifd), bag ber er= jiirnte a'rtner fiir bie Jta^en fetneg i)7ad;barg I;ingeirorfen l;atte, in feinen ^(auen fort. llnb e6en trollte er eg auf einer alten (Sid;e &erje(;ren, alg ftc^ ein JJud;g (;erBei fd;lic^, itnb tfym jurief: @ei mir gefegnet, QJoget beg 3upiter! ffiir men ftefyft bu mid) an? fragte ber OtaSe. giir tren ic^ bic^ anfe^e? ertrieberte ber 8rud;g. 33ift bu nid;t ber riifttge Qlbler, ber taglid; bon ber Oted;ten beg 3^i^ wf btefe (Std)e ^eraB fommt, mic^ Airmen $u fpeifen? 2Barum berftedft bu bic^? (3e^e id) benn nicfyt in ber ftegretd^en JUatte bte erflef)te abe, bte mir bein ott burc^ bic^ ju fd;itfen nod> fortfat;rt? 2)er dta&e erftaunte, unb freuete ftit) innig, fiir einen 5lb(er ge^alten ju tt>erben. 3c^ muf, bac^te er, ben 5ud)g aug btefem 3rrtfyume nid;t 6ringen. ro^mitt^ig bumm lie^ er i^m alfo feinen Otaufc fierabfaUen, unb flog ftolj baton. 3)er gud)g fing bag gleifd; Iad)enb auf, unb frag eg mit 6ogt)after Jy^^ube. 2)od? balb toerfe^rte ftc^ bie greube in ein fc^mer^afteg ^efii^l ; bag ift fing an $u irirfen, unb er berretfte. 9JJod)tet i^r euc^ nie etipag anberg alg ift erloben, ber= bammte 27. ;>cu* unb Mf mnfuo <:on alien ibieren vMele* loiton. trat e$ i:or ten Jens, unb bat, fein Went $u minbevn. ulMon ivillia, , itnt i>i\Kb \\\ torn 3 irobl, mein fvomr.: ia^ babe tkb alUit iveb. evfitaffon. iKun iviible, irie iit biefem /soblor an abbolfon foil. 3 oil ieb beinen Wiinb mit fvtrecfltdHMi { nen, unb beine Aiif;o mit .Urallen ruflen'.' - C noin, fa^io bai? 3:baf; id; UMll nicbtj? mit ben ben ^bieren ^e' lu 'i 11 baben. bev, fubv &u$ fort, foil id; ift in beinen legen? vHcb i:erfonte bao 3cbaf; bte giftigen d^angeu irevben ja fo febv lu a e foil id' tenn? 3^ tvtll -Oovnev auf beine 11, unt) 3tavt'e teinem ^iaefen nidu, giitiger Isuev; id; tounte leid;t fo ftofiia, ivev- ben, al^ bev K -l^ocf. Unb gleidMuobl, fvvad^ 3^i li ^/ wuftt bu folbft Kbabon fon= nen, tronn ftd> ^Inbeve, biv 511 Kbaten, buton follon. ger i>ater, irie icb bin. lonn ta-j v ^ovnu\ion, Kl\ibc: fonnen, evtredt, fuvdne id), bio Vuft, fdMben ^nvollen; unt) e3 tft beffov, linved)t leibon, al^ Itnvodu tbun. 3eu3 fegnete bag fvomme 3dnif, unt i -on Stunb an, ]u flagon. 28. (vin tcrfcfjitcr Ainto ronoto Tut auf cine Waiter. Urn aufber anbern 3oite a,nt borab ;u fommor. men nabon lornftraiut. (vr lief; mt viiuh rjiirflid^ raran nie= ber, nnr baf; ibn bio lovnen |\tmer;lid^ 'jevtuunbeten. (vlenbe , tie nid;t belfen fonnen, obne ^ten! 20. ra* 2diaaf. % 2(lJ :nor ^ernuiMuiiii ' ftfc aUo ibiere ibm (^onj'.Mite brae^ten, 193 280 Heifct bag 6d?af? fragte bie otttn. Barum ber= fautnt bag fromme a6e je|t toeber ^Bode, no^ D?iIct}; tea^ tcerbe ic^ bem 3u^)iter fi^enfen? Sod id), id? adetn, leer bor bent 3u^iter erfd)emen? SicBcr told tdj ^tnge^en, unb ben ^trten bitten, ba er mtc^ i^m opfere! Snbem brang mit be0 otniltau^. Qlfcer fage nttr bod;, fragte bie 28etbc ben iDornpraucf), trarum bit nacfy ben ^leibern beg borfcet ge^enben 5)?en= fc^en fo begierig Biji? SCBag toiUft bu bamit? 2Bag lonnen fte bir $ elf en 7 SRicfytg! fagte ber 2)ornftraud;. 3d? ttntt fie t^m auc^ ntc^t ne^men; ify trifl fte im nur gerretpen. Apel's German Grammar, 3d edition- 17 32. Tcr cijl bc$ Salomo. (vin ebrlidvr C^reiS trug be3 SageS 8aft unb ifec, fein mir eiflener anf : n , unf mil ei. Den rcinen 3amen in ben ioctern ^d'ecf; bcr u ;u urcucn. einmal ftanb unter bem breiten 2d\itten einer Vtnt^e cine gottlid?c (^ruteinniu] *:er tl;m ba ! ;;iute. 3cfy bin alomo, fagtc mit vertraulicbcr 3timmc bad 'i>bantom. 5Bad mad;ft bu bier, \Hli :nt bu alomo bifl, ocrfc^tc bcr \Mlte, trie fannfl bu fragcn? 3)u fd;icfte|l mid; in mcincr 3ugcnD \\i m \Umeifc: ict; far;e i^ren QBanbcl, unb Icrnte con tbr fieif;ia, fein unt) fammcln. QBat? ieb ba Icrntc, ba^ t(;uc id; nod;. - !Du ^afl betnc Vcctton nur balb gclcrn: (Meb nod; einmal r;in jur vHmeife, unD Icrnc nun auct; con tbr in bem Winter bciner 3a^re ruben, unb bcS < v melten gcntepcn. 33. Der [Rangjirett bcr in wer Jabcln. ^3 cntflanb ein fyifciger giancjflrcit inner ben llncrcn. >n ju fd;lid)ten, fprad; ba^ tyfcrb , laffct un3 ben Wen: .1 ju 9iatl;e jiel;en; cr ifl fetner ton ben rtreitenten ilHnlcn, unb fann befto imp art I- 'in. *2lbcr ^at er auc^ ben ^erftant ta^u? lief; ftd' ein iWauL wurf ^oren. C S *T h\uutt irirtlid) ben alierfeinftcn, ur, oft ticf tierflecften ^eUfemmenbeiten \\i crtenn- 2)ad n;ar (c(;r tocigluty crinnert! fvradj ber ^amflcr. 3a tro^l! rief auci; ber 3qcl. 3d) glautc cs nimmer= me^t, bag bcr SKenfd; Sdjarfjidnigfcit gcnug beft^et. c^tretgt ttr! bcfaM M3 ^forr. ii>ir iriffon ed i r ftd; auf bte sad'c am trcni.v'ien ;u lajTen bat, i|l immer am fcrtigftcn, tie (vinftd't fcinc3 01 in 3treifel 511 ^ieben. 3)er SWenfd) toarb $Hd)ter. 9lod) em SBort, rief iijm ber majeftattfdje otoe $u, Besot bu ben 9lulfprud) ttjwfU 9lacfy toelcfyer #tegel, SKenfcfy, nrifljt.bu unfern SBertf? be= fiitnmen? 91ad) toelcfyer $egel? 9Iad) bem rabe, ot)ne Stodfcl, anttrortete bet SKenfct;, in irelcfyem i^rmtt me^r ober toe= ntger nu|Iic^ feib. - 23ortteffltcfy ! t>erfete ber Beleibigte otr>e. ffiie treit iriirbe tcf; algbann unter bem (Sfel 311 jtef)en fommen ! 5)u fannfi unfer Oiid;ter ni^t (etn, 3)Zenfct;! 3Ser(af bie ^ets fammlung ! entfernte ftcf>. 97un, f^rad) ber f, (unb tf)m fltmmten ber ^amfter unb ber wteber fcei) ftel)ft bu, $ferb? ber 8ou?e metnt eel , bag ber S^enfd) unfer 9Rid;ter nid;t fctn fvinn. 2)er benft , trie tutr. 5l6er au3 beffern riinben, all i^r! fagte ber SBwe, unb trarf i(;nen etnen bera'c^tltc^en 33lti ju. 2)er ^oire fut;r tocttcr fort: 3)er Oiangftrett, irenn ic^ el red)t iiSerlege, ift ein nidjt^iritrbiger trctt! ^altet mict^ fiir ben 33orne^mflen ober fiir ben ertngften ; el gilt nttr glei(^ biel. @enug, i^ fenne mid^! Itnb fo gtng er an! ber ^erfammhing. 3()m folgtc ber tuctfe levant, ber fii^ne Sieger, ber ernfl= l)afte 33ar, ber Huge 5uct;l, bal eble ^3ferb; fur$, afle, bie t^ren ^IBert^ fufylten, ober ju fii^len glaubten. Die fid) am Ie|ten icegfcegaben, unb iifcer bie jerriffene i^erfammlung am meiften murreten, iraren -~ ber Qlffe unb ber @fel. 34, 2)te gtc^e. S)er rafenbe 9^orbn?inb ^atte feine 6tar!e in einer iMr= nufc^en SRad;t an einer etfyafcenen ic^e betriefen. Sftun lag 196 no ^ojlrccft, unb tine Stenge nlebriger 3tramto Iao.cn untor ifyr jorfotymottort. (via ,vu>: me ( s mibc nivtt iroit fcason batto, Ubo no too s A^oi\]on-j tarauf. oiu ^aum ! rtof or. ->atro id' ted? nimmormobr got.* cr fo grojj gcirofon u\irc! 35. Tic Gjcfrfjtdjtc bc$ altcn 4t>olf, in jiebeit Jabclu. 'Bofc ffiolf trar 311 3fl(?rcn gcfommcn, unr C^ntfvtluf?, nut ton 3otMfovn auf otnoin is-iif? ju lobou. (yr maclue ftcb alfo auf, unt) fam ju bom or, bofjou ^orbou fotnor ^ooMo bio mulMton tr ; afor , fvra.t or, bu nounojl mid.) bon blutgiori^cu Olaubcr, ber tot) boot) tvirflid; ntd;t Hit. AV- \ mid) an boinc 3d;afc balton , ironn mtcl> luin^ort ; ronn Hunger t(;ut trc^. @d?it^c mid? nut fcor bom mad;e mic^ nur fatt, unb bu follfl mtt mir v ron fcin. enn id; bin trirflid; ba^ $al;m|1c, fanfrmuilMgilc .^icr, trcnn ic^ fatt bin. SBenn ^ f^tt bt|l? Qa$ fann troM foir. @d)afer. XHbor ircnn bijl bu bonn fan'.' In unt tor trcrben e^ nic. eb beincn SBeg! 2)er abgctriofone 5Bo(f fam 511 oincm jircitcn X>u ireit, dnifor, irar foino xMnroto, I r tac- v burd; maiut'Oo 3oNu iritrticn fiMin; ; bu mir itberbaupt jcbo3 3abr | ;obou, fo bin ub ;iu friobon. Tu fannfl al^bann pit n, unb bio 'Ounto oi)no .1 abfd)affcn. @cit-- ( fvrad; bcr 6^1 i cine ganjc eerbc! n, ircil bu o3 bift, fo irill id) mid; mit fnnfon bo= , fa^to bor ilBolf. ,2)u fd)cr;oil ; ftbtf@$afel s ??iobr aid f^ faum tin gan^cn ^ibro bom x |> v au." 197 nidtf *iere? fragte ber SBoIf treiter; unb ber @rt;afcr fdjiittelte foottifdj *> en <^f- ,,3>ret? 3tt>ei?" Sfticfyt ein einjigeS; pel enblid) ber 93efd)etb. !I>enn e3 trare ja trot)( t(;oricfyt, trenn id; mid; einem geinbe ntac^te, ijor toelcfyem tc^ mtc^ burcf; metne ftc^ern fann. 5(der guten >inge flnb brei; bac^te ber SBoIf, unb ju etnem Written chafer. ^ gel;t mtr recfyt na^e, frra^ er, bag tcf) imter eucf) ^c^cifevn al0 bag graufamjte, getrtffenglofefte ^()ter er= fcfyrteen Bin. 2)ir , SWontan, toill ic^ je^t betretfen, trie wu red;t man mtr t^itt. te6 mir ia^rltc^ etn 6d;af, fo foU beine ^geerbe in jenent 5BaIbe, ben ntemanb itnfld)er mad?t, al^ icl), frei unb ua6efd;a'btgt n^eiben bitrfcn. in @c^af! QBelcfye ^leinigfett! Jlonnte id; gro^miitl;iger, fonnte ic^ un= eigennii|iger l;anbeln? u lad;fl, @d)afer? SBoritBer lad)ft bu benn? D ubw ntcfytS! 9(6 cr trie alt 6ifl bu, giiter ffreunb? f^rac^ ber (Sctya'fer. ,,3Ba^ gcl;t bid? mein 9(lter an? 3ntmer noc^ alt gemtg, bit beine liebften hammer ju tritrgen." @r$urne bic^ nid;t, alter Sfegrint ! & tijut mir leib, ba bu mit beinem ^orfd)Iage einige 3al;re gu frat fommft. $)eine au^ge6iffenen S^tif ijerrat^en bid). 2)u ftnelft ben Uneigennii^igen, 6Io^ um bid) bepo gemad)Iid;er, mit befte u?eniger efa^r na^ren ju fiinnen. SBoIf trarb argerlic^, fafite f!^ a6er boc^, unb gina, ju bem bierten @d)a'fer. 3)iefem n?ar eben fein treuer geftor6en, unb ber SBoIf mac^te fl^ ben Umftanb (Sd?afer, fprac^ er r id; ^>a6e mic^ mit meinen -33riibern in bem SBalbe berunetniget, unb fo, bafi ify mic^ in ^mig= feit ni^t toieber mit il;nen augfo^nen teerbe. )u roetfit, trie tjtei bu i:on ifynen ju fiir^ten ^afl! 5Benn bit mid; 198 aber anflatt bein>: men unrc:< in riomle nel>men irillfi, fo fWv tcl> bir bafiir, baf; fie feines fceinor 2dMfe aud> nur fdvel anfoben fallen. irillfl fie alfa : 2d\ifer, 1303011 beine ;ror tin ^Halfce bofduii},;- .1$ moino id) benn faimY Aroiii iraro nicln iibol! \Hbor, irnin icb tiit nun in moino -locrtm oiniuibmo, f^iiio intr b( ann moino arinon 3eNifo c\?t\n\ ttcl> boKtMiuon'.' (^inon Xiob ino vpaity nobinon, urn or t?en Ttobon aufuT bom -Oaufc ': 311 foin , "Da^ gallon trir s l*?oni\ton - 3dj l;orc fd;on! fagtc tor i&olf; tu faiu}fl an ju morvi= liftrcn. Sctc \vel;l! V. SBaro tvf niitt fo alt! fnirfcMc bor olf. ^Ibcr id mid?, Icitor, in btc 3^* [dncfon. lint) (o !am cr $u t>cm fiinfton 3d\uVr. t>u mtc^, <8d)afer? fragtc bcr HBoIf. gtcid^en ircnigflcng fcnnc id), terjYiuo r ,,S!Keincg glcic^cn? ^aran ^roiflc id^ (| bin cin fo fontorbaror ^clf, bap tcfybctnor, unt) allot Srcuntifc^aft tro()( ivertf) Inn." lint) trie fonborbar bifl t>u bcnn? ,,3f^ !onntc f'oin lobonbigoS d?af tritrgcn unb freffen, unb ircnn c^ mir ba3 ^cbon f often folit inid^ blo^ mit tobten 6d;afen. 3jl ba ntdM .ntbo mir alfo immer, ba^ id) mid) banu unb ivann boi boinov g>eerbe einfinben, unb nact^fragcn barf, ob btr nid^t f , pare bie SBorte! fagte ber dnifer. Tit miifnoft gar feinc d^afc freffen, aucl; nidu cinmal tobte, ivenn jN-einb nid^t foin follte. ( s "'in iMor, ba^ mir fd)on tobte @d)afe friilr, lernt leic^t auS hunger hant tobt, uni> ^nu' toot;I Unrest, ba^ trtr ben alten Member auf bag Qleugerfte brad;= ten, unb i^m aHe SRtttel sur SSejferung , fo fpa't unb er= ^ungen fte aud; irar, benal;men! 36. 2)ieaait. (Sine fntofo^f;ifd;e STOauS ^rie^ bie giltige 0iatur, bag ffe bie SRd'ufe W etnem fo t)orjiiglid;en egenj^anbe il;rer (Sr^altung gemad)t I;abe. S)cnn eine ^dlftc t?on un, fprad; jte, erf)ieit soon U;r Srliigel, ba, irenn tt>ir ^ter unten aud; atle bon ben $a|en au^gerottet triirben, fte bod; mit leister 9Kii^c au^ ben glcbermdufcn unfer au^gerottete^ efc^lectjt irieber f)erfte(Ien fonnte. 2)ie gute 5!Bau3 ttwjjte nic^t, ba^ e^ and; geftiigelte gibt. Unb fo berufyet unfer @tolj meiften^ auf unferer 200 37. Tic Scfnualbc. (Mlaiibot inir, Jvreunte ; tio qref;e s i$dt ifl nid>t fur Don tft niobt fitr ton lid'tor! ?.Van fcnuot ta ibron ivabron ^onb nutt , unD ait! no lint) oft ftjroad? go: ibu nut cinom imttia,en $u '-ortanuton. 3n ton erfion 3^ton UMV rio 3.tiualbc oin ebon fo ton= roiitor, niolctifitor iu\iol , alo fcio s Jiaitti k viU. 3io u\irt c3 abor bait) nuito, in ton cinfamon ^ituton ;n ivobnon, unt ta s:ou uiomant), alv tern fiction Vantmanno unt) t)er unfdnilbigon 3itafovin .qobort unr> boiruntovt 511 ircrben. @te uerlie^ t^re fccnuit^igcrc 8'vountin, unt) jog in tic @tatt. -- SBaS gefd)a^7 SBcil man in ber @tatt nidn 3ctt tyatto, iijic gottlidn^ Viot 511 fyimn, fo ucrlcrnte jie c0 nacfy unb nad;, unb lernte bafiir Baucn. 38. J)cr 2lblcr. 5D?an fragtc ben^lblcr: toarum crjicfyefi bu bcine 3ungcn fo I)od; in tcr Suft? !Det Hitler anttrortctc: SEiirbm fie ftd;, ertractyfen, fo na^e $ur Sonnc tragcn, irenn id; ftc tiof an tor (?rbe crjogc? 39. ^cr jungc unb bet altc nrfd). C^'tn ^irfd; r ton tie gittigc Dktur oabrbuntorto lobm laffen, fagtc emjl ju ctnem foinor (5'n?ol : 3d> fann mic^ tor 3eit nod) fol;r trol)l ortnnorn, ta tor 9)?enfc^ ta8 tonnornto Seuerrol^r nod? nic^t erfunten f)atto. SBelc^e gliicfli^e 3eit mu baS fiir unfer efc^lec^t gc= irefon fotn! fouftete ter (Fnfol. S)u fd)lio|lo|l ju gofctnrint! fagte ber alt'. 3oit trar anterS, abor ntd)t boffor. 5)or SWenut barto ta, anjlatt toe iyeuerrobrcS, ^foilo unD ^ogcu; unt irir irarcn obon fo fd)ltmm taran, a!3 i 40. 2)cr $fau unb bet Aa^n. fprad) tor ^fan ;it tor -011110: er d?a'fer. Ql6er nur bent Scfjtoeigen tfl Sc^ulb, ba^ ic^ fte tjb're. 43. 2)er Slffe unb ber $iid)3. mtr ein fo gefdn'cfteg ^I)ier, bem ify nicfyt nac^= a(;men fbnnte! fo ra(;Ite ber 51ffe gegen ben Suc^g. 3)er Sud)g after ertrieberte: Unb bu, nenne mir ein fo gering* fd;a|igeg ^ter, bem eg einfaUen fbnnte, bir na^ua^men. 202 dwttldler meiner Nation! --- 9Jhi tcfy mid) nod) teutlidHT ertlarcn'? 44. tc rillc imb Me 3d? terftd>ere bid), fagte tic Grille \u tcr ^adnivvV:, e8 meineni efana,e qarnkbt an ^eiruntercrn fcMt. iKcnne mir ftc bodi, frraa^ tic i^KNi\}atl. lio vivbcitfamcn knitter, iMTJVijte tic (Grille, boron niiob init iMclcin ; pnii^en, unb tajj ticfco tic iiitulutftcn Vcutc in for me:: livtcn OlcvuHif ftnt), ba^ ivtvu tu rod; nutt Km troUcn? iMd id) md?t langncn, faqtc tic \\ aba barfjl tit viuf ibrcn ^cifaU ni.1 ; Itd^cn teuton, tie alle ibrc ctanfcn bet tcr Arbeit \\\\- miiffen ja irobl tic fcincrn (vinvfintunqcn T -ittc alfo ja nicbto cbcr auf tcin Viet ein , ibm ter forglofc (Sdnifer, tcr fclbfl auf fcincr ^ mil ftillcm (S'lU^icfcu laufcbct. 45. 2Bie auggerottct ifl ^ier ^u ?ante inner < s cin gcreiflcr $utcl. 3n tent fcrnen s -I s 3elttbeilc, ire: bie ^cnfd?en 3nticn nennen, ta, ta cn'bt c iu\t rcduc finite! ^unte, mcine fritter --- ibr trcrtct ess mir nidjt glauben, uut boc^ (;abc id) eo mit mcinen ^lu^r n tie and; cinen Votrcn nidn fiirduen unt ! mit ibm anbintcn. \Hber, fragte ten ^utel ein qefenter jagt^uut, iibcnriiu ben fie t(;n tcnn amt, ten Voivcn '.' llcbcnuintcn? \rar tie ^Intivon. rao faun id> nun ebon nid't fagen. (MlctdMrcM, bctenfc nnr, eincn Votven an;u= f alien! - C, fubr ter 3aa,thmt fort, ivenn jle ibn niciu irinten, fo ftnt teine ^cvriei'enen Ounfe in ^ntien aid trir fo -id irie nid;ro , aber ein gut ^beil tiimmcr. 303 46. $)er >iier uub ber ^ (in fd)tr>erfcilJiger (stier unb em fliicfytiger irfd) toeibeten auf einer Biefe jufammen. igitfcty, fagte ber 6tier, trenn un3 ber 6tt>e anfallen foflte, fo laf? une fiir men SKann jM;ett; irtr tooden i^n ta^fer afctodfen. ^)a0 mut^e mir ntc^t ju, emnebertc ber trfcC;; benn toarum follte \fy mtd^ nut bent otoen in etn tmgleicfyeg efed;t etnlaffen, ba ify U;m ft^erer ent= laufen fann? 47. $>ie $fauen unb bte ^rdt;e fc^miicfte fid) nttt ben auSgefatlenen Jebetn bet farfcigen ^fauen, unb mtfc^te ficfy ?ii(;n, al^ fie genug gefcfymiicft ju fetn glaubte, unter btefe gldnjenben 3}ogel ber 3uno. <3te trarb erfannt; unb (d;nell fielen bte $f alien mit fd)arfen c^nabeln auf |te, i^r ben BetriigerU fcfyen $u| au^^urei^en. ^affet nacl;! fcijrie fie enblid^; it;r ^a6t nun atle0 ba0 (Surige toteber. 2)ocfy bie $fauen, toetd^e einige bon ben etgenen glanjenben (Sc^^ingfebern ber Jtra'f)e Bemerft fatten, berfe^ten: @rt)tt>eig, armfelige Martin; auc^ biefe fonnen nid;t bein fein! unb fyaclten n?eiter. 48. 2)er 8otoc tntt bent 5110 be3 Qtefo^u0 6tt>e mit bent (Sfel, ber i^n burc^ fetne fiircfyterltcfye @ttmme bie ^iere follte jagen t)elfen, na^ bent SBalbe ging, rief il)m etne nafetneife frd'^e con bent $aume ^u: (Sin fcfyimer efellfd)after! <3cf;a'mft bu bid; nic^t, mit einetn @fel gu geften? Ben i^ Braud;en fann, berfe^te ber ^oiue, bent fann id) ja tto(;l nteine Sette gonnen. @o benlen bie roen ade, trenn fie einen ^iebrigen tt)rer (Semeinfc^aft tcurbigen. 204 49. 3uj?iter unb Apollo ftrittcn, treUtcr i:on ibnen bcr bcfte S9ogenutiiiK Kt. Van uno bio ^rcbe madden! u^to 'Jlvollo. (vv UMimto jYinen ^i\icn, unt MTK u> mitten in merfie 3^/ ^vif? v uivitor tcino 3R60Ud;feit fal\ ibn ;u ubor-- trejKn. oil' fe^e, fctadj n-, rai; ru :ueM fclnef;c|t. 3^ lucrro Wiibo iMbon, cct bnTor ut inacbon. IT ocl) trill id) co oiu antornial i:cvuuton. (v terfiic^en, bcr Huge 50. !Ccr ^u^S unb Me SSor alten 3n*en f^b ctn gud^S bie bo^le, cinon irciton aitfrcifjonto Var-c oinoo 3dMiifvi cin fagte t?cr bctracbtontc Aii.te. Cbno (^obtrn, unt> mit otnem offoncn 9)?imbe ! Solltc ta$? nid;r : iuo (Sdnra^or^ gnrcfcn fctn? liefer 5ud;g fannte cud), ibr nriijcu Oicl>ncr, ifjr @traf= gcrtc^te t>e^ unfd;ultigflcn uufcrcr einnc! 51. cr ctjtge. 3^ Unglud(id;er! Hagtc ctn (^cUNilS foiitcm ^l Sftan l;at inir ben d^a, ben id; in mcincm (Marten grabcn fyatte, bicfe DJad^t cntircnbct, unb cinen tcrcamnucn @tetn an boffcn 3tellc gclcgt. 2)u triirbcft, antirortctc ibm bcr 9ia : boc^ nid;t gcnufet babcn. SBilbc btr alfo ctn , r fci bcin @d;a|; unb bu bift ntd'tc armcr. re id; aud; [d;on nidMo armor, cnvicbcnc tu tyalS; ifl ctn anbcrcr iitdn urn fo ticl rd urn fo ttcl reiser! 3c^ mod;tc rafcnb tvcrbcn. 52. ^cr JHabc. Tcr .;b, ba^ bcr jRabc b raubte, unb ten ibrni Cv r ~cni mit Icbte. !Ta bvivttc cr bci ftd: foltjl: id; mi\ttc iroM U'ifKn, ob bcr j){abc 'Jlntbcil an 805 ben D^fern fyat, freil er em ^ro^ettf^er 23ogel ijl; ober 06 man ityn fiir einen ^ro^ettfc^en 23ogel f;alt, toetl er fred) genug iji, bie Dpfer mit ben 6ttern ju ttyeilen. 53. et $u mein fctyb'neg 8fcH ntctyf? futyr ber Sieger fort. (E^ if* fo ijtelfarotg aI0 betn emutl;, unb ba^ ^(euere triirbe ftcfy bortreffltc^ ju bem 3nnern fctytcfen. Oen barum, berfe^te ber gud;g, banfe id; red;t fetyr bafitr. 3d; mu^ ba^ md;t fcfyetnen, ira^ icty Inn. Qlfcer toottten bte otter, bag id; metne ier $ucfte ber ^ir^t bte 5lc^fel. Ungliidlid;er 3acl;jorn 1 rtef ber SKann ; fie f ann nid^t fyelfen, benn icty tya6e ben <>unb erfct;Iagen. 55. J)ie Itauic. 3d; fenne einen 2)ic^ter, bem bte fctyreienbe sBemunberung feiner fleinen Sftacbatymer treit meljr gefd;abet tyat, alg bie neibif^e 33erad;tung feiner Jtunftricfyter. ^ie ifl ja boc^ fauer! fagte ber gud;g ^on ber Sraube, nacty ber er lange genug bergeften3 geftrungen tear. 2)a3 tyb'rte ein Sterling, unb fyrad; : ^auer follte biefe Xrauue fein? 2)arnacty ftetyt fie mir bod; nicfyt au^! r flog fytn, Apel' German Grammar, 3d edition. 18 unb fojrcte, nnf fanb ftc una.fmein juf;, nnf ricf fcunbert lUKbivio ^niKr borboi. tfeftet rfc or; toilet t. lieiV Sraube Kbalt tor Tviuto fauer. - 3i< fieten alle, nut) in irenia, Olu^onblivion irarf fio iraub ikbtot, baj? nie cin ,uut'$ idotor t^arnaci; 56. Tcr nnlbc 9lpfclbaum. 3n bem T)0^lon 3tamm ciiic^ trilton ^(vfolbanmo^ lief; jut oin 3ctMi\irm ^iouou nictcr. 3io fnllton tbn mil t>on 3vl\iJ3on ibred ^01119^, un ^ ^ cr ^m ^^tt) fo flol^ tvv, IMK or allc anbcrc Oinme 90^011 ftcb ^oraclucto. JDa ricf ibm cin Oiofcnftocf \u: (Center 3tcU auf aolt bcnc 3itmiifciton! 3)1 bcinc Jnutt tarum luont.v .: v ui tiofc troibc ton ^ooniq bcrauf, luonn bit oc> rorin. uni) bann crfl irirD t>cr SUfnfc^ tid) fo^ncn ! 57. Xcr ^>trfc^ unb bcr 5)er ^irfc^ frra^ ju bem ffucfyfe : SRun ircbc un6 arm on ' vtorcn i^icrcn! 3)cr \!6trc(;at ftct; mit bcm QBoIfc serbunfccn. 9Ktt bcmOBoIfe? fagte bcr mutcf. Ia0 maq iu\t> btiu ge^en! 2)cr Voirc briillt, bcr QBolf freult; unt? fo irortci ibr cud) nod; oft bet 3^tcn mit ber Alnctn rotten f'tMinen. \Uber alSbann, alotann modue eg um uns allc vioubobon foin, tvenn eg bem geivalti^on Voiron einfallen follto, mit bem fct;letd;enbcn l'ud;fe 511 uerbinben. 58. 2R i n c 1 1) a. I'af; f!e boc^, Sreiinb, laf; fte, bie fletnen bainiubon yici-. ber beineg trad)fonben Ohibmc^! ^Baritiu ivill betn ber s ^ergcffcnbcit beftimmtc Xiamen i:ereiviijen '{ 3n bem unfinni^cn .Hrioqo, iroKton bie Otic feu infer bie ::cr fubrten, uellten i for Minerva cinon fd)recf= lichen IradH-n entgegcn. SWiner rqriff ben unb fd^lenfcrte ibn mit a.eivaltia,cr &anb an ba6 Airmamenr. Da glan^t er noct; unf irao 10 oft iirci: lo^nung irar, aarb beg DraciuMi bcnoifonoiriirfii]. 207 59. 2>er Sejt&er be (in Sftann I;atte emeu trefflicfyen $togen toon mit bem er fel)r tueit unb fetyr ftcfyer fcfyofi, unb ben er un= gemein toertl) fyielt. (infi: after, aid er ifyn aitfmerffam Be= tracfytete, fyracfy er: (Sin toenig ju vt^ Btft bit beefy; '2lde beine 3i^^ i# ^>te iattc. (Scfyabe! 2)od; bem ift abjufyelfen; ftel tfjm etn. 3cfy n?ia fytnge^en unb ben fceften Mnftler ^Btlber in ben 33ogen fd)ni|en laffen. $r ging fyin; unb ber Jtiinftler fcfyni^te etne gan^e Sagb auf ben iBogen; unb rca3 ^citte ftcfy fceffer auf einen $ogen ge= fcfyitft, aid eine 3agb? 2)er 93?ann ti?ar softer Sreuben. ,,^)u berbienft btefe Steratfyen, ntein lieSer Q3ogen ! " 3nbem trill er iljn ser* fucfyen; er fpannt, unb ber $ogen 5er6rid)t. 60. ie 9iacf)ttall unb bic fod man ju ben )icfytern fagen, bte fo gern tfjren glug treit iiBer atle Saffung beg gro^ten ^(;eileg ifyrer \?efer nefymen? ffia^ fonft, aid toad bte ^acfytigad einft 311 ber fagte: Scfytrtngft bu bid), greunbin, nur barum fo unt nicfyt ge^brt ju toerben? 61. J>a (ftaf unb bic Sdjtoalfre. flog auf etn @d)af, tl;m ein toenig fiit tfyr 91ejt aud^urupfen. 2)ad ^Scfyaf fiprang untotllig fyin unb aneber. 5Bie fcift bu benn nur gegen mid; fo farg? fagte bte alfce. 2)em ^irten ertauBj^ bu, ba^ er bid; beiner $Bolle iifcer unb iioer entblo^en barf; unb mir sjer= toeigerft bu eine Heine giocfe. SKofyer !ommt bad? ad fommt bafyer, antoortete bas cfyaf, iretl bu mir meine SKoile nid)t mit eben fo guter 2(rt ju ne(;men tretgt, aid ber *trte. 408 02. Ter :)iabo bomortto, taf; tor \Htlcr a,an;o tv iibor foinon (Morn briitoto. lint tabor tommt 00, obno Ij et, taf; tic "Minion too VMtlorO fo allfobont unt) ftart imtcn. (Mm! tao ivill id' aiieti tlnm. lint) foittom brittot tor OJabc irirfliot) qair^o bl i'tbor foinon ( c iovn; abov no^ bat cr nici;t^, aid clou: 03. Tor 23ar unb bc unucrflanbigen SfKcnfcficn! fagte tor l^ir ^u tern (*le-- n. 5Bad forbcrn fie nivtt allot? ton und bop rou! 3d) nuif? nad) tor SWunf tan;on; ids t?or oinu! v ^dr! Unt fto tuiffon oo tod> nitr alUn ivobl, ^offon 311 moinom obmnirti^on ^ofon nidu utirfon ; tonn roarum lac^tm fte [onfl, tucnn id) tan^e'? 3c^ tanjc aucl; nad) tor SWufif, torfoi.uo tor ^olobri^o (vlo= ^ant; unt) glaubo obon fo crnftbaft unt obnnirtii] ^u foin, aid bu. Ieid;tror;l (;abon tie 3ufd;auor nic iibor mi : lacfyt ; freutige 93eti?unberung biof; \i\\v auf tbron ( s \ M l.ttoru ju lefen. laubc mir alfo, ^dr ; tie SRcnuton ladn % n m\tt tariiber, t)a^ tu tanjeft, fontcrn tariibor, taf? tu tid; fo albern tviut anuticffl. 04. Tcr Strauf?. pfeilfc^nedc -JHcnnt^icr fa^ ben v2traufj, unt fv Vaufon too Straupcd ift fo aujjorori)ciulid> obon nidn; abor obno Jiroifol flicgt cr (vin antormal fa()c tcr \Utlor ton 3trauf;, in ivlicgfii fann tor 2trauf? nun irobl nidu; at ,ubo, or nuifj qut (aufon fonnon. 309 65. Die 2B4ltyaten, in $roei gafceln. bu u?of)l etnen groj?ern 28ol)itf;ater unter ben $l)tes ten, al8 un? fragte bie 33iene ben 9Kenfd)en. 3a toofjl! ertoieberte biefer. ,,Unb toen?" 3)a3 6d;af! 3)enn feme 5Botte ijl mir noffyroenbig, unb bein onig ifl: mir nut angene^m. ii. Itnb irtflfl bu T noc^ einen runb triffen, irarum ic^ ba^ er Slbtcr unb bet ^u^* <2>et auf beinen glug nicl;t fo jtolj! fagte ber Suc^^ ju bem S 2(bler. 2)u jletgft boefy nur be^iregen fo ^od) in bte i^uft, urn bic^ befto setter naci^ einem Q(afe umfetyen ju fonnen. ^o fenne ic^ Scanner, bte ttefjinnige ^Beltweife getrorben ftnb, nid;t au^ ^iebe $ur SBa^ett, fonbern au^ ^3egierbe 311 einem eintraglid;en 8e(;ramte. 67. 2>er gfel unb ba^ Sagb^ferb. (Sin (Sfel ^erntaf ftd?, mit einem 3agb^ferbe um bie ffiette ju laufen. 2)ie ^3roBe fie( erbarmiid; au^ unb ber (Sfel roarb au^geladjt. 3d; merle nun toofyl, fagte ber (Sfel, iDoran e^ gelegen ^)at; tc^ trat mir fcor etnigen SRonaten einen >orn in ben gup, unb ber fcfymer&t mi^.noct). (Sntfd;ulbigen @ie mid;, fagte ber Jtan^elrebner Sieber^ fyolb, irenn meine ^eutige $rebigt fo griinbiid; unb erbau= lic^ nic^t getrefen, alS man fte t>on bem gliicflic^en 0lac^= a^mer eine^ 5TOo0^eittt3 ertuartet (;a'tte; ict? t^abe, itne @te i;oren, einen t)cifern ^a!, unb ben fd;on feit ad;t Tagen. 68. ic 9tacf)ttaU unb bcr (MHO iinfllta.f 9iad)tia.all fanb untcr bni San^or.: bf$ ittfibfr bif SRonge, abcr foinon Arounb. s ^idi id? ibn unter finer anborn (Mattinu] , tNuluo (to, unb tmranlivli ut t?nn x l>fauo Ivrab. iiMior^fau! t,t bnvuntorc ticij. - ,url\ Itfblivtf iKaclui^all!" 3o lafjt unc Aratnt^o fotn, JVnu; ^iad)ttgall trcitor; ivir \uort on unc uiclu bonot^on t>uv t>ii bift tfm -liujc fo aiuifndMn, alo ia? tfiu Cbvc. 2)ie 5)Jad)tiijaU unb tor U>MU tuuvton Arount>e. ,H n f 1 1 e r unt) ty o p c tcarfn OffjVrf Jrountc M ty o p f unt) -Jtbbifon. 69. ic JWadjttgall unb bet @tn aHdit fd^oj? auf cine jtitflfnbe ^uid^rioall. S fo lioblicli ftiuift, fprvu1> or, iric :crtrffflid? ivirft tu utinocfon! 5Bar fg M?l;nifd)f ^esh'it, obfr trar fc (vinfalt, u\ fagtf? 3c^ trfip nid;t. ^Ibor ^oftorn bert' : ^raufnymmfr, bag fo nn*:frgloiot)lid) btclnot, nur ntdn fin uderlitbfieti Sraucnjimmfr fcin! ilnb tvio \i\iv irip ^infalt! 70. Xtc 995c^cn. unb QSfttrffunq jfrjlortfn bag fto^o (^obiiu finog Oloffcg, bag untfr ffinoin fiibnfn Ouitor irerton. Tif Oininni boc cinon braiul;t tio allo^oit ivivf-- fume 9ktur ju bont Vobon bog anborn. Unb cin 3cl;ivarm jun : on aue bom boutntot!";: borcor. C, rioffn bif 2Bcopon, UMO fitr oinoo ^ottl ; lin"pnnu]g ftnb irtr! 2)a8 vrtfrr. , tor Viol. tung, ift nnfor (vr;ouqor! t ffliuinf ^raMoroi borto bfr anfmfrf|"into Tvabol: bttfjtor, unb baitto an bio bourdon x \r,ilianor, bio \\k n: flfrina/ri-c ale ^ibtoininlin^o tor alton nnftorblivto:: jufcin, oinbiibfn, ivfil (if anf il orn ij iron 211 71. $et Sterling unb bet ttcwfj. Sei auf beine rb'fje, auf beine Starfe fo ftolj al3 bu ttriflft, fpracfy ber Sperling ju bem Sttaujje. 3d? bin bocfy mefyr ein !&ogel al$ feu. 3)enn bu famtft nid;t fHegen; id; aber fliege, obgletd) nid;t ^od), obgleic^ nur rucftretfe. )er leid)te 2)td;ter etneg fro^lid)en SrtnfliebeS, etne^ !Iei= nen berliebten efangeS, ift me^r ein enie, a(3 ber (ofe Sc^reiber einer langen ^ermanniabe. 72. et gudj unb bet (Srja^Ie mir bo^ etn?a0 bon ben fremben Hnbern, bie bu afle gefefyen ^ajlt, fagte ber 5ud;0 ju bemtneit gereijlen Stord;e. ^terauf fing ber Storc^ an, i^m {ebe ^ad)e unb jebe feu^te Biefe ju nennen, tro er bie fd?macl(;afteften ffiiir= mer unb bte fetteflen 5rofd;e gefc^maufet. Sie finb lange in ^3ari0 getrefen, mein err. 2Bo fpeu fet man ba am fcefhn? ffia^ fur SBetne ^aben Ste ba ant meiften nac^ 3i;rem efd;made gefunben? 73. $et ^elefan. giir troljlgerattjene ^inber fonnen Qteltern ntc^t ju i?iel tl;un. 5('6er irenn fid) ein Blober Q3ater fiir einen au3ge= arteten So(;n baS 3lut com ^er^en japft; bann ipirb iefcc jur S^or^cit. in frommer $eie!an, ba er feine 3ungen fcfymadjten fa^, rt^te ftc^ mtt fcfyarfem @d;na6el bie 33ruft auf, unb erquicfte fie mit fetnem -23lute. 3c^> bettjunbere beine S^lic^feit, rief it)m ein ^tbler ju, unb bejammere beine ^Blinb^eit. Sie^ bod? , toie mand;en nid)t^tt)iirbigen ucfgucf bu unter beinen 3ungen mit au^gebriitet ^aft! So tear e3 au^ n?ir!U(^ ; benn aud) i^m ^atte ber falte ucfgucf feine (Sier untergefc^oben. Baren e0 unban!- bare uigucfe toertfy, ba^ i^r ^e^ben fo ttyeuer erfauft irurbe? 74. Tor Springer im ; tfnaben ivollton (Scfyad) jteben. ibnon cin Svnn^or foblio, fo maoHon fto oincn nh turcl' oin ^.Vorhouton, ta;u. ricfcn tic .intern crnc ^tltfaulc oinco bortreffllc^ett Jtiinftlcrc f burd; t)io 1130 cincr UMitbcntcn Acucrobnmft in cincn ^?on. Tiofcr .Ulnmvon tarn ctncm antcrn .Hitnftlcr in tic be, unt tnnt fcino ( s vi>irfliitfcit . .:ino none ^iltfaulc tnrauc; von tor oruorn in t voruollto, untcrfctMctcn, an (^outmarf unt) u i^r 01 2)er lUcit fab cet unb fnirfcbtc. Siri .:m or auf cinon armfcli^cn :Iroft : ,,Tor puto S 2)i\uw ivin: noit ijanj cnrai]lirt)0 @tiicf, aiut nivtt bcri?oriKbrat ironn ibm nidn tie SD?aterie tcr alton ^iltfaulo taboi tatten liommcn luare. " 76. Tor Sticv unb baei ,Halb. ( s 'in ftarfcr Stior ^crfvlittorto mit foincn | intoin or flit tin\t tic n lallilnir ti. l' einmal, -Oinc! utric cin jitn^co ft><- ton tbif ivt tir nicin. s ^io licb tuare in: ior ( luenn tu ibn tbnn to'nn: 8 iu rii forlvn. a ^ 1 e! nic nunuto : IMI or mil (ciiun bcrtDfgcnei ibr -Oorron, iric qorn troUcn tvir un ;i tann ! EXPLANATOKY NOTES TO THE EXAMPLES AND EXERCISES. . 19. EXAMPLES : 26. grembeS 8ob, being praised by others. 31. 3d) fyabe 8ujl, I wish. 55. 3d) fyabe nod) nicfyt $er- ttnmben, I have not yet got over the effects of. 73. aben @te fid) abgefunben, have you come to terms. EXERCISES : Who tt>er, the book ba$ 23ucfy, the bell bie locfe, the light ba 8id)t, soon balb, the knife ba3 9Reffer, the horse ba3 ^)ferb, very beautifully fefyr the stone ber @teitt, into the water in (=in ba) over the brook iiber ben S5ad), wine SBetn, the boat ba6 S3oot, a glass of beer em la JBter, Sir mein ^>err, very well fefyr WOf)!, the boy ber $nabe, in the river in bem gluffe, severely fcfywer/ the steam-engine bte 2)ampfma- fd)ine, the stars bte @teme, very fine fefyr fcl)0n, a song etn gieb, when wann, my purse rnetn S3eutel, by him t)on if)m, .20. EXAMPLES: 24. SKir wirb ba$ 2Cuge brecfyen I shall die. 31. 9Rir tt)irb iibel I feel ill. 37. bie flatten those who rule (flatten to rule is a weak verb). 38. gftnge unb gebe current. 65. )tt ^aj! gut fpred^en it is easy for you B 214 to talk. so. yiimm vovlicb l>e >ati>tied. 87, .ttommt JU utc hem-tits. 88. }u @$anben toerben to be KGlSEfl : Man ter 9Rcnfd\ tlu- girl tu6 my pen nicinc fitttV, easily IcidH, tin- how tcr 23iH^n, tin- barrel ta3 gaf5, through the water tm\*b tae SBaffcr, to beurc, yesterday fleftern, eertainly fteivif?, everything Vi nothing 9Mt*, French granjofifd\ into the fire in* famr, away nxfl, the hall into the air ben 23al( in tic gllft, tin tree ten JBaum, the bee tic S3icnc, the glass t brook fcer 23ad), how much UMC t)id, this coin ticfc of us au iin, the air bie guft, cold fait, tin- wi-atln-r SBcttcr, hot fyeifj, the days bic Sage, tin- ni^ln i^rc. .21. EXAMPLES: 22. Sr Jtc()t be is removing. 25. gincn S3ocf fd)ie^en to shoot a roe-buck, and also : to commit a great blunder. 28. Fein l)0r no fool, bag 2()0r t :w. 9vatl) pflegen to consult. 41. t>on tern an from that time forward. 42. rocr anbcrn ju Ietd)t geroogcn \vh> given short measure to others, but also : wbo is too e;, inclined to others. 56. fyabcn gcfrorcn have been cold. RCISES : The corn fca ctraibc, thr 3Bad)6, to it ba^U, an hundred dollars em ()linbcvi the matter tie Sudu\ hravi-ly tapfer, the hi upon the tree ailf t^n SJaum, the pond ter 3 glassing lag, the spark tcr %imtt, the crab tcr ,Hv the cow tie jiuh, the il<.-. ^Muincn, -ncn $afen, the door tie SEhiir, the \ -^ea, tin- rot, abroad in tie Jrcnite, to the country u the report C,U< fMcrujbt, even \\here iibcrall, th bcrgdietn, life te* I'cbciu^ to water tern SBaiT coat 3()ren 9vocf, the clock tie 2Bant(uf;r). 215 .22. EXAMPLES : 24. 3fL.*ab finish. 33. even the cat will look at an emperor. 41. ijl tttcfyt JU iiberfefyen (is too great) to be surveyed. 48. 3$ Htag tltcfyt gem I don't like. 50. (gnbfcfyluf? final resolve. EXERCISES : The field feaS elb, him for it tfyn baritm, very much fefyr tttel, the flesh baS letfcfy, any more mefyr, often oft, rarely fcltcn, a letter etnen 33rief, too much ju triel, very little fefyt roentg, long ago lange fdjOtt, the books bte S5iid)er, upon the table aitf bem Stfd^e, there ba, where WO, just now fo eben, upon the bench auf bet S3anf , for an hour erne tunbe (ang, people geute, any dragons Srac^en, your brother 3tyr SSruber, very slowly fefyr langfam* .23. EXAMPLES: 21. rette gern like to ride. 29. befcfynitt clipped. 36. n)etd)e***au3 go out of the way. 42. tter- griffen out of print. EXERCISES : this morning, btefctt SSRorgett, the child ba Jttnb, her brother ifyrem Sruber, suffered much litt fel)r ( cf much 9 ' when denoting quantity, is translated by " \)iel ^ when intensity, by " fc^t^)* ^ rom tooth-ache an 3^' fd^merjen, like to ride reite gern, the knife ba SRejfer, the pen bte geber, the army ba eer, w ^ who m wttt n?em, only ntlt, the branch ben 3^^9/ ^ rom tne right way ttom redt)ten SSSege. .24. EXAMPLES : 25. gefiilUgfl if you please. 35. bleib bet betnem Setjlen stick k to your last. 42. mit umgefyenber return of post. 214 EXERCISES : At home ju 4)aufe, very much fcfyr, the dirt out of your eoat ben cfymuj au 3ty r C"t ^fccfc, all day ben ganjen ag, again uncber, the sun bic Sonne, the moon ber 9Ronb, brightly bell, to whom an iron, to my brother an mcincn SJrubcr, the place to me mir ten rr, from the carriage ailS bem SBagcn, the mill bic 9Riif)lc, the summer ber omniCt/ the way ben 355eg, his industry fctnen glctg, your umbrella %l)nn Svcgcnfcfytrm, his hands fid) bie anbe, late fpat .25. EXAMPLES: 7. Uiuft auf 6in^ I)inau6 comes to the same thing. 10. laufcn , ab knock off running. 12. fyat ben Siang abgclaufen has surpassed. 29. fiogt ftc leiitr an ben ^)opf offends them easily. 31. jlbf t an ben artcn joins the garden. 59. lim 9Kaul ge^t flatters. 100, gefyt e6 naf)e it is painful. 101. SBenn 9iotl) an 9Rann ge^t in case of extreme necessity. 108. flefyenben gltfk directly. 106. giltcS 9KlltI)eS of good cheer. 143. how does matter stand ? 151. his conduct is very abrupt, rude. EXERCISES : The cook ber Jtod), or bie ^od)in, off the tree oom SBaume, fish gtfcfye, to town in bie @tabt, to tin country ailf ba^ 8anb, to the left Itnf6, to th. to market auf ben SKarft, the stick ben Stocf, my hat mein ^)Ut, on the nail am %igd, the branch in two ben 3weig entjwei, at home ju $aiifc, tlu stap: ber irfd), across the field itber basi ^clb, still nocl\ your brother ^fbrcn 23rubcr, in Kn-lMi auf (rnglifcl\ the riddle the ceiling bie Scrf'e/ the cloth bao XllA\ the wall SKaucr, his i ui fctncni Wcflimcnt, time bie fjuick fc^nell. 217 .26. EXAMPLES : 13. grail ,Rlatfd)e Mrs. Chatter-box. 27. if} ber jtopf tucfyttg geroafcfyen nwben had his head well washed=was severely reprimanded. 104. fd)l5gt sings. 114. aiiS ber 3trt fc^tagen to degenerate. 120. fid) in SKittel fd)lagen to interfere. 121. ttwrbe auf$ ^>aupt .gefd)lagen was thoroughly defeated. EXERCISES : Round the park um ben $Parf, a hole ein god), the basket ben JJorb, his books feine SSucfyer, shirts emben, the plant bie ^flan&e, slowly langfam, no more nid)t me()r, the world bie 2Belt, to the post auf bie $oft, the clock bie Ufyr (bie locfe), the thief ber )ieb, your request $$ljn S3itte, the horse ba ^ferb the robber ben 9iauber, early friif), his hair fein 4paar. .27. EXERCISES : Many promises ttiele 8Serfpred}Ungen, your aunt S()te Sante, the window ba genjler, on the sofa aii!" ba Sofa, your hat Sfyren ^)uf, his journey feine Steife to England nad) ^nglanb, this place biefen 9Ma, to the ridicule bem potte, bem elac^ter, of the multitude ber SKenge, the heat bie )ifee, the breath ben 2(tl)em, at six o'clock um fed} Uf)r, the soldiers bie olbaten, the town bie <5tabt, upon the table auf ben Sifd)/ to the study of astronomy auf ba Stubium ber 3jlronomie, his snuif-box feine @ofyniipftaba?3bofe, the wolf ben 2Boif, the sentence ben @a^/ dreams Sraiime, industriously flei^ig/ the piano ba pianoforte, thus fo, in the corner in bie Scf e, my stick meinen (Stotf/ his illness feine ^ranffyeit, a pair of shoes dn ^)aar (Scfyiifye, the carriage ben SBagen, to the queen ber Jtonigin, his joy feine greube. B 2 218 r.s : To him mit ihm, the incotini: tic V fammlung, into it baju, into temptation in $Bcrfud)ung, road ficfe traffc, biefer 2Beg, the priioner berC acne, this country btefcS ganb, tobacco abaf, of a crime ctnco J>crbrcd>cno, what country ivclcbcm ganbc, a monument dn^cufmal, the boy ben jlnabcn, for two days ^vd Sage lang, the room ba 3^ mm ^/ immediately fogletd), the fortress bic 5 c ff un 9/ f r ^ ie ^ orse f" r ba$ 9)fcrb, to Berlin nac^ JBcrlin, his talents fcinc SalentC, the way into the field nad) bem SSJcge in gclb, anything StroaS, my house mcin ^>au^ . 29. EXAMPLES: If), mcincr ^lagc at ray complaints ; mit cincr ^(age with an accusation. 54. fid) aii3 bem taube madden to take to flight. EXERCISES : The ribbon in some paper ba S3anb in papier, your fingers Sfyrc ginger, the cat bie jjaf^e, your shoulders bie 2lcfyfeln, to the ]>ost auf bie 9)ofl, the King bem jtbntge, his merits fcinc SJcrbicnfrc, the play ba3 3cbaufpiel, the enemy ben geinb, a bone ein JBein, of him \)0r tt)m, at it bariibcr, the soldier tcr vSoIDiU/ in the battle in bev @d)lac^t, ill franf, hi> n quest uin (^cfud\ this ^ biefe^ SBott, the dinner ba 9Di \\ith water faiien 2)ur|t mit SBajJcr, of it bam. . 30. EXAMPLES : 6. bie gernc roafcfycn wlo like to gossip. ir>. jum S3e(ten l)aben to mock. l(i. ftd}uuf (Snva^ \u gute tblin to enjoy somrihiii-. (i(i. bcim^tltr. --His place of residence fcilKll 5BoI)nort, his brother feincn SJrilbcr, the animals bic SEbiere, thought 219 of it baran gebacfyt, every time jebeS SSRal, the sister bie @d)tt>efier, the brother ber 33ruber, poor arm, idle triige, faill, dark bunf el, in the country aitf bem Scmbe, in town in bcr @tabt, happy gluctlid), life ba$ geben, short furj, art bie $imj}, long lang, attentive aufmerffam, a garden einen arten, a bird einen SSogel, friends greunbe, enemies getnbe. .31. EXERCISES : The bird ber SSogel, in the dark im 25un^ f eln, too early jit frill), to ride in a carriage fafyren, an excellent woman CMC ttortreffltcfye rau, a brave man ein brat>er SKann, good people gute Scute or 9)tenfd)en, our enemies unfern S^inben, the truth bie SBafyrfyeit, the king ber ^onig, to go on a journey tterreifen, in the newspapers in ber 3^ u ng, French granjofifd), the thief ber Sieb, from home aufkr bem ^>aufe, in the street in ber @trae, no time f eine3ett, a rich harvest eine reid)e rnbte. . 51. EXERCISES : Hed rotl), green griin, old alt, white tt)et$, high ()od), round runb, sweet fiif, bitter bitter, black ftfywarj, dry ttodfcn, fresh frifc^, ripe rctf, shady lovely Iteblid), thorny bornig, poisonous giftig, large young Jung, blue blau, new nett, nightly nad^tltd^, happy glucfltdb/ poor arm, heavenly fyimmlifcfy, frail fdt)tt>acfy, wet na^, woollen wollen, nourishing nafyrfyaft, healthy gefunb, soft U3ei(i), wholesome gefunb, faithful treit, honest efyrltcfy/ true Wai)?, eternal en)ig, cheap \t?of)lfeil, short furj, 55. EXERCISES : Small flein, tall grof , strong fiarf, weak l), noble ebel, rich reid), tedious langweilig, prudent important tDtC^tig, violent tjefttg. CONTENTS. I. ExYMOLtx rs and Pronunciation . Lot) tj and short vowch .... 2 i nation of verbs . . . .3 Inlinitive and Participles 4 Separable and Insepar. compound Verbs Auxiliary verbs of tense . . <"> '.* Verbs conjugating 1 with " scin" Strong conjugation . . . 10 Weak conjugation . . 1 X Conjugation of the Passive Voice . . 14 ,, of Reflective verbs . .15 of Impersonal verbs Mixed or Irregular Conjugation . .17 Classification of strong verbs . . 1 ^ Weak verbs Irregular verbs Auxiliary verbs of mood usion of Sub st fu>- Declension of the articles Gender of substantives Strong and weak declensions . . -40 Modi: : vowd in the plural . 41 Declension of masculine and neuter sub lives antives 221 Substantives with a double plural . . 46 Declension of foreign substantives . 47 Declension of proper names . . .48 Declension of Adjectives . . .49 Strong and weak adjective declensions . 49 50 Comparison of Adjectives . . 52 55 Declension of the Pronouns . . .56 Personal substantive-Pronouns . 56 57 adjective-Pronouns . . 58 Demonstrative substantive-Pronouns . . 59 ,, adjective-Pronouns . 60 Interrogative substantive-Pronouns . .61 adjective- Pronouns . . 62 Relative Pronouns . . . .63 Indefinite Pronouns . . .64 The Numerals . . . . .65 Cardinal numbers , , .65 Ordinal numbers . , . .66 Indefinite numerals . . .67 Tlie Adverbs . . . . .68 Of place and direction . . .68 Of time . . , . .69 Of manner . . . .70 Of intensity . . . .71 Of mood . . . .72 The Prepositions .... 7779 Prepositions improperly so called . . 80 Co-ordinative Conjunctions . . . .81 Copulative Conjunctions . . .81 Adversative Conjunctions . 82 Causative Conjunctions . . .83 Interjections , 84 II. Tin: SYNTAX. . Construction of principal sentences Position of attributes . . H(> Position of objects . Construction of accessory sentences* Subordinative conjunctions Predicative Combination Subject and predicate Logical and grammatical subjects . 1 in Affirmation and negation Subject expressed by substantive sentences . Active, passive, and reflective forms of the verb . 9<5 Person and number The Tenses The Moods . . . 99102 Attributive Combination . . . . lo;; Attributive adjectives . . . Attributive relational words . Attributive genitives . . Genitive of the object . . . The supine as an attribute . . ,, Prepositions instead of the genitive . . Substantives in apposition Titles and appellations of affinity . Adjective Sentences . . . 1<>4 Objective Combinut> .... 1 () > (A. Commit f Genitive object . . . ,108 Genitive relation expressed by prepositions . 106 Accusative object . . . ,107 * Accessory sentences are of three kinds, Substantive, Adjective, and Adverb t nces. 223 Factitive object . . . $ 108 The Supine . . . .109 Dative object . . . .110 Substantive sentences . . .115 (B. Adverbial Objects.) Objects of locality .... 112 Adverbial sentences of locality . . 113 Objects of time . . . .114 Adverbial sentences of time . . 115 Objects of co-existence . . .116 Objects of manner . . .117 Adverbial sentences of manner . .118 Objects of causality . . . 119 Adverbial sentences of causality . . 120 Conditional sentences . . . 121 Concessive sentences . . . 122 Relation of intensity . . . 123 224 ERRATA. Page 32, Example H7, read fcincm for fdmtl 34, SBaarcn SBaarc ,, 41, 69, ,, tterivanMc wanfctc 48, /iwe I."). ,, litter chop] 77, Example 6, 2BeIflein ,, SBolflcin 114, line 17, ,, vexation sexation 124, Example 35, cfylecfyten ,, 5cWa*tcn 125, 78, add brobcn after fcbopfcjl 129, ,, 12, read triibcu for griincn 133, 15, SBefjaarung ,, S3e()arrung 138, 81, |)aaren 3al)ren 147, 10, eicnber (Slenb 157, line 5, latter letter 158, 24, . 112 . IKS 160, ,, 35, ,, how long ? ,, ho, 162, 31, add lag after Ti\\& ,, 165, ,, 1 0, read relations for relation ; ,, 168, 2, ground gerond 1/3, Example 11, add bicfo ty\$Wafter ^hilc 173, 25, read fof'te for fod;tC RETURN TO DESK FROM WHICH BORROWED CIRCULATION DEPARTMENT This book is due on the last date stamped below, or on the date to which renewed. ^books are subject to immediate recall. JUN 2 1 1976 EEC cue MAY 2v, E~~ LD21 3J General Library (83845L)4970 University of California Berkeley u VA 04743 ' THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY